2014-24 Bus Rapid Transit 60-Foot Articulated Bus Purchase - C-Tran

REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS
FOR
#2014–24 BUS RAPID TRANSIT 60-FOOT ARTICULATED BUS PURCHASE
October 20, 2014
DEADLINE FOR QUESTIONS:
December 9, 2014 at 12:00 p.m.
PROPOSALS DUE:
December 23, 2014 at 11:00 a.m.
2425 NE 65th Avenue ~ PO Box 2529
Vancouver, WA 98661 ~ 98668-2529
Contact Person:
Anna Vogel
Procurement Coordinator
PO Box 2529
Vancouver, WA 98668
P 360-906-7310
[email protected]
1
GENERAL INFORMATION………………………………………………………………………………………..10
1.1 Introduction……………………….……..………………………………………………………………………10
1.2 Agency Background…………………………………………………………………………………………..10
1.3 Anticipated RFP Evaluation Schedule……….………………………………………………………..11
1.4 Reimbursement………………………………………...………………………………………………………11
1.5 Cooperative Purchasing……………………………………………….…………………………………….11
1.6 Proposals Become Public Records……………………………….……………………………………..11
1.7 Procurement Protest Procedure……………………………………………………….………………..12
2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS……………………………………………………………………………………...13
2.1 Inquiries and Specification Change Requests…………………………………..………………….13
2.2 Submittal of Proposals…………………………………………………………………….…………………13
2.3 Addenda to RFP…………………………………………………………………………...……………………14
2.4 Validity Period…………………………………………………………………………………………………..14
3
SCOPE OF SERVICES REQUIRED………………………………………………………………………………15
3.1 Scope of Services……………………………..……………………………………………….………………..15
3.2 Pilot Bus…………………………………………………………………………….………………………………15
3.3 Component Integration…………………………………………………………………….………………..16
3.4 Delivery……………………………………………………………………………….…………………………….16
3.5 Technological Advances…………………………………………………………………….……………….17
3.6 Inspections………………………………………………………………………………………..……………….17
3.7 Engineering Drawings……………………………………………………………………….……………….19
3.7.1
General……………………………..………………………………………………………………….19
3.7.2
Distribution……………………...…………………………………………………………………..19
3.7.3
Standards…………………………..…………………………………………………………………20
3.8 Design Review or Pre-Production Meeting…………………………………………………………20
3.9 Parts…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………20
3.9.1
Spare Parts Pricing List…………………………………………………………………………22
3.9.2
Parts for New Bus Orders…………………………..……………………………………….…23
3.9.2.1 Suggested Stocking List……………..……………………………………………....…….…23
3.9.2.2 Initial Parts Order…………………...……………………………………………….………...24
3.9.2.3 Spare Wheels and Tires, Balancing and Tire Branding…………….……….….25
3.9.3
Parts for Existing Fleet………………………………………………………………..………...25
3.9.4
Parts Availability Guarantee……………………………………………………………….....25
3.9.5
Returned Parts……………………………………………………………………………………..27
3.9.6
Consumables…………………………………….……………………………………………….….28
3.10 Warranty……………………………………………………………………………………………………...28
3.10.1 Complete or Partial Replacement……………….………………………………………….31
3.10.2 Fleet Defects…………………………………………………………………………………………31
3.10.3 Warranty Extension……………………………..........…………………………………………31
3.10.4 Service Personnel………………………………………………...……………………………….32
3.10.5 Warranty Claims…………………………………………………...………………………………32
3.10.6 Additional Warranties…………………………………………………………………………..32
3.11 Service Ready Bus…………………………………………………………………………………………33
3.12 Documentation, Training, Special Tools and Maintenance Manuals………….……..34
3.12.1 General…………………………………………………………………………………………………34
3.12.2 Maintenance Manuals……………………………………………………………………………34
3.12.3 Parts Manuals……………………………………………………………………………………….36
3.12.4 Bill of Materials…………………………………………………………………………………….36
3.12.5 Parts Pricing List…………………………………………………………………………………..37
1
3.12.6 Special Tools & Diagnostic Equipment Manuals………………………….…………..37
3.12.7 Drafts and Quantities…………………………………………………………………………….37
3.12.8 Manual Updates…………………………………………………………...………………………38
3.12.9 Documents by Electronic Means……………………………………………………………38
3.12.10 Reproducible Images……………………………………………………………………………38
3.12.11 Operating Manual……………………………..……………………….…………………………39
3.13 Vehicle Maintenance Training………………………………………………………………………39
3.13.1 General………………………………………………………………………………………………..39
3.13.2 Instructional Materials…………………………………………………………………………40
3.13.3 Training Aids…………………………………………..…………………………………………...43
3.13.4 OEM “Train the Trainer” Maintenance Training…………………………………….43
3.13.5 Maintenance Training Program Content………………………………………………..45
3.14 Operator Training…………………………………………………………………………………………49
3.15 Special Tools and Diagnostic Equipment………………………………………………………..49
3.16 Electronic Maintenance Information……………………………………………………………...50
3.17 Estimated Procurement Timeline…………………………………………………………………..51
3.17.1 Options to Buy…………………………………………………………………………………………51
3.18 Time of Performance…………………………………………………………………………………….51
3.19 Price Adjustment………………………………………………………………………………………….51
3.20 Licenses, Certificates, and Permits…………………………………………………………………52
4
PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS……………………………………………………………………………………53
4.1 General Proposal Requirements…………………………………………………………………………53
4.2 Technical Qualifications…………………………………………………………………………………….54
4.3 Experience and Qualifications……………………………………………………………………………56
4.4 Price Proposal…………………………………………………………………………………………………...56
4.5 Total Cost of Ownership…………………………………………………………………………………….57
5
EVALUATION CRITERIA………………………………………………………………….……………………….58
5.1 Scoring Process…………………………………………………………………………………………………58
5.2 Interviews………………………………………………………………………………………………………...58
6
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS………………………………………………………………………………….59
6.1 General……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..59
6.1.1
Scope……………………………………………………………………………………………………59
6.1.2
Definitions……………………………………………………………………………………………59
6.1.3
Abbreviations……………………………………………………………………………………….64
6.1.4
Legal Requirements………………………………………………………………………………65
6.1.5
Overall Requirements…………………………………………………………………………...65
6.1.5.1
Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………………..65
6.1.5.1.1 Physical Size……………………………………………………………………………65
6.1.5.1.2 Underbody Clearance………………………………………………………………66
6.1.5.1.3 Step Height……………………………………………………….………..…………...67
6.1.5.1.4 Floor Height…………………………………………………………………………….67
6.1.5.1.5 Interior Headroom…………………………………………………………………..67
6.1.5.2
Weight………………………………………………………………………………………….68
6.1.5.3
Capacity………………………………………………………………………………………..68
6.1.5.4
Service Life and Maintenance………………………………………………………...68
6.1.5.4.1 Service Life……………………………………………………………………………...68
6.1.5.4.2 Maintenance and Inspection…………………………………………………….68
6.1.5.4.3 Accessibility…………………………………………………………………………….69
6.1.5.4.4 Interchangeability…………………………………………………………………...69
2
6.1.5.5
Operating Environment…………………………..……………………………………70
6.1.5.6
Noise……………………………………………………………………………………………70
6.1.5.6.1 Interior Noise………………………………………………………………………….70
6.1.5.6.2 Exterior Noise…………………………………………………………………………71
6.1.5.7
Fire Safety………………………………………………………………………………….…71
6.1.5.8
Elderly and Disabled Passengers…………………………………………………..72
6.1.5.8.1 Respect for the Environment…………………………………………………...72
6.2 Propulsion System…………………………………………………………………………………………….72
6.2.1
Vehicle Performance……………………………………………………………………………..72
6.2.1.1
Power Requirements…………………………………………………………………….72
6.2.1.2
Top Speed…………………………………………………………………………………….72
6.2.1.3
Gradability……………………………………………………………………………………72
6.2.1.4
Acceleration………………………………………………………………………………….72
6.2.1.5
Operating Range…………………………………………………………………………...73
6.2.1.6
Fuel Economy……………………………………………………………………………….73
6.2.2
Drive Train (Diesel Engines)…………………………………………………………………73
6.2.2.1
Power Plant………………………………………….………………………………………73
6.2.2.1.1 Engine…………………………………………………………………………………….73
6.2.2.1.1.1 Diesel Engine……………………………………………………………………….…73
6.2.3
Drivetrain (Hybrid Propulsion System)………………………………………………...75
6.2.3.1
Power Plant………………………………………………………………………………….75
6.2.3.2
Propulsion System………………………………………………………………………..76
6.2.4
Electric Hydraulic Steering……………………………………………………………………78
6.2.5
Cooling Systems (Diesel & Hybrid Engines)…………………………………………...78
6.2.5.1
Diesel Engine Cooling……………………………………………………………………79
6.2.5.2
Charge Air Cooling………………………………………………………………………..80
6.2.5.3
Hybrid cooling………………………………………………………………………………80
6.2.6
Rate of Acceleration………………………………………………………………………………80
6.2.6.1
Jerk………………………………………………………………………………………………80
6.2.7
Mounting……………………………………………………………………………………………...80
6.2.7.1
Service………………………………………………………………………………………….80
6.2.7.2
Accessories…………………………………………………………………………………..81
6.2.7.3
Hydraulic Systems………………………………………………………………………..82
6.2.7.4
Fluid Lines, Fittings and Clamps, and Charge Air Piping…………………82
6.2.7.5
Radiator……………………………………………………………………………………….83
6.2.7.6
Oil & Hydraulic Lines…………………………………………………………………….83
6.2.7.7
Diesel Fuel Lines…………………………………………………………………………..83
6.2.7.8
Charge Air Piping………………………………………………………………………….83
6.2.8
Diesel Fuel System………………………………………………………………………………..84
6.2.8.1
Fuel Containers - Tank………………………………………………………………….84
6.2.8.1.1 Operating Range……………………………………………………………………..84
6.2.8.1.2 Fuel Capacity…………………………………………………………………………..84
6.2.8.1.3 Diesel Fuel Tank Design and Construction…………………………….….84
6.2.8.1.4 Diesel Fuel Tank Installation……………………………………………………84
6.2.8.1.5 Diesel Fuel Tank Labeling…………………………………………………….….84
6.2.8.1.6 Diesel Fuel Filler……………………………………………………………………...85
6.2.9
Final Drive……………………………………………………………………………………………85
6.2.10 Emission/Exhaust…………………………………………………………………………...……85
6.2.10.1 Exhaust Emissions……………………………………………………..…………………85
3
6.2.10.2 Exhaust System…………………………………………………………...……………….86
6.2.10.3 DEF System……………………………………………………………………………….....86
6.3 Chassis…………………………………………………………………………………………….……………….86
6.3.1
Suspension…………………………………………………………………………………………..86
6.3.1.1
General Requirements…………………………………………………..……………..86
6.3.1.2
Springs and Shock Absorbers……………………………………………………….86
6.3.1.2.1 Travel…………………………………………………………………………………….86
6.3.1.2.2 Damping………………………………………………………………………………...87
6.3.1.2.3 Lubrication…………………………………………………………………………….87
6.3.1.2.4 Kneeling…………………………………………………………………………………87
6.3.1.3
Wheels and Tires………………………………………………………………………….88
6.3.1.3.1 Wheels……………………………………………………………………………………88
6.3.1.3.2 Tires……………………………………………………………………………………….88
6.3.2
Steering………………………………………………………………………………………………..88
6.3.2.1
Axles, Front, Center and Rear………………………………………………………..88
6.3.2.2
Strength……………………………………………………………………………………….89
6.3.2.3
Turning Radius…………………………………………………………………………….89
6.3.2.4
Turning Effort………………………………………………………………………………89
6.3.3
Brakes…………………………………………………………………………………………….……90
6.3.3.1
Service Brake…………………………………………………………………………….....90
6.3.3.1.1 Actuation……………………………………………………………………………...…90
6.3.3.1.2 Friction Material……………………………………………………………………...90
6.3.3.1.3 Hubs and Braking System………………………………………………………..90
6.3.3.2
Parking/Emergency Brake…………………………………………………………….91
6.3.4
Pneumatic System……………………………………………………………………………...…91
6.3.4.1
General…………………………………………………………………………………………91
6.3.4.2
Air Compressor………………………………………………………………………….....91
6.3.4.3
Air Lines and Fittings…………………………………………………………………….91
6.3.4.4
Air Reservoirs…………………………………………………………………………...….92
6.3.4.5
Air System Dryer……………………………………………………………………….....93
6.4 Body……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..….93
6.4.1
General……………………………………………………………………………………………..…93
6.4.1.1
Design………………………………………………………………………………………....93
6.4.1.2
Crashworthiness…………………………………………………………………….……93
6.4.1.3
Materials………………………………………………………………………………….….94
6.4.1.4
Corrosion……………………………………………………………………………….……94
6.4.1.5
Resonance and Vibration……………………………………………………….…….95
6.4.1.6
Fire Protection……………………………………………………………………….……95
6.4.1.7
Distortion……………………………………………………………………………….…..95
6.4.2
Structure…………………………………………………………………………………………….95
6.4.2.1
General……………………………………………………………………………………….95
6.4.2.1.1 Design…………………………………………………………………………………...95
6.4.2.1.2 Altoona Testing……………………………………………………………………..96
6.4.2.2
Towing……………………………………………………………………………………….96
6.4.2.3
Jacking………………………………………………………………………………………..96
6.4.2.4
Hoisting………………………………………………………………………………….…..97
6.4.2.5
Floor……………………………………………………………………………………….….97
6.4.2.5.1 Design…………………………………………………………………………………..97
6.4.2.5.2 Strength………………………………………………………………………………..97
4
6.4.2.5.3 Construction……………………………………………………………………………98
6.4.2.6
Platforms…………………………………………………………………………………...…98
6.4.2.6.1 General……………………………………………………………………………………98
6.4.2.6.2 Operator’s Platform………………………………………………………………....99
6.4.2.6.3 Farebox…………………………………………………………………………………100
6.4.2.6.4 Intermediate Platform…………………………………………………………...100
6.4.2.7
Wheel Housing……………………………………………………………………………100
6.4.2.7.1 Design…………………………………………………………………………………...100
6.4.2.7.2 Construction………………………………………………………………………….101
6.4.2.7.3 Articulating Structure…………………………………………………………….101
6.4.3
Exterior Panels and Finishes……………………………………………………………….101
6.4.3.1
Pedestrian Safety………………………………………………………………………..101
6.4.3.2
Repair and Replacement……………………………………………………………..102
6.4.3.3
Rain Gutters………………………………………………………………………………..102
6.4.3.4
License Plate Provisions……………………………………………………………...102
6.4.3.5
Fender Skirts………………………………………………………………………………102
6.4.3.6
Splash Aprons…………………………………………………………………………….102
6.4.3.7
Service Compartments and Access Doors - Exterior……………………..103
6.4.3.7.1 Access Doors…………………………………………………………………………103
6.4.3.7.2 Service Area Lighting……………………………………………………………..104
6.4.3.8
Bumpers…………………………………………………………………………………….104
6.4.3.8.1 Location………………………………………………………………………………..104
6.4.3.8.2 Front Bumper……………………………………………………………………….104
6.4.3.8.3 Rear Bumper………………………………………………………………………...104
6.4.3.8.4 Bumper Material…………………………………………………………………..105
6.4.9
Finish and Color…………………………………………………………………………………105
6.4.10 Numbering and Signing………………………………………………………………………106
6.4.11 Exterior Lighting………………………………………………………………………………...106
6.4.4
Interior Panels and Finishes………………………………………………………………..107
6.4.4.1
General………………………………………………………………………………………107
6.4.4.2
Front End…………………………………………………………………………………...108
6.4.4.3
Rear End…………………………………………………………………………………….108
6.4.4.4
Interior Panels……………………………………………………………………………109
6.4.4.4.1 Operator Barrier……………………………………………………………………109
6.4.4.4.2 Modesty Panels……………………………………………………………………..109
6.4.4.4.3 Headlining…………………………………………………………………………….110
6.4.4.4.4 Fastening………………………………………………………………………………110
6.4.4.4.5 Insulation……………………………………………………………………………..110
6.4.4.5
Floor Covering……………………………………………………………………………110
6.4.4.6
Passenger Interior Lighting…………………………………………………………111
6.4.4.7
Fare Collection……………………………………………………………………………112
6.4.4.8
Access Panels and Doors - Interior………………………………………………112
6.4.5
Passenger Accommodations………………………………………………………………..113
6.4.5.1
Passenger Seating……………………………………………………………………….113
6.4.5.1.1 Arrangements and Seat Style………………………………………………….113
6.4.5.1.2 Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………...114
6.4.5.1.3 Structure and Design……………………………………………………………..114
6.4.5.1.4 Construction and Materials……………………………………………………116
6.4.5.2
Passenger/Overhead Assists…………………………………………………….…117
5
6.4.5.2.1 General………………………………………………………………………………….117
6.4.5.2.2 Front Doorway………………………………………………………………………118
6.4.5.2.3 Vestibule……………………………………………………………………………….118
6.4.5.2.4 Center and Rear Doorway………………………………………………………119
6.4.5.2.5 Longitudinal Seats…………………………………………………………………119
6.4.5.2.6 Wheel Housing Barriers/Assists…………………………………………….119
6.4.5.3
Passenger Doors…………………………………………………………………………119
6.4.5.3.1 General…………………………………………………………………………………119
6.4.5.3.2 Materials and Construction……………………………………………………120
6.4.5.3.3 Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………...120
6.4.5.3.4 Door Glazing……………………………………………………………………….…121
6.4.5.3.5 Door Projection……………………………………………………………………..121
6.4.5.3.6 Door Height above Pavement………………………………………………...121
6.4.5.3.7 Closing Force………………………………………………………………………...121
6.4.5.3.8 Actuators……………………………………………………………………………...121
6.4.5.3.9 Emergency Operation…………………………………………………………...122
6.4.5.4
Accessibility Provisions………………………………………………………………122
6.4.5.4.1 General…………………………………………………………………………………122
6.4.5.4.2 Loading System……………………………………………………………………..123
6.4.5.4.3 Mobility Device Accommodations…………………………………………..124
6.4.5.4.4 Interior Circulation………………………………………………………………..124
6.4.5.4.5 Passenger Information……………………………………………..……………125
6.4.6
Operator Provisions……………………………………………………………………………125
6.4.6.1
Operator’s Area…………………………………………………………………………..125
6.4.6.1.1 General…………………………………………………………………………………125
6.4.6.1.2 Visors……………………………………………………………………………………125
6.4.6.1.3 Operator's Controls……………………………………………………………….126
6.4.6.1.4 Door Control…………………………………………………………………………127
6.4.6.1.5 Instrumentation……………………………………………………………………128
6.4.6.1.6 On-Board Diagnostics……………………………………………………..…….129
6.4.6.2
Windshield Wipers………………………………………………………………….....130
6.4.6.3
Windshield Washers…………………………………………………………………..130
6.4.6.4
Operator’s Lighting…………………………………………………………………….130
6.4.6.5
Operator’s Seat…………………………………………………………………………..131
6.4.6.5.1 Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………..131
6.4.6.5.2 Structure and Materials…………………………………………………………132
6.4.6.6
Mirrors………………………………………………………………………………………133
6.4.6.6.1 Exterior Mirrors……………………………………………………………………133
6.4.6.6.2 Interior Mirrors…………………………………………………………………….133
6.4.7
Windows……………………………………………………………………………………………133
6.4.7.1
General………………………………………………………………………………………133
6.4.7.2
Windshield…………………………………………………………………………………134
6.4.7.3
Operator’s Side Window……………………………………………………………..134
6.4.7.4
Side Windows…………………………………………………………………………….135
6.4.7.4.1 Configuration………………………………………………………………………..135
6.4.7.4.2 Materials………………………………………………………………………………135
6.4.8
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning…………………………………………….135
6.4.8.1
Capacity and Performance…………………………………………………………..135
6.4.8.2
Controls and Temperature Uniformity…………………………………………137
6
6.4.8.3
Air Flow……………………………………………………………………………………..138
6.4.8.3.1 Passenger Area……………………………………………………………………..138
6.4.8.3.2 Operator's Area…………………………………………………………………….138
6.4.8.4
Air Filtration………………………………………………………………………………138
6.4.8.5
Roof Hatch………………………………………………………………………………....139
6.4.8.6
Maintainability…………………………………………………………………………..139
6.4.8.7
Entrance/Exit Area Heating………………………………………………………..139
6.4.8.8
Floor Level Heating…………………………………………………………………….139
6.4.9
Signage Communication……………………………………………………………………..140
6.4.9.1
Exterior Route Displays………………………………………………………………140
6.4.9.1.1 Destination Signs…………………………………………………………………..140
6.4.9.2
Passenger Stop Request/Exit Signal…………………………………………….140
6.4.9.3
Radio Communication System/GPS, AVL, TSP, and APC………………..141
6.4.9.4
Public Address System………………………………………………………………..142
6.4.9.5
Security Cameras………………………………………………………………………..143
6.5 Electrical System……………………………………………………………………………………………..144
6.5.1
General Requirements………………………………………………………………………...144
6.5.2
Modular Design…………………………………………………………………………………..145
6.5.3
Wiring and Terminals…………………………………………………………………………145
6.5.4
Junction Boxes……………………………………………………………………………………146
6.5.5
Electrical Components………………………………………………………………………..146
6.5.6
Multiplex Wiring System…………………………………………………………………….147
6.5.7
Batteries…………………………………………………………………………………………….147
6.5.8
Master Battery Switch………………………………………………………………………...148
6.5.9
Fire Detectors……………………………………………………………………………………..148
6.5.10 Fire Suppression…………………………………………………………………………………149
6.5.11 Radio Noise Attenuation……………………………………………………………………..149
6.6 Bicycle Rack……………………………………………………………………………………………………150
6.6.1
Rear Door Bike Rack…………………………………………………………………………..150
6.7 Safety Equipment……………………………………………………………………………………………150
6.7.1
Fire Extinguisher………………………………………………………………………………..150
6.7.2
Reflector Triangles……………………………………………………………………………..151
6.7.3
Wheel Chocks……………………………………………………………………………………..151
6.7.4
Hazard Warning Tape Dispenser………………………………………………………...151
6.8 Yield Light……………………………………………………………………………………………………....151
6.9 Height Gauge…………………………………………………………………………………………………..151
7
C-TRAN GENERAL CONDITIONS………………………………….…………………………………………152
7.1 Approval by C-TRAN……………………………………………………………………………………….152
7.2 Conformance to Specifications and Drawings…………………………………………………..152
7.3 Brand Name or Approved Equal………………………………………………………………………152
7.4 Compliance……………………………………………………………………………………………………..152
7.5 Title………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..153
7.6 Assumption of Risk of Loss……………………………………………………………………………...153
7.7 Inspection, Testing and Acceptance……………………………………………………………...….153
7.7.1
First Article Inspection – Production……………………………………………………153
7.7.2
Post-Delivery Tests……………………………………………………………………………..154
7.7.3
Repairs after Non-Acceptance……………………………………………………………..154
7.8
Intellectual Property Warranty……………………………………………………………………154
7.9
Proprietary Rights/Rights in Data……………………………………………………………….155
7
7.10 Modifications……………………………………………………………………………………………..155
7.11 Availability of Funds…………………………………………………………………………………..156
7.12 Choice of Law…………………………………………………………………………………………….157
7.13 Changes of Law………………………………………………………………………………………….157
7.14 Prohibited Interest…………………………………………………………………………………….157
7.15 Liens………………………………………………………………………………………………………....157
7.16 Independent Contractor…………………………………………………………..………………...157
7.17 Assignment and Subletting……………………………………………………………………..….157
7.18 Taxes………………………………………………………………………………………………………...158
7.19 Indemnification…………………………………………………………………………………….......158
7.20 Duty to Inform………………………………………………………………………………………......159
7.21 Notices………………………………………………………………………………………………………159
7.22 Liability and Insurance………………………………………………………………………………159
7.22.1 Liability Insurance……………………………………………………………………………..159
7.22.2 Workers’ Compensation……………………………………………………………………..160
7.23 Defective or Damaged Work and Damages………………………………………………….161
7.24 Warranty of Work………………………………………………………………………………………161
7.25 Penalty for Failure to Complete Contract…………………………………………………....162
7.26 Excusable Delays…………………………………………………………………………………….....162
7.27 Liquidated Damages…………………………………………………………………………………..163
7.28 Suspension of Work……………………………………………………………………………………163
7.29 Termination of Contract……………………………………………………………………………..164
7.29.1 Termination for Convenience……………………………………………………………..164
7.29.2 Termination for Default……………………………………………………………………..164
7.29.3 Opportunity to Cure…………………………………………………………………………..164
7.30 Breaches and Dispute Resolution……………………………………………………………….165
7.30.1 Disputes…………………………………………………………………………………………….165
7.30.2 Performance during Dispute………………………………………………………………165
7.30.3 Claims for Damages……………………………………………………………………………165
7.30.4 Remedies………………………………………………………………………………………...…165
7.30.5 Rights and Remedies……………………………………………………………………….....165
7.31 Claims………………………………………………………………………………………………………..166
8
FTA GENERAL CONDITIONS…………………………………………………………………………………167
8.1 Incorporation of FTA Terms…………………………………………………………………………….167
8.2 FTA Approval………………………………………………………………………………………………….167
8.3 No Government Obligation to Third Parties……………………………………………………..167
8.4 Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements or Related Acts………………...167
8.5 Audit and Inspection of Records………………………………………………………………………168
8.6 Federal Changes………………………………………………………………………………………………168
8.7 Civil Rights……………………………………………………………………………………………………...168
8.8 Disadvantaged Business Enterprises………………………………………………………………..170
8.8.1
Required FTA Provisions…………………………………………………………………….170
8.8.2
Prompt Payment…………………………………………………………………………………170
8.8.3
Contractor’s List………………………………………………………………………………….170
8.8.4
DBE Obligation……………………………………………………………………………………170
8.9
Debarred Proposers…………………………………………………………………………………....171
8.10 Cargo Preference………………………………………………………………………………………...171
8.11 Fly America Requirements…………………………………………………………………………..171
8.12 Lobbying…………………………………………………………………………………………………….172
8
8.13 Clean Air Requirements……………………………………………………………………………...172
8.14 Clean Water Requirements…………………………………………………………………………172
8.15 Recycled Products………………………………………………………………………………………172
8.16 Energy Conservation Requirements……………………………………………………………173
8.17 Privacy Act…………………………………………………………………………………………………173
8.18 Conformance with ITS National Architecture………………………………………………173
8.19 Intellectual Property…………………………………………………………………………………..173
8.20 Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards…………………………………………………174
8.21 Bus Testing……………………………………………………………………………………………...…174
8.22 Pre-Award and Post-Delivery Audit Requirements……………………………………...175
8.23 Buy America……………………………………………………………………………………………….176
Attachment A-1…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..177
Attachment A-2…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..178
Attachment A-3…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..180
Attachment A-4…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..181
Attachment A-5…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..182
Attachment A-6…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..183
Attachment A-7…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..184
Attachment A-8…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..185
Attachment A-9…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..186
Attachment A-10………………………………………………………………………………………………………...187
Attachment B……………………………………………………………………………………………………………...188
Attachment C……………………………………………………………………………………………………………...191
Attachment D……………………………………………………………………………………………………………...193
Attachment E……………………………………………………………………………………………………………...228
Attachment F………………………………………………………………………………………………………………229
EXHIBIT 1…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..233
EXHIBIT 2…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..234
EXHIBIT 3…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..236
EXHIBIT 4…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..238
EXHIBIT 5…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..239
EXHIBIT 6…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..241
EXHIBIT 7…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..242
EXHIBIT 8…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..243
EXHIBIT 9…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..245
EXHIBIT 10………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...246
EXHIBIT 11………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...247
EXHIBIT 12………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...249
EXHIBIT 13………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...250
9
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1
Introduction
The Clark County Public Transportation Benefit Area (dba C-TRAN) is requesting proposals
from vendors interested in providing bus rapid transit (BRT) sixty foot (60’) articulated
buses as described in the scope of services.
This Request for Proposals (RFP) outlines a description of the goods/services sought and
the required documents interested proposers will be expected to submit. All requested
information shall be submitted in the format required by 11:00 a. m. (local time), Tuesday,
December 23, 2014. Any responses received after the deadline will not be considered.
Proposals will be reviewed and ranked by the evaluation team as outlined in Section 6 of
this RFP. The final decision regarding contract award will be made by the C-TRAN Board of
Directors in an open public meeting. It is anticipated a contract will be awarded on
February 10, 2015.
This project is subject to a financial assistance contract between C-TRAN and the U.S.
Department of Transportation (DOT), Federal Transit Administration (FTA). The contract
to be let, therefore, is subject to the terms of the contract between C-TRAN and the DOT.
The successful Contractor shall be required to comply with, in addition to all other
provisions of the contract, documents, laws, and regulations regarding Equal Employment
Opportunity (EEO), Disadvantaged Business Enterprises, Title VI Civil Rights Act of 1964,
Debarred Bidders Rules, and other provisions required by federal regulations.
For its own best interests, C-TRAN reserves the right to accept or to reject any and all
proposals subject to regulations governing DOT-assisted purchases.
1.2
Agency Background
C-TRAN provides transit services throughout its specified service area boundaries in Clark
County, Washington, and to Portland, Oregon. C-TRAN’s service area population is
approximately 366,010 persons in an area of 627 square miles.
C-TRAN was approved by the Clark County voters in November 1980 and became
operational in April 1981. C-TRAN provides fixed route bus service between the following
cities and incorporated areas: Vancouver, Camas, Washougal, Battle Ground, Ridgefield, La
Center and Yacolt, Washington and Portland, Oregon.
C-TRAN’s ridership has grown steadily as additional equipment and facilities have been
placed into service and public awareness of mass transit has increased. In 2012, C-TRAN’s
total ridership reached approximately 6,889,000 passengers.
C-TRAN is a municipal corporation of the State of Washington and is governed by a Board
of elected officials representing Clark County, City of Vancouver, East County and North
County cities and towns.
10
1.3
Anticipated RFP Evaluation Schedule
The following timeline is the anticipated schedule for the RFP process.
RFP Advertised
Questions Due
Issue Final Addendum
Proposals Due
Evaluation Meeting
Interviews
Best and Final Offer Due
Board Meeting/Award Recommendation
1.4
October 20, 2014
December 9, 2014 at 12:00 p.m.
December 16, 2014
December 23, 2014 at 11:00 a.m.
Week of January 5
Week of January 12
Week of January 19
February 10, 2015
Reimbursement
C-TRAN will not reimburse Proposers for any costs involved in the preparation and
submission of responses to this RFP or in the preparation for and attendance at subsequent
interviews. Furthermore, this RFP does not obligate C-TRAN to accept or contract for any
expressed or implied services.
1.5
Cooperative Purchasing
The Washington State Inter-local Cooperation Act, Ch. 39.34 RCW, authorizes public
agencies to cooperatively purchase goods and services if all parties agree. By responding to
this RFP, Consultants agree that other public agencies may purchase goods and services
under this solicitation or contract at their own cost and without C-TRAN incurring any
financial or legal liability for such purchases. C-TRAN agrees to allow other public agencies
to purchase goods and services under this solicitation or contract, provided that C-TRAN is
not held financially or legally liable for purchases and that any public agency purchasing
under such solicitation or contract file a copy of this invitation and such contract in
accordance with RCW 39.34.040.
1.6
Proposals Become Public Records
During the evaluation process, C-TRAN treats all proposals with the highest level of
confidentiality; however, once the evaluation process has been completed and a contract is
awarded, the entire procurement becomes public information and subject to the
Washington State Public Disclosure Act (RCW 42.17). Any proprietary information
revealed in the proposal should therefore be clearly identified as such. C-TRAN will notify
any Proposer before releasing the proprietary information to any request for public
records. If the Proposer believes its records are exempt from disclosure, it is the Proposer's
sole responsibility to pursue a lawsuit under RCW 42.56.540 to enjoin disclosure. It is the
Proposer’s discretionary decision whether to file such a lawsuit. However, if the Proposer
does not timely obtain and serve an injunction, C-TRAN will disclose the records, in
accordance with applicable law.
11
1.7
Procurement Protest Procedure
Proposers or third parties who can demonstrate a substantial economic interest may
protest C-TRAN’s decision regarding (1) a provision of the RFP or (2) contract award. All
communication concerning a protest shall be in writing and will be open for public
inspection.
Protests regarding pre-award actions shall be filed no later than three (3) days before
proposal opening or closing date for the receipt of proposals. Protests regarding contract
award shall be filed no later than seven (7) days after contract award by C-TRAN’s Board of
Directors.
Proposers may appeal C-TRAN’s decision to the FTA following procedures outlines in FTA
Circular 4220.I F (November 1, 2008). This procedure covers both contract award appeals
and appeals concerning decisions made prior to contract award. FTA will review protests
regarding C-TRAN’s failure to have written protest procedures or failure to follow such
procedures.
Copies of C-TRAN’s bid protest procedures and FTA’s review procedures may be requested
from the Procurement Coordinator at [email protected].
12
2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.1
Inquiries and Specification Change Requests
Questions on this RFP should be addressed either in writing to the Procurement
Coordinator at the above U.S. Postal address, or via e-mail to [email protected].
The C-TRAN Procurement Coordinator shall be the single point of contact during the entire
solicitation process until contract award. Contact with other C-TRAN personnel, committee
members and/or consultants will not be permitted during the solicitation process.
All specification change requests shall be submitted prior to the deadline or they will not be
considered. Submitting specification change requests or objections to the specifications
with your proposal will result in your proposal being deemed non-responsive. When
submitting requests, please give the specific data needed for consideration or approval for
each item needing clarification or change and shall be submitted on the form labeled
Attachment E in this document. All pertinent data listed in the specifications shall be
furnished, including all special features. Approval of requested changes will be included in
an Addendum. No other form of approval shall be valid. Of no change requests are received,
it shall be construed by C-TRAN to mean that the Proposer intends to comply with all
requirements contained within this solicitation.
Any changes or clarifications to the information provided herein shall be reduced to
writing and will be furnished to all prospective Proposers as addenda to this RFP.
Inquiries and Specification Change Requests must be submitted by 12:00 noon, December
9, 2014. Any questions and concerns submitted after the specified time will be addressed at
the discretion of C-TRAN’s Procurement Coordinator.
2.2
Submittal of Proposals
One (1) original, clearly marked, five (5) copies of the proposal, and one (1) electronic copy
on a flash drive or DVD must be furnished to C-TRAN at the time and place specified above.
Sealed proposals will be received by C-TRAN up to the hour of 11:00 a.m., Tuesday,
December 23, 2014. Proposals delivered later will not be accepted. C-TRAN is not
responsible for delays in delivery.
All proposals shall be placed in a sealed envelope, which is clearly marked “RFP #2014-24
BRT 60-Foot Articulated Bus”. Proposals by fax or email will not be accepted.
Proposals shall have the name and address for delivery as follows:
Hand Delivery or Commercial Carrier Services:
C-TRAN
Attn: Procurement Coordinator
2425 NE 65th Avenue
Vancouver, WA 98661
RFP #2014-24 BRT 60-FOOT ARTICULATED BUS
13
U.S. Postal Delivery:
C-TRAN
Attn: Procurement Coordinator
PO Box 2529
Vancouver, WA 98668
RFP #2014-24 BRT 60-FOOT ARTICULATED BUS
C-TRAN makes no provision for specifically collecting mail from its post office box prior to
the deadline. Proposals submitted by mail should, therefore, be mailed in ample time to
arrive at the post office or commercial carrier service before the actual due date and time.
C-TRAN shall not be liable for checking the post office box immediately prior to the time of
opening.
2.3
Addenda to RFP
C-TRAN reserves the right to make any changes in the RFP as deemed appropriate. Any and
all changes shall be made by written addendum, which shall be issued by C-TRAN and
posted to our Web site. It is the sole responsibility of the Consultant to learn of Addenda, if
any. Such information may be obtained from C-TRAN’S Procurement Bid and Opportunities
page, http://www.C-TRAN.com/bid_opportunities.html. C-TRAN accepts no responsibility
or liability and will provide no accommodation to bidders who fail to check for addendums
and submit inadequate or incorrect responses.
2.4
Validity Period
The proposal shall be considered current and a valid offer to undertake the work, subject to
successful negotiation of a contract, for a period of at least 90 days and shall contain a
statement in the proposal’s Letter of Transmittal to that effect.
14
3
SCOPE OF SERVICES REQUIRED
3.1
Scope of Services
C-TRAN is interested in establishing a five (5) year contract for the purchase of BRT 60’
articulated hybrid-electric equipped buses. In addition C-TRAN is interested in reviewing
proposals for higher density seating options other than the standard 60’ low floor buses. All
buses shall be built per the technical specifications, as stated herein.
Items that are identified as OPTIONS are identified as an opportunity for bidders to
provide C-TRAN with additional information and pricing for these alternative solutions.
The options are numbered for convenience in identifying and are not necessarily in the
order of priority.
In addition to the bus purchase C-TRAN is interested in including parts for the new fleet as
a part of this contract.
3.2
Pilot Bus
C-TRAN will require that a Pilot Bus be built a minimum of 90 days prior to the beginning
of production. C-TRAN will assemble a team to review the bus, determine location/design
of components, and to make any other changes necessary to insure the buses meet the
requirements of this contract. The pilot bus shall be accepted as one (1) of the production
and deliverable units in this order. C-TRAN reserves the right to delete this requirement if
C-TRAN decides no substantial reasons exist for pilot bus production.
OPTION #1: C-TRAN is interested in options for making a similar bus available for operator
training purposes more than 90 days in advance. Please provide information and pricing
for this option.
Upon delivery of the pilot bus for the initial order, the Contractor shall provide C-TRAN
with two (2) armored laptops (ToughBook 31 or approved equal). Each laptop shall be
internet capable, able to utilize all diagnostic software needed to troubleshoot and/or
repair all buses in the bus order and any other fleets C-TRAN has in its ownership, with
Windows 7 or approved equal operating system. Laptops, including their software,
operating system, and all other data/programs loaded onto the laptops, shall be the
property of C-TRAN upon completion of the pilot bus. C-TRAN will provide the Contractor
with laptop specifications during the pre-production meeting to be held as soon as
practical after Award of contract and before the beginning of the production of the bus
order. Laptops shall be delivered to C-TRAN fully-operational and loaded with all software,
programs, operating systems, and licenses noted in this and any other Sections of the
contract documents. Software provided must be at the highest tier level offered by the
respective manufacturer. An example is Cummins Insite Software must be the “Pro” tier
level.
The Contractor shall provide a knowledgeable parts representative to assist with
developing the initial spare parts stocking list (Section 3.9.2.). The Contractor’s parts
representative shall be on-site (at C-TRAN's central storeroom) when the Pilot bus is
15
delivered. Tasks to be accomplished during the on-site visit include, but may not be limited
to:






Developing a 70% complete (draft) suggested parts stocking list for the repair and
maintenance of the new buses.
Identifying common Contractor stocked parts.
Identifying non-stocked parts and projected lead-times (if known).
Identifying common parts between the new buses and any C-TRAN owned buses
previously supplied by the Contractor.
Work with storeroom personnel to identify common parts currently stocked by
C-TRAN.
Any other assistance that will result in developing a cost effective spare parts list.
It is anticipated that the above tasks should not take more than two (2) to three (3) days to
complete.
Any failure by C-TRAN to detect any defects or omissions in this review shall in no way
relieve the Contractor from fully complying with the Contract Documents. The pilot bus
shall be brought up to the final production bus configuration in all respects at no additional
cost to C-TRAN.
3.3
Component Integration
C-TRAN’s specification sets forth requirements for specific components and
subcomponents. The Contractor shall inform C-TRAN if integration of the listed
components and subcomponents does not produce an optimally operating vehicle and
recommend changes that will optimize the operational characteristics of the vehicle. Major
component subcontractors may be required to provide signoff for systems integration.
3.4
Delivery
Delivery for the initial order shall be specified in the Contractor's Best and Final Offer.
Delivery for subsequent orders shall be as agreed upon in the delivery orders.
C-TRAN will require that the successful Contractor provide delivery services of the
completed buses to the C-TRAN Facility in Vancouver, Washington. The bus shall be
delivered during regular business hours, Monday through Friday. The bus shall arrive clean
and fully fueled. Once the Contractor and C-TRAN have agreed to a delivery schedule, the
Contractor is to adhere to the schedule. If for some reason the delivery schedule needs to
be changed, the change(s) shall be approved by C-TRAN prior to the delivery schedule’s
finalization.
Delivery to C-TRAN from the Contractor of the initial pilot bus shall be made no later than
90 days prior to the beginning of the production run. Any changes to the pilot bus’ delivery
schedule shall be approved in advance by C-TRAN.
16
No more than five (5) buses per week shall be delivered to C-TRAN during the order’s
production run.
3.5
Technological Advances
C-TRAN reserves the right to revise the general requirements of this contract to take
advantage of new technology including new bus models with advanced technology as they
become available. Any minor change to the general requirements of this contract due to
technological advances shall be incorporated by a modification to this contract. Such
modification shall be negotiated and an equitable adjustment shall be made if appropriate.
The Contractor, at the request of C-TRAN, shall provide any cost and/or pricing data
relevant to any change made under this clause. All information submitted under this clause
shall remain confidential as allowed by Washington law. Any substantial changes in
specifications due to technological advances will require that C-TRAN re-advertises the
solicitation in order to take advantage of the technological advances and allow for open
competition to ensure that C-TRAN reviews all options and receives competitive pricing.
3.6
Inspections
As required by the FTA, C-TRAN will appoint Fleet Inspectors to inspect and approve buses
during production. It is C-TRAN's intention to have one (1) or more representatives from
the Inspection Team present at the site of the Contractor's shops continuously during the
manufacture or assembly of the buses. The Inspection Team normally will be available onsite eight (8) hours per day, five (5) days per week at the Contractor's worksite. The
Inspection Team will be on-call by agreed upon means for contact after hours. Other
schedule arrangements can be made to cover shift work as needed with prior notice.
Overtime, holiday work, swing shift, graveyard shift or split shift work will be at the
discretion of C-TRAN. The failure of C-TRAN to provide an on-site representative for other
than day shift work will not be a reason or excuse for delay in the manufacture and delivery
of the buses.
The function of the Inspection Team is to represent C-TRAN at the site of the Contractor as
required to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Perform technical liaison functions.
Assist in the interpretation of Contract Documents.
Inspect and approve the work as it progresses for general conformity.
Witness performance and quality assurance tests.
Conduct the pre-shipment inspection of production units.
The C-TRAN Inspection Team shall have complete access to any and all design offices,
testing facilities and workshops at all times when work is being performed on this contract,
including subcontractor workshops where any major component, subassembly or
assembly is being fabricated or assembled. The Contractor shall provide members of the
Inspection Team with all information, equipment, or facilities necessary to perform
assigned tasks, including insuring conformity of the material or equipment to the
specifications as required by the Inspection Team. The Inspection Team shall have
17
authority to retain components for examination and testing and to document by
photography and/or video all parts of the buses as well as any disputed process or
technique used in the manufacture of the buses. The Contractor shall give a minimum of
two (2) working days prior notice on any tests or inspections at which the presence of the
Inspection Team is required by the Contractor, contract, or requested by the Inspection
Team.
The Contractor shall provide C-TRAN with the original of every inspection form associated
with each bus, for each delivery order, after making copies of said inspection forms for
themselves. Every bus built during a production shall have a folder that stays in the bus, in
which each inspection, the inspection’s form, and any and all reports associated with the
bus is kept. The folder shall be delivered with the bus upon the buses arrival at C-TRAN’s
facility. Final Acceptance of the bus will not be granted without C-TRAN receiving the buses
inspection/report folder/file.
If inspections are deemed necessary at more than one (1) location concurrently, Contractor
shall pay for all C-TRAN inspection costs (including, but not limited to airfare, hotel, per
diem, mid-sized rental vehicle, gasoline, parking, etc.) associated with the overlapping of
inspectors at more than one (1) location.
For each order, whenever an Inspector is present at the Contractor's worksite, the
Contractor shall make available a private and lockable office with running water and
restroom facilities, within reasonable walking distance to the final inspection area with:











One lockable desk per inspector;
A minimum of one (1) bookcase per order;
A minimum of one (1) lockable five (5) drawer horizontal filing cabinet,
capable of utilizing Pend-a-flex file products per order;
Contractor provided and paid for telephone service (providing all inside
lines, two (2) outside lines, and one (1) outside FAX line);
Contractor provided and paid for laptop with Internet access which
Contractor shall install and configure on the two (2) armored laptops
mentioned below;
Fax machine;
Copy machine;
A printer capable of printing in both color and black and white;
One (1) 3’ x 4’ white board per order;
Special tools will be provided with each order;
The Contractor shall acquire and pay for software licensing necessary for
two (2) laptops/computers for each order for the life of the buses on each
order (maximum 15 years). The Contractor shall provide POs to Cummins,
Allison, BAE, Carrier, and/or any other vendor that requires licensing of
their diagnostic software for C-TRAN to use for the life of the bus order.
The software provided shall include Smart Pak PLC diagnostic software
particular to the current order and capable of interfacing with prior orders,
18
for each bus order. Cummins software shall be Insite Pro for all orders and
shall include the ECM Image Cruncher, version 5.5 or newer;
The Contractor shall have ATC, ABS, ASA, APC, and GPS testing equipment
and/or diagnostic software obtained, installed, and/or available upon the
first day of production for each bus order;
Office supplies as needed including, but not limited to, file folders, dry erase
pens, paper, printer ink, pens, pencils, etc. shall be provided by the
Contractor and available by C-TRAN's Inspection Team during the duration
of each bus order.


If English is not the prevalent language used at the worksite, an interpreter fluently
proficient in the other language(s) used and in English shall be available to the Inspection
Team during all working hours. All documentation shall be supplied in English, including
but not limited to, design drawings, inspection reports, and any other contract
documentation.
In the event C-TRAN’s Inspection Team, or a delegate, is or becomes unacceptable to the
Contractor, the Contractor will notify C-TRAN’s Project Manager. C-TRAN and the
Contractor will promptly discuss the matter and attempt to arrive at a mutually
satisfactory remedy or replacement.
3.7
Engineering Drawings
3.7.1
General
Buses shall be manufactured according to the requirements of the Contractor's engineering
drawings that shall completely describe and define the buses, consistent with both the
requirements and the intent of the Contract Documents and applicable laws, regulations,
and codes. The Contractor shall submit such additional or revised drawings, diagrams,
calculations, test results, specifications, and demonstrative evidence as C-TRAN deems
necessary to confirm the completeness and accuracy of the Contractor's engineering
drawings.
3.7.2
Distribution
One (1) copy of all design drawings, engineering process sheets, and other bus
manufacturing documentation, including latest revisions, shall be supplied to the
Inspection Team as they are produced.
Two (2) complete sets of design drawings, schematics, and other bus manufacturing
documentation shall be supplied to C-TRAN's Project Manager as soon as practical after the
pre-production meeting and at least 30 days prior to the start of production of the first bus
of each bus order. Latest revisions shall be supplied to C-TRAN's Project Manager as they
become available.
19
3.7.3
Standards
The drawings shall reference various engineering standards or standard specifications, as
appropriate, which shall control material quality, assembly techniques, and fabrication of
the buses and components on them. English language copies of these standards shall be
available to the Inspection Team, and one (1) copy shall be supplied to C-TRAN’s Project
Manager before production of each order.
3.8
Design Review or Pre-Production Meeting
The Contractor shall schedule a design review to be held prior to the start of each bus order
manufacture and/or assembly of the pilot bus, if deemed necessary. Such review shall be
conducted after all necessary design work has been completed and all documentary
information needed to demonstrate that the design is in conformance with the
specifications is available to C-TRAN. The design review shall be conducted at a location
determined by C-TRAN.
The purposes of the design review include, but are not limited to, the following:




A detailed review of the Contractor's engineering drawings to verify conformance of
the design with the specifications;
Review of substitute or equal materials or equipment not dealt with prior to
contract award;
Review of manufacturing or assembly methods or components submitted as part of
the approval process;
Review of the Contractor's critical path schedule for the work and review and
approval of the Contractor's quality assurance program.
The information shall be sufficiently complete to assure that the buses and their
components meet the specified levels of function and performance. The Contractor and the
chief subcontractors shall present this design material over a period of several days
according to a schedule proposed by the Contractor. All analyses and required approvals
shall be submitted prior to the design review.
The design as refined and confirmed by the review shall constitute the approved design for
the bus. The construction of the pilot bus, if deemed necessary, should follow the design
review and resolution of items of non-conformance.
Any failure by C-TRAN to detect any defects or omissions in any design, material, method,
or program shall in no way relieve the Contractor from fully complying with the
requirements and intent of the Contract Documents.
3.9
Parts
It is C-TRAN’s intent to utilize this contract for the ordering of parts for the new fleet for
the life of this contract.
20
C-TRAN continually strives to maintain parts inventory levels at the lowest cost-effective
level that satisfies daily maintenance and repair requirements, while avoiding “Bus Down”
situations that may result in missed revenue service. Elements of “Just-In-Time” best
practices are employed by C-TRAN in the management of its parts inventory. The success of
C-TRAN’s inventory management program is heavily dependent on accurate, timely, and
continually updated information from suppliers regarding parts availability, projected
usage on proposed new buses, order lead-times, and responsiveness to purchase orders
and expedited shipping requests.
The Contractor shall supply with their initial proposal a list of parts and current pricing for
the following areas of the new bus and parts that are proprietary shall be denoted by “P,”
and non-stock parts shall be denoted with “NS”:








Axle and driveline
Steering
Structural, including body panels and interior trim items
Suspension
Glass
PLC or multiplex system
Hybrid-electric system
Articulated joint
Contractor may submit approved equal brands or aftermarket options.
In addition the Contractor, with their proposal, should describe, based on the information
provided whether or not they will be able to provide discounted pricing for our existing
fleet of vehicles. If discounts are available, please provide a list of what items will be
available for purchase under this contract and indicate, as stated above, whether the items
are proprietary or non-stock parts. As a part of the pricing component for their proposal,
Contractors are expected to provide a discount that will be offered to C-TRAN for
purchases of spare parts for the new fleet and for the existing fleet.
The Contractor shall submit with their proposal the following data regarding all parts and
components installed on the proposed bus. A “discrete part number” is defined as a distinct
part number utilized on the proposed bus, regardless of quantity. For purpose of this
submittal, each part number utilized on the proposed bus shall be counted only once. Part
numbers utilized in multiple locations, and/or in quantities greater than one (1), on the
proposed bus shall be counted only once. Information submitted for this section should
include, but not be limited to:




Total quantity of discrete part numbers utilized on the proposed bus.
Quantity and percentage of discrete part numbers that are consumable items.
Quantity and percentage of discrete part numbers that are normal wear items that
will require replacement at some point during the normal service life of the
proposed bus.
Quantity and percentage of discrete part numbers that are lifetime items that will
not require replacement at some point during the service life of the proposed bus
21






under normal operating circumstances (i.e.: absent of collisions, fires, floods, civil
unrest, acts of nature, etc.).
Of the total, quantity and percentage of discrete part numbers that are proprietary
to the bus manufacturer and can be purchased only from the bus manufacturer.
For proprietary parts, the quantity and percentage of discrete part numbers that are
carried in stock, and the average lead-time for these items.
For proprietary parts, the quantity and percentage of discrete part numbers that are
NOT carried in stock, and the average lead-time for these items.
Quantity and percentage of discrete part numbers that are sourced from other
Vendors and can be purchased from sources other than the bus manufacturer.
For sourced parts, the quantity and percentage of discrete part numbers that are
carried in stock, and the average lead-time for these items.
For sourced parts, the quantity and percentage of discrete part numbers that are
NOT carried in stock, and the average lead-time for these items.
The Contractor shall submit as a part of this section information on parts distribution
operations, to include the following:













Name, location, telephone number(s), and fax number(s) of each distribution
center.
How long each distribution center has been in operation.
Types of parts stocked at each distribution center.
Count of discrete part numbers (utilized on proposed bus) stocked at each
distribution center.
Hours and days of operation shall be stated in Pacific Standard Time (PST).
Cut-off time (PST) to process orders for same-day shipments.
Whether each distribution center is operated by the Contractor, or is operated by a
subcontractor.
Whether each distribution center is the primary source of parts for customers
located in the Pacific Northwest (Oregon and Washington).
Primary freight carrier(s) utilized by each distribution center for parcels weighing
less than 75 lbs., palletized and/or crated shipments, and air shipments.
Freight carrier’s standard delivery time to Portland, Oregon (in business days) from
the date the order is submitted for parcels and pallets/crates.
Distribution Center’s distance from nearest air freight terminal.
Location of nearest air freight terminal, including airport code.
Availability of daily flights, on business days only, from nearest air freight terminal
to Portland International Airport (PDX) in Portland, Oregon.
3.9.1
Spare Parts Pricing List
The Contractor shall provide an itemized parts pricing list to C-TRAN every 12 months, or
whenever price adjustments have been implemented. Price list shall be in electronic
spreadsheet form (MS Excel 2007), and shall list all part numbers utilized in the bus build
and applicable to our existing fleet and the standard list price. C-TRAN will apply the
discount offered through this contract to the pricing provided when ordering parts. Part
numbers shall be listed alphanumerically (0-9, then A-Z). For each part number the
information provided shall include, but not be limited to:
22






Part description.
Type of part: consumable, normal wear, or lifetime.
Whether the item is stock or non-stock.
Whether the item is proprietary or sourced.
Current estimated lead-time (in business days).
Standard list price, i.e., non-preferred customer price.
Note: Contractor may state price on request for lifetime parts, but must list the current
standard price for all consumable and normal wear parts.
C-TRAN will review the prices for spare parts submitted by the Contractor to determine if
the pricing appears to be fair and reasonable. C-TRAN shall have the right to conduct a
cost/price analysis, and where possible, obtain quotes from competing vendors on specific
spare parts if pricing appears to be in excess of standard industry pricing for similar parts.
If the pricing obtained through the quotes is lower than the prices offered through this
contract, C-TRAN reserves the right to purchase the products from other sources.
Competitive pricing is defined as the circumstances in which C-TRAN could obtain bids or
proposals from alternative sources for the same parts.
Proprietary parts and noncompetitive parts will be considered sole source parts requiring
a cost analysis. At C-TRAN’s request, Contractor shall provide an itemized cost breakdown
for any sole-source part being ordered. Cost analysis shall include the following:





Direct material costs associated with producing the part.
Direct labor costs associated with producing the part.
Direct incidental costs (freight, handling, warehousing, etc.) associated with part.
Overhead costs.
Profit margin stated as a dollar amount and a percentage of direct costs.
The Contractor shall maintain records related to cost and pricing of spare parts as required.
C-TRAN shall have access to such records for audit purposes as provided in the contract.
3.9.2
Parts for New Bus Orders
3.9.2.1 Suggested Stocking List
The Contractor shall send to C-TRAN an initial suggested stocking list for every major
system and subsystem to include suspension, axles, articulated joint, brakes, and body
parts and their location in the parts catalog at a mutually agreeable time before the start of
production. The suggested stocking list of parts shall contain all of the information on the
parts that is required in Section 3.9.1. The Contractor shall provide expected lead-times for
each item on the suggested stocking list. Lead-time is defined as the time period from (and
including) the date of order to (and including) the date of delivery. For each item on the
suggested stocking list, the Contractor shall provide both standard lead-time when item is
in stock for immediate shipment and backorder lead-time when item is not in stock for
immediate shipment.
23
The Contractor shall also provide recommendations regarding minimum reorder and
maximum stocking points (min/max points) for each item. Min/Max point orders shall take
into account the typical lead-time (standard or backorder) depending on usual stock status
at the Contractor’s parts distribution facilities and the anticipated annual usage based on
fleet size and historical sales data to fleets of similar size and duty cycle.
For major systems such as engine, HVAC, fueling, and hybrid drive systems supported
directly by the manufacturers’ authorized service/distribution networks, the Contractor
shall obtain suggested stocking lists from the component manufacturers and forward them
to C-TRAN. Suggested stocking lists supplied by the component manufacturers shall
contain the information listed in the preceding two (2) paragraphs. In addition the
suggested stocking lists supplied by the component manufacturers shall include the list
prices and any discounts available to C-TRAN.
C-TRAN shall be able to return any parts from the suggested stocking list for full credit and
with no restocking fee charged if the parts ordered from the suggested stocking list do not
fit, and/or do not pertain or are otherwise incompatible to C-TRAN’s delivered and
accepted bus.
3.9.2.2
Initial Parts Order
C-TRAN will begin development of the initial spare parts order, using substantially
completed Draft Parts Manuals, with the goal of getting as many parts, particularly
consumable parts, identified and ordered as soon as possible.
The Contractor shall supply each item on C-TRAN’s initial order, taken from the
Contractor’s suggested parts stocking list, final or draft, within the quoted lead-time for
that item.
The Contractor shall deliver the initial spare parts order within expected lead-times for
each part in the initial spare parts order. Upon receipt of order the Contractor shall notify
C-TRAN of any items that will exceed the originally anticipated lead-time.
In the event of a bus down situation that results in missed revenue service, the Contractor
shall be subject to $250 per day in liquidated damages if the “bus down” situation resulted
from the Contractor’s failure to deliver the initial spare parts order within the expected
lead-time or mutually agreed-upon lead-time for items exceeding originally expected leadtime.
Failure by the Contractor to meet the schedules required for delivery of the initial order of
parts for each bus order that results in a commissioned bus being “down” due to lack of
parts on-hand at a C-TRAN bus maintenance facility, shall entitle C-TRAN to withhold
contract payments equal to the value of missed revenue service per bus per day, provided
that C-TRAN gives the Contractor ten (10) days advance notice before such withholding.
C-TRAN shall be entitled to deduct from contract payments an amount not to exceed the
costs and/or damages incurred by C-TRAN, provided C-TRAN gives the Contractor ten (10)
days’ notice of its intent to deduct, if any or all of the following occur:
24



C-TRAN incurs costs and/or damages due to the Contractor’s failure to deliver parts.
C-TRAN discovers the Contractor’s parts pricing is clearly in excess of standard
industry pricing for similar parts.
The Contractor fails or refuses to issue credit for returned parts as required in
Section 3.9.3.
3.9.2.3 Spare Wheels and Tires, Balancing and Tire Branding
C-TRAN will notify the Contractor regarding the number of spare wheels and tires to be
provided for each bus order. These wheels will be shipped directly to the C-TRAN facility.
All front wheel and tire assemblies shall be spin balanced. Weights used shall be specifically
approved for use on these aluminum wheels. Spare tires shall be shipped one (1) per bus,
unless otherwise determined based on the bus order quantity, at the time of delivery.
All components selected must be the same as those supplied on the buses being delivered.
Not all items may be selected with each order.
All tires will be branded. C-TRAN will notify the Contractor regarding the numbers to be
used for tire branding.
3.9.3
Parts for Existing Fleet
The parts representative onsite during the pilot bus delivery shall work with C-TRAN staff
to identify parts available through this contract that are applicable to the existing fleet of
buses. Upon identification of those items, the Contractor will provide C-TRAN with a
comprehensive spare parts list, per Section 3.9.1.
The Contractors is expected to adhere to the projected lead times and established delivery
times for all parts delivered under this contract.
3.9.4
Parts Availability Guarantee
The Contractor hereby guarantees to provide, within reasonable periods of time, the spare
parts, software and all equipment necessary to maintain and repair the buses supplied
under this Contract for a period of at least 15 years (for a 12 year bus) after the date of
acceptance for the last bus, or until the last bus accepted is retired from C-TRAN’s fleet,
whichever comes first. In addition, the Contractor agrees to provide spare parts and all
equipment necessary to maintain and repair C-TRAN’s existing fleet of buses under this
contract. Parts shall be interchangeable with the original equipment and be manufactured
in accordance with the quality assurance provisions of this Contract.
a. Contractor Stocked Parts
The Contractor stocked parts ordered by C-TRAN shall be delivered within ten
(10) business days following date of receipt of purchase order. If a bus procured
under this Contract is out-of-service (bus down status) due to the lack of said
ordered parts, the Contractor shall pull parts for “bus down” orders from active
assembly line, at no additional cost to C-TRAN, if required to satisfy deadline.
25
Otherwise, the Contractor shall provide C-TRAN, within eight (8) hours of
C-TRAN’s verbal or written request, the original suppliers’ and/or
manufacturers’ parts numbers, company names, addresses, telephone and fax
numbers and contact persons’ names for all of the specific parts not received by
C-TRAN. The Contractor shall notify the original manufacturers’ of the situation
and authorize the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) to accept a direct
order from C-TRAN, at no extra cost to C-TRAN. In the event OEM’s policy
prohibits direct sales to end customers, the Contractor shall direct OEM to ship
specified parts to C-TRAN, at no extra cost to C-TRAN.
Where the Contractor fails to honor this parts guarantee or parts ordered by
C-TRAN are not received within 15 business days of the agreed upon delivery
date, then the Contractor shall provide C-TRAN, within three (3) business days
of C-TRAN’s verbal or written request, the design and manufacturing
documentation for those parts manufactured by the Contractor and the original
suppliers’ and/or manufacturers’ parts numbers, company names, addresses,
telephone and fax numbers and contact persons’ names for all of the specific
parts not received by C-TRAN. Contractor’s design and manufacturing
documentation provided to C-TRAN shall be for its sole use in regard to the
buses procured under this Contract and for no other purpose.
b. Contractor Non-Stock, Non-Proprietary Parts
Non-stocked parts that are not proprietary to C-TRAN’s bus design shall be
delivered within 15 business days of the date the purchase order is received. In
the event the Contractor is unable to satisfy this requirement, the Contractor
shall, within eight (8) hours of receipt of purchase order, provide to the
respective Buyer issuing the purchase order, the original suppliers’ and/or
manufacturers’ parts numbers, company names, addresses, telephone and fax
numbers and contact persons’ names for all of the specific parts not received by
C-TRAN. Such information shall be communicated to the Buyer via fax or e-mail.
If such information is proprietary in nature, the vendor information shall be
supplied when there is a “bus down” situation, determined by C-TRAN, and/or
when three (3) consecutive orders for the same part have not been delivered
within the stated lead-time. Contractor shall notify the original manufacturers’ of
the situation and authorize OEM to accept a direct order from C-TRAN, at no
extra cost to C-TRAN. In the event OEM’s policy prohibits direct sales to end
customers, the Contractor shall direct OEM to ship specified parts to C-TRAN, at
no extra cost to C-TRAN.
c. Non-Stock Proprietary Parts
C-TRAN proprietary parts not currently stocked by the Contractor shall be
delivered within three (3) weeks of the date purchase order is received. In the
event the Contractor is unable to satisfy this requirement, the Contractor shall,
within eight (8) hours of receipt of purchase order, provide to the respective
Buyer issuing the purchase order, the original suppliers’ and/or manufacturers’
parts numbers, company names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers and
contact persons’ names for all of the specific parts not received by C-TRAN. Such
information shall be communicated to the Buyer via fax or e-mail. The
Contractor shall notify the original manufacturers’ of the situation and authorize
26
OEM to accept a direct order from C-TRAN, at no extra cost to C-TRAN. In the
event OEM’s policy prohibits direct sales to end customers, Contractor shall
direct OEM to ship specified parts to C-TRAN, at no extra cost to C-TRAN.
d. Bus Down Parts Orders (First Year)
During the first-year “bumper-to-bumper” warranty period, the Contractor shall
ship all “bus down” warranty parts orders via pre-paid overnight air (PPD &
Allowed; FOB Destination) without additional cost to C-TRAN, unless the weight
or size of the part(s) preclude shipment via air freight. In such cases, parts shall
be delivered within five (5) business days of order date via pre-paid rushground freight (PPD & allowed; FOB Destination). The Contractor shall provide
C-TRAN with daily cutoff time, in Pacific Standard Time Zone, for orders
requiring shipment via overnight air. Orders placed prior to the cutoff time shall
be shipped the same day order is received, to facilitate delivery the following
working day. Orders placed after the cutoff time shall be shipped the following
working day for delivery the next working day after. If parts are not in stock, the
Contractor shall pull parts for “bus down” orders from active assembly line, at no
additional cost to C-TRAN, if required to satisfy deadline. Otherwise, the
Contractor shall provide C-TRAN, within eight (8) hours of C-TRAN’s verbal or
written request, the original suppliers’ and/or manufacturers’ parts numbers,
company names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers and contact persons’
names for all of the specific parts not received by C-TRAN.
e. General Requirements for All Non-Warranty Parts Orders
The Contractor shall acknowledge receipt of all orders via fax or e-mail to the
respective Buyer placing the parts order. Order acknowledgment shall list
current pricing (if different than pricing listed on the purchase order),
availability, and estimated delivery date for each item. Supplier shall advise
Buyer of any changes in pricing, availability, or lead-times that will apply to
future orders.
Upon shipment of an order, the Contractor shall fax or e-mail a shipment
notification containing the name of the freight carrier and all applicable
shipment tracking numbers, unless otherwise notified by the Buyer that such
tracking information is not necessary.
3.9.5
Returned Parts
C-TRAN shall be able to return parts purchased from the Contractor for credit at the price
originally invoiced, subject to the following conditions:
a. C-TRAN will prepay freight if charges are for the United States or Canada. Any
other location shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
b. The Contractor shall limit the restocking charge to a maximum of 15%.
c. C-TRAN will request pre-approval for all returned parts, prior to shipping.
27
d. C-TRAN will not require return of specially made or non-stock items, unless the
Contractor recommended the items for stocking.
3.9.6
Consumables
The following list of consumable items shall be available in the U.S. from U.S. suppliers:



















Ventilating air filters
Belts
Lamps
Fuses
Brake lining material
Hoses and lines: air, coolant and hydraulic
Wire terminations and connectors
Shock absorbers
Air bags
Brake drums
Suspension bushings
Windshield glass
Side window glass
Engine oil filters
Hybrid-electric drive fluid filters
Hydraulic fluid filters
Engine air cleaner filter cartridges
Windshield wiper blades
Batteries
3.10
Warranty
The Contractor warrants and guarantees to C-TRAN each complete bus and specific
components as follows:
1. COMPLETE BUS: The complete bus, as supplied by the Contractor, is warranted and
guaranteed by the Contractor to be free from defects due to design or workmanship
for one (1) year, beginning on the in-service date of the last accepted bus for each
order. During this warranty period the buses shall maintain their structural
integrity. The warranty is based on normal operation of each bus of each order
under the operating conditions prevailing in the service area of C-TRAN.
2. COMPONENTS AND SUBCOMPONENTS: Specific components and subcomponents
are warranted and guaranteed by the Contractor to be free from defects and related
defects for the following times or mileages, whichever occurs first. If Contractor or
component supplier offers a better warranty than stated below or elsewhere in this
document, the warranty that most benefits C-TRAN shall prevail.
28
Components
Engine (including all items supplied by engine
manufacturer)
Hybrid-electric drive system
Drive axle
Brake system (excluding friction material)
Air conditioning system
Hybrid drive
Basic body structure
Emissions systems
Structural integrity corrosion
Whichever Occurs First
Years
Mileage
4
250,000
2
2
1
3
4
3
5
7
200,000
200,000
50,000
Unlimited
250,000
150,000
Unlimited
350,000
OPTION #2: C-TRAN is interested in information and pricing for extended warranties for
the components listed above and any additional components for which extended
warranties may be offered.
3. Warranties in this Contract are specifically agreed to and in addition to any
remedies or warranties imposed on the Contractor by statute or otherwise by law.
The Contractor shall insure in its procurement arrangements that the warranty
requirements of this Contract are enforceable through and against the Contractor's
suppliers, Vendors, material men and subcontractors. Any inconsistency or
difference between the warranties extended to C-TRAN by the Contractor and those
extended to the Contractor by its suppliers, Vendors, material men and
subcontractors shall be at the risk and expense of the Contractor. Such inconsistency
or difference will not excuse the Contractor's full compliance with its obligations
under the Contract Documents.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that such suppliers, sub suppliers,
vendors, material men and subcontractors satisfactorily perform warranty related
work. During the bumper-to-bumper one (1) year warranty period, C-TRAN will file
claims directly with the Contractor. In no case shall the Contractor fail to honor any
viable warranty claim, regardless of vendor, during the one (1) year bumper-tobumper warranty period.
4. These warranty requirements do not apply to normal wear and tear. Parts such as
bulbs, brake linings, filters, belts, and wiper blades are not warranted unless they
fail due to defective manufacture, improper installation by the Contractor or defects
in the design, manufacture, or installation of the part or the system within which the
part functions.
5. All repairs to the buses, including warrantable repairs, may be performed by
C-TRAN and therefore shall be reimbursed by the Contractor. Repairs by C-TRAN
29
will be made by the method that, in the reasonable judgment of C-TRAN, is most
practicable given the existing conditions unless C-TRAN and the Contractor have
agreed to a specific repair. The warranty labor rate charged to the Contractor will be
the day shift hourly wage rate of a journey-level Mechanic plus related fringe benefit
costs, maintenance administration and inventory overhead costs. The wage rate and
therefore the warranty labor rate are subject to adjustment once each year. Through
December 31, 2014, the warranty labor rate is $56.36/hour. C-TRAN shall maintain
records of warranty repairs and such records shall be available to the Contractor to
verify warranty claims.
6. The Contractor will reimburse C-TRAN for the cost of parts used in a warranty
repair. The reimbursement shall be at the price indicated on the Contractor's master
price list at the time of repair including taxes where applicable and shipping to
C-TRAN. When the Contractor can prove that a replacement OEM part for a given
failure was purchased from other than the Contractor, C-TRAN will submit the
warranty claim to the Contractor for those repair parts reflecting C-TRAN’s actual
cost for the replacement parts. The Contractor shall pay the total cost to return
defective components covered by warranty to the factory. C-TRAN will only accept
credit memos and/or parts exchange for payment of warranty claims. C-TRAN will
not accept cash as payment on warranty claims.
7. The warranty will include the cost of towing the bus, or a bus change if either is
necessary, because of a failure of a warranted component during the first year
bumper-to-bumper warranty period or 50,000 miles, whichever comes first. The
cost of a bus change will consist of the warranty labor rate in Section E above for the
actual number of mechanics sent plus towing charges. A copy of the tow bill will be
included with warranty claim if towed by a vendor. If C-TRAN tows the bus, the cost
of the tow, plus mechanic labor charges will be charged to the Contractor.
8. At its sole discretion, C-TRAN may require the Contractor or its designated
representative to perform warranty-covered repairs which cannot be easily
accommodated in C-TRAN’s facilities or which require the specialized skill of the
Contractor or its subcontractors or suppliers. If C-TRAN requires the Contractor to
perform warranty-covered repairs, the Contractor's representative must begin
within ten (10) working days after receiving notification of a defect from C-TRAN
regarding any work necessary to effect repairs in a proper and timely manner. In
cases where buses are out of service, the Contractor's representative must begin
within three (3) working days after receiving notification of a defect from C-TRAN
regarding any work necessary to effect repairs in a proper and timely manner.
9. Whenever the Contractor makes warranty repairs, it shall use new parts,
subcomponents, and subsystems unless C-TRAN has authorized the repair of
original parts in writing. C-TRAN shall make the bus available to complete timely
repairs with the Contractor's repair schedule. The Contractor shall provide, at its
own expense, all spare parts, labor, tools, and space required to complete repairs.
The Contractor shall reimburse C-TRAN for all expenses incurred transporting
buses between C-TRAN’s facilities and Contractor’s work site or the facilities of its
subcontractors or suppliers. At C-TRAN’s option, the Contractor may be required to
remove the bus from C-TRAN’s property while repairs are being affected. If the bus
30
is removed from C-TRAN’s property, Contractor’s representative must diligently
pursue repair procedures. C-TRAN’s Project Manager shall approve in advance the
schedule and scope of the repairs. In the rare instance that a warranty part
replacement/repair is to take longer than ten (10) working days, the Contractor will
contact C-TRAN’s Warranty Administrator to make alternative arrangements (i.e.,
alternate supplier, etc.).
10. Contractor will pay for towing during the one (1) year bumper-to-bumper warranty
period, or for the first 50,000 miles, whichever comes first, if breakdown of the bus
was caused by a warranted component.
3.10.1
Complete or Partial Replacement
In the event of any defect in design, material, or workmanship of a component or an
assembly under warranty, C-TRAN shall consider, in consultation with the Contractor,
whether the component or assembly is to be changed in its entirety or whether the
component or assembly is to be repaired and the defective parts replaced. C-TRAN's
decision as to which alternative will be used will be based upon: minimizing down time;
total repair costs of the vehicle; whether or not the failure of the component might be
detrimental to the life of the assembly and public safety; and convenience considerations.
3.10.2
Fleet Defects
In the event that, during the warranty period, specific repairs or modifications for any part
and/or any component of that part, necessitated by defects in design, material, or
workmanship are required on 15% of the buses delivered to date, under this contract, shall
be considered a fleet defect. The Contractor shall promptly pay for all necessary labor and
materials to remedy those repairs or modifications to all buses, including buses for which
the warranty has expired. Such repairs or modifications shall commence within 60 days
unless otherwise approved by C-TRAN. The warranty on parts or components used to
remedy fleet defects shall start over when the fleet defect is remedied, and shall be
extended for the same amount of time and/or miles as in the original warranty. This
extended warranty shall begin for the entire group of buses worked on, beginning on the
repair/replacement date of the last bus of that group, for the corrected parts.
When the remedy for a fleet defect requires the Contractor to supply parts to C-TRAN, the
Contractor shall ship those parts to C-TRAN in individual kits, one (1) kit per bus affected
by the fleet defect. Each kit shall consist of all the parts, and only those parts marked as
Warranty Kits for “X” Campaign, necessary to complete the repair on each bus affected by
the fleet defect. In addition, parts affected by a fleet defect warranty that are held in
C-TRAN’s inventory will be replaced by the Contractor similarly. The Contractor shall pay
all shipping costs, any costs associated with the preparation of the parts and part kits, and
C-TRAN’s labor costs associated with fixing the fleet defect.
3.10.3
Warranty Extension
In the event that during the warranty period, repairs or modifications made necessary by
defective design, material, or workmanship are not completed due to lack of material or
inability to provide the proper repair, the delay running beyond the end of the warranty
31
period, such delay shall not be considered in computing the warranty period. The same
warranty will remain in effect as if the repair or modification was still within the warranty
period, said warranty being extended day for day by the period of delay.
3.10.4
Service Personnel
The Contractor shall provide qualified factory authorized service personnel who will be
available to work at the C-TRAN maintenance facility during the delivery/acceptance
period for each delivery group, and during each delivery group’s warranty period,
regardless of component. Service personnel shall be available within 12 hours of request
for assistance and repairs shall be started within 24 hours of request for assistance. Service
personnel do not need to be continuously on-site, but their availability to start repairs
during the timeframe requested is mandatory.
3.10.5
Warranty Claims
The Contractor shall resolve all claims made by C-TRAN for warranty within 45 days after
receipt of claims. Warranty claims, except those warranty items being negotiated, which
remain unpaid after 60 days will be charged 1% per month until the claim is paid. C-TRAN
will add 10% on parts and labor to all warranty claims to cover processing and
administrative costs. Payment of warranty claims shall be by credit memorandum only.
Warranty claims remaining unpaid more than 30 days after the claim date will be deducted
from Contractor’s current contract revenues with C-TRAN (this contract and any other
contracts Contractor may be involved in with C-TRAN, i.e., part orders, other vehicle
delivery orders, etc.), at C-TRAN's discretion, provided C-TRAN gives the Contractor ten
(10) days advance notice of its intent to deduct. Denials of claims by the Contractor must
be written and must contain the reason(s) for denial. Denials will be subject to negotiation
between the Contractor and C-TRAN. If negotiations between the Contractor and C-TRAN
regarding the denial of a claim cannot be resolved, Contractor shall side with C-TRAN, and
claim shall be granted and paid, or deducted from other contract revenues at C-TRAN’s
discretion.
C-TRAN reserves the right to negotiate alternate warranty claims or payment language
with the Contractor, if it is beneficial to both parties to revise the provisions as stated. Any
alternate language shall be agreed upon in writing.
3.10.6
Additional Warranties
Before the start of production of each bus order, the Contractor shall provide to C-TRAN
complete copies of all written warranties or guarantees and documentation of any other
arrangement relating to such warranties or guarantees extended by the Contractor's
suppliers, sub suppliers, vendors, material men and subcontractors covering all major
components, assemblies, parts, and systems utilized in the buses delivered under this
contract. These shall include, but are not limited to engine, Hybrid-electric drive system,
axles, articulated joint, doors, HVAC, starters, overhead signs, CCTV system, brakes, interior
lighting system, and seats. If any vendor to the Contractor offers a warranty on a
component that is longer or more comprehensive than the required warranties stated
above, the Contractor will inform C-TRAN of this additional warranty and pass it through to
C-TRAN at no additional cost to C-TRAN.
32
Warranties and/or guarantees shall be broken down by suppliers, sub suppliers, vendors,
material men, and subcontractors, and shall include each party’s warranty contact person,
mailing address of business, phone number, fax number, each component supplied, and
that components’ warranty period. Warranty details shall be provided for ALL components
of the bus, for each order – not just those components the Contractor may consider to be
“major.”
3.11
Service Ready Bus
The Contractor will be required to deliver to C-TRAN service ready buses. All installations,
including installation of equipment being removed from retiring vehicles, are the
responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor must arrange for a Vancouver area facility to complete installation and
testing of equipment. This equipment includes, but may not be limited to:







Radios
Fare boxes
APC units (to be tested)
Bike racks (Bike racks installed at the factory)
CCTV systems (to be tested)
AVL System
Interior and Exterior Decals (when applicable)
C-TRAN will notify the Contractor at the time the vehicle order is placed of the number of
replacement vehicles. C-TRAN will have equipment pulled, repaired and ready for
installation upon the delivery of the replacement vehicles to the Vancouver area facility.
Delays due to C-TRAN’s ability to provide this equipment will not be counted toward late
delivery.
Vehicles may be released from the factory without the equipment that will be installed at a
Vancouver area facility. This equipment will be installed at the Contractor’s Vancouver area
facility. Equipment installation may be subcontracted. All work is subject to the
requirements of this contract.
The Contractor will also perform a complete fluids change prior to C-TRAN performing the
final inspection. C-TRAN will perform a final vehicle inspection prior to acceptance. Any
issues discovered during vehicle inspection will be the responsibility of the Contractor and
must be completed prior to acceptance.
Vehicle acceptance will be based on the vehicle meeting all the conditions of this contract.
Issues discovered after acceptance and vehicle service will be corrected under the
warranty claims process described within this contract.
33
3.12
Documentation, Training, Special Tools and Maintenance Manuals
3.12.1
General
For each separately ordered group of buses, the Contractor shall supply a list that provides
detailed contact information for the Contractor and each of its subcontractors/business
affiliates associated with C-TRAN’s order. The list shall include the name, title, phone
number, fax number, mailing address, e-mail address, and the components/services
provided by the Contractor and each of its subcontractors/business affiliates involved in
the manufacture of C-TRAN’s order. The list shall include all points of contact for each
separate person in the Contractor’s and any subcontractors/business affiliates associated
with C-TRAN’s order: Contractor’s, subcontractor’s, and business affiliate’s project
manager, sales representative, warranty coordinator, etc., all the way up to the
President/CEO of the Contractor’s, subcontractor’s, and business affiliate’s
companies/corporations. The list shall be supplied to C-TRAN’s Project Manager 60 days
prior to production of the Pilot Bus or main production, whichever occurs first.
For each separately ordered group of buses, the Contractor shall supply C-TRAN with a
copy of their most current Bill of Materials (BOM). If the BOM should happen to change
during the production of that ordered group of buses, the Contractor shall provide C-TRAN
with an updated copy.
Any data submitted electronically under this contract, including but not limited to
drawings, graphics, charts, diagrams, emails, letters, memos, etc., shall be submitted
without password or any other protection, and in their original file format whenever
possible, i.e., Word, Excel, Outlook, Publisher, etc. If a PDF file is submitted, the file shall not
be password or in any other way protected.
For each separately ordered group of buses, the Contractor shall supply detailed electronic
PDF and well organized maintenance manuals and illustrated parts books covering all
items on the bus. Hard copies of maintenance and parts manuals shall be delivered in
three-ring binders with the sections separated with sturdy plastic divider pages with tabs.
All manuals and parts books must relate to the bus as built for C-TRAN.
3.12.2
Maintenance Manuals
Maintenance manuals shall contain complete data required for preventive and corrective
maintenance of all parts of the buses, including but not limited to the following:





General information and specifications;
A complete, well developed troubleshooting guide covering all the air, mechanical,
electrical and electronic components;
All preventive maintenance, lubrication and adjustment requirements;
Complete wiring and schematic diagrams and schedules for wire and cable sizes and
ratings including actual cable lay-out, plus locations in the bus of all electrical and
electronic components;
Illustrative drawings, such as isometrics, exploded views or photographs identifying
components in relationship to each other as mounted in the buses;
34








Components shown in exploded views with all parts clearly identified including the
Contractor part number;
Rebuilding procedures for all re-buildable components;
Detailed, well-illustrated procedures for component change-out plus servicing,
adjusting, testing, and operational information as required;
Body and structural information and material specifications for major accident
repairs;
Seating and stanchion layouts and window diagrams;
Repair and calibration instructions and values;
A list of special test equipment and/or tools required to maintain and repair
systems, drilled down to the component level;
A list must be provided with the Best and Final Offer describing all major systems’
(i.e., brakes, etc.) parts descriptions, including part numbers, quantity needed, and
cost per unit at the time of the bus order.
The Contractor’s maintenance manual shall thoroughly describe the maintenance of all
parts of the bus. Realizing that manuals for some specialized OEM parts/components will
be needed, C-TRAN requires that the Contractor provide the following OEM vendor
manuals and publications:




















Bus electrical wiring diagrams.
Electrical system diagnostic and troubleshooting guides.
Electronic data control troubleshooting manuals.
Engine service, troubleshooting, and overhaul manuals.
Hybrid-electric drive system service, troubleshooting, and overhaul manuals.
Articulated joint
HVAC system service, troubleshooting, and overhaul manuals.
Air system diagnostic and troubleshooting guides.
Comprehensive color-coded air system schematics.
Foundation brake system analysis and troubleshooting guides.
Anti-Lock Brake (ABS) and Automatic Traction Control (ATC) system service,
troubleshooting, and overhaul manuals.
Differential and drive shaft service, troubleshooting, and overhaul manuals.
Steering column service, troubleshooting, and overhaul manuals.
Steering gear service, troubleshooting, and overhaul manuals.
Mobility device ramp system service, troubleshooting, and overhaul manuals.
Passenger seating.
Operator seating.
Destination signs (including run number box).
Interior lighting systems.
Three (3) sets of board level schematics for C-TRAN’s overhead destination signs.
Electrical, air system, and hydraulic system drawings shall be provided in color, if available.
It is understood that some manuals may be provided by the component manufacturer and
may not contain detailed sub-assemblies, i.e. Cummins, Allison, Carrier, etc.
35
All relevant safety procedures for the above mentioned and SDS sheets shall be specified
and provided electronically and in hard copy.
3.12.3
Parts Manuals
Illustrated parts books shall contain exploded views that show all parts used on buses built
under this contract and no other parts. The exploded views will show all fasteners and
miscellaneous hardware. The books shall contain data arranged so that part numbers can
be readily found and identified in the illustration for each system and subsystem
component, assembly, subassembly, or piece part from an orderly breakdown of the
complete bus. It shall contain a ready reference part number index and part name index
and be sufficiently well illustrated to identify items requiring repair, replacement and
storage for use in the maintenance of the buses. All sub-assemblies (such as wiper motor,
starter motor, etc.) shall have the original manufacturer's part number displayed at the
beginning of the appropriate parts listing section. The Contractor shall provide a
comprehensive interactive electronic integrated parts catalog (IPC).
Lists shall include at least the following information for all parts:





Generic description and specifications.
Contractor part number.
Brand name, where applicable.
Indication if the part is custom manufactured only on request.
Standard hardware described by size, type, material, and grade.
The parts manual shall include all original manufacturer names and addresses, all special
tools, test and diagnostic equipment and their original manufacturer names and addresses.
3.12.4
Bill of Materials
The Contractor shall supply a BOM in Microsoft Excel format. C-TRAN will restrict access to
the BOM document for use by designated purchasing department staff as an internal
reference document. C-TRAN already has existing inventory parts contracts that cover
most of the systems/assemblies listed below. The existing contracts provide for the
addition of new items as they are added to C-TRAN inventory.
The Contractor shall supply a complete BOM for the following systems/assemblies
installed on the bus as built for C-TRAN:









Hybrid Drive Accessory Power System (APS2)
Axles (front and rear, including brakes)
Articulated Joint
Bike Rack
Bumpers (front and rear)
Coolant Booster Pump
Destination Signs
Doors (entrance and exit)
Engine (including all belts, filters, and hoses)
36

















Engine Cooling System (including radiator and charge air cooler)
Engine Starting System
Exterior Mirrors
Floor Coverings
Fueling System (Emco-Wheaton, etc.)
HVAC System (including all belts, filters, and hoses)
Lamps and Bulbs (including all incandescent, fluorescent, and LED)
Multiplex or PLC Control System
Operator Seats
Passenger Seating
Roof Hatch
Shock Absorbers and Air Springs
Hybrid Electric Drive System and related components (including filters and
hoses)
Voltage Converter
Wheelchair Ramp (front, center and rear doors)
Wheels
Windows and Windshields (including wiper/washer systems)
The BOM shall contain the following information for all parts contained within the
systems/assemblies listed above:




Contractor part number and description.
Original manufacturer name.
Original manufacturer part number and description.
List of all original manufacturer names and addresses.
3.12.5
Parts Pricing List
The parts pricing list shall list all parts by alpha order A through Z, then in numerical
ascending order, 0 and ending with 9. The parts list shall supply the purchase price
including freight, and a description of the part. Updated price lists will note all part
numbers superseded since the last general issue of the price list. Unit of sale will also be
noted, e.g. each, minimum 5, per foot, etc.
3.12.6
Special Tools & Diagnostic Equipment Manuals
The Contractor shall supply three (3) sets of complete operator manuals for all special
tools and diagnostic equipment identified in the Special Tools and Diagnostic Equipment
Section. These manuals shall be provided 90 days before the delivery of the first production
bus. The information may be supplied in the maintenance manuals if there is no separate
manual.
3.12.7
Drafts and Quantities
For each separately ordered group of buses, three (3) paper copies of maintenance
manuals and five (5) thumb drives 16GB or greater, or as negotiated dependent upon order
37
size, and three (3) paper copies of parts manuals and ten (10) thumb drives 16GB or
greater of final illustrated parts books. Please note that multiple copies of vendor manuals
are required for training purposes as specified in this document. The Contractor shall
submit preliminary drafts of all maintenance manuals and parts books to C-TRAN for
approval early enough to allow 60 days to review. Draft maintenance manuals and parts
books shall be supplied to C-TRAN with the delivery of the first bus for each order. Final
maintenance manuals and parts books shall be supplied to C-TRAN no later than 30 days
after the Contractor receives draft manual comments from C-TRAN, or with the last bus
delivery of each order, whichever occurs first.
Draft manuals shall be complete in every detail as to information content that is current at
the time the manual is provided. They may have some cosmetic deficiencies such as
temporary bindings, sketches in place of final artwork, etc.
3.12.8
Manual Updates
Maintenance and parts manuals must be updated to include all changes made to the bus
during production and post-delivery retrofits authorized or requested by the Contractor
and to correct all errors and omissions found by C-TRAN. Changes required to the parts
and maintenance manuals due to warranty and/or post-delivery retrofits shall be
completed within 90 days from the date of modification approval. Maintenance manuals
shall be updated as necessary with service letters during the life of the buses. Maintenance
and parts manuals shall be available from the Contractor for six (6) years following
acceptance of the last bus, for published bus manuals only if OEM component supplier
manuals are not available. However, if OEM component supplier manuals are available, the
Contractor shall supply those updates for a period of six (6) years following acceptance of
the last bus for each order. Revised parts price lists will also be supplied as prices change.
3.12.9
Documents by Electronic Means
C-TRAN requires all submittals under this section to be available electronically, in a format
that can be utilized by C-TRAN (e.g. high resolution PDF). Resolution of electronic
documents shall facilitate clear readability when applied to the IPC system. The Contractor
shall provide C-TRAN’s Fleet Maintenance Manager a “beta copy” of the documents within
15 business days prior to delivery of the first bus for test purposes to ensure the resolution
is acceptable.
C-TRAN will provide details on how the manuals will be used in the system and will sign a
limited copyright agreement for published Bus Manuals. OEM component supplier manuals
have their own means of electronic delivery and copyright restrictions. Any arrangement
for obtaining OEM component supplier manual electronic files in a manner suitable for
C-TRAN IPC purposes is the responsibility of the Contractor.
3.12.10 Reproducible Images
Reproducible Mylar images and/or electronic version shall be provided to supplement the
maintenance manuals specified above. These are drawings that need to be in large sizes,
those such as patterns that may be consumed when used, electrical, air and hydraulic
38
system drawings, and those which otherwise are more useful unbound than as part of a
book. A tree type or other index shall be supplied to identify the drawings. Reproducible
images shall be durable and shall have a high standard of quality when printed for shop
copies to assure ready legibility. Image sizes shall be such that they lend themselves to
standard reproduction methods. Two (2) sets of reproducible images shall be delivered no
later than when the first bus is delivered of each order.
Also required are two (2) sets of general configuration and body framing reproducible
images. The need for these is in case the bus requires major body rebuilding, as from an
accident. These images shall be available in an approved electronic format, in English, and
delivered with the maintenance manuals.
Full size Mylar patterns for all flat glass shall be provided no later than 30 days before
delivery of the first bus of each bus order.
Material call-out information shall be supplied to C-TRAN when needed for maintenance or
accident repair. All materials shall be identified with size and wall thickness.
3.12.11 Operating Manual
The Contractor shall provide operating manuals for each type of bus delivered. There shall
be one (1) manual for each type of bus ordered. Three (3) sets of operating manuals for
each model of bus delivered shall be supplied, unless otherwise negotiated.
The Contractor shall submit drafts of the operating manuals to C-TRAN for approval at
least 20 days in advance of the first bus of each order’s delivery. Final, approved operating
manuals (three (3) sets) both in hard copy and high resolution electronic PDF files with the
rights to reproduce them, shall be delivered 14 days after receiving Draft Manual
comments from C-TRAN or with the delivery of the last bus of each build, whichever occurs
first.
The operating manual shall cover all operational requirements for the operator while in
service excluding driving skills, rules of the road, and interpretation of laws. Information
and instructions for all phases of operation shall be provided, including but not limited to,
bus mechanical operation, response to safety alarm systems, engine operation, lighting
system controls, emergency actions, maintenance checks and turning characteristics of the
bus.
3.13
Vehicle Maintenance Training
3.13.1
General
For the first group of buses ordered under this contract, the Contractor shall provide a
program of instruction, instructional materials, and training aids targeted for specific
groups of Maintenance personnel based on the criteria specified within this Section.
Training shall be conducted on all shifts.
For subsequent orders under this contract, the Maintenance Training Supervisor will
determine the level of training needed for Maintenance personnel for each group ordered,
39
but not to exceed the criteria specified within this Section. Training not used for each bus
order as specified in this Section shall be deducted from the cost of that bus order during
the order negotiation process.
The timing of the maintenance training, delivery of the specified training aids, equipment,
and constitution of the groups to be trained will be specified by C-TRAN’s Maintenance
Training Supervisor. Materials, schedule, instructors, and course outlines to be approved
by C-TRAN’s Maintenance Training Supervisor.
The Contractor shall provide to C-TRAN’s Maintenance Training Supervisor copies of all
lesson plans, detailed instructor guides for each training program, student workbooks,
manuals, publications, videos, transparencies, and any other training aids used by an
instructor when teaching a course at least 30 days prior to the delivery of the first bus of
each order. The Contractor shall identify and provide the qualifications of the instructors
for each course to C-TRAN’s Maintenance Training Supervisor. The Contractor shall inform
C-TRAN of any training support equipment (such as DVD/TV, digital projector, etc.) and/or
supplies required of C-TRAN for the Contractor portion of the training.
The Contractor will designate a specific individual as the Principal Training Contact for the
scheduling and accomplishment of the Contractor and vendor training. The Contractor will
provide a name, complete mailing address, telephone number, and fax number for this
person to C-TRAN no later than 30 days after the Pre-Production Meeting.
3.13.2
Instructional Materials
The Contractor will supply the following instructional materials at least 30 days before
anticipated delivery of the first bus of each order provided under this contract.
1. The Contractor will provide one (1) detailed electrical system instructor guide and
training aid to cover:
a. Explanation of the electrical and electronic systems.
b. Electrical and electronic component function and location.
c. Wiring diagram analysis and interpretation.
d. Troubleshooting the electrical and electronic systems.
e. Use of diagnostic test equipment and analysis of results.
f. Preventive maintenance of the electrical system and components.
2. The Contractor will provide two (2) complete sets of master engineering electrical
and electronic wiring diagrams.
3. The Contractor will provide one (1) set of Programmable Logic Controller video.
4. The Contractor will provide one (1) detailed engine system instructor guide and
training aid to cover:
a. Explanation of the engine system.
b. Engine system component function and location.
c. Troubleshooting the engine.
d. Use of diagnostic test equipment and analysis of results.
e. Preventive maintenance on the engine.
40
5. The Contractor will provide one (1) OEM engine system DVD.
6. The Contractor will provide one (1) set of color transparencies (for use with
overhead projectors) of the wall charts.
7. The Contractor will provide one (1) detailed Hybrid-electric drive system instructor
guide and training aid to cover:
a. Explanation of the Hybrid-electric drive system.
b. Hybrid-electric drive system component function and location.
c. Troubleshooting of the electronic control system.
d. Troubleshooting of the Hybrid-electric drive.
e. Use of diagnostic test equipment and analysis of results.
f. Preventive maintenance of the Hybrid-electric drive.
8. The Contractor will provide one (1) set of Hybrid-electric drive system overhaul
color transparencies.
9. The Contractor will provide one (1) DVD of the Hybrid-electric drive system
overhaul process.
10. The Contractor will provide one (1) color wall chart series of the Hybrid-electric
drive system, if available.
11. The Contractor will provide one (1) detailed HVAC system instructor guide and
training aid to cover:
a. Explanation of the HVAC System (AC included only if supplied on the buses).
b. Troubleshooting the HVAC System.
c. Use of test equipment and analysis of results.
d. Preventive maintenance on the HVAC System.
e. The function and operation of the Programmable Logic Controller (if supplied on
the buses) in the HVAC System.
12. The Contractor will provide one (1) wall chart depicting the operation of the HVAC
system and two (2) color transparency sets depicting the operation of the HVAC
system.
13. The Contractor will provide one (1) detailed air system instructor guides and
training aids to cover:
a. Explanation of the air system.
b. Air system component function and location.
c. Troubleshooting the air system.
d. Use of test equipment and analysis of results.
e. Preventive maintenance on the air system.
14. The Contractor will provide one (1) color wall chart of the bus air system depicting
airflow, pressures, and components and one (1) color transparency set depicting
the bus air system.
41
15. The Contractor will provide one (1) comprehensive air system DVD.
16. The Contractor will provide one (1) detailed foundation brake system instructor
guide and training aid to cover:
a. Explanation of the foundation brake system.
b. Troubleshooting of the foundation brake system.
c. Use of diagnostic test equipment and analysis of results.
d. Preventive maintenance of the foundation brake system.
17. The Contractor will provide one (1) set of color wall charts depicting foundation
brake component functions and two (2) sets of color transparencies of the
foundation brake system wall charts.
18. The Contractor will provide one (1) comprehensive foundation brake system DVD.
19. The Contractor will provide one (1) detailed differential and propeller shaft
instructor guide and training aid to cover:
a. Explanation of the differential and propeller shaft.
b. Troubleshooting of the differential and propeller shaft.
c. Preventive maintenance of the differential and propeller shaft.
20. The Contractor will provide one (1) set of color wall charts depicting the differential
and drive shaft and two (2) sets of color transparencies of the wall charts.
21. The Contractor will provide one (1) detailed suspension, steering, alignment,
articulation joint, and axle instructor guide and training aid to cover:
a. Explanation of the suspension, steering, articulation joint, and axle systems.
b. Troubleshooting of the suspension, steering, articulation joint, and axle systems.
c. Use of diagnostic test equipment and analysis of results.
d. Preventive maintenance of the suspension, steering, articulation joint, and axle
systems.
e. Cutaway of the power steering pump supplied.
f. Cutaway of the power steering gear supplied.
g. Alignment procedures.
22. The Contractor will provide one (1) set of color wall charts depicting steering
system components, hydraulic flow and pressures, and two (2) sets of color
transparencies of the wall charts.
23. The Contractor will provide one (1) detailed mobility device ramp or lift instructor
guide and training aid to cover (as appropriate):
a. Explanation of the mobility device ramp or lift system.
b. Troubleshooting of the mobility device ramp or lift system.
c. Preventive maintenance of the mobility device ramp or lift system.
The instructor guides are complete lesson plans, containing detailed presentation materials
as well as all material included in the student guides described elsewhere. The instructor
guide is sufficient to allow any vehicle maintenance trainer to pick up the material and give
the class.
42
3.13.3
Training Aids
The Contractor will supply the following training aids at least 30 days prior to the
anticipated delivery of the first bus of each order.
One (1) Multiplex Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) test and operation training aid
consisting of a complete set of PLC I/O blocks, and typical output items shall be provided.
The unit will be constructed on a plywood frame, be no larger than 4’ x 12’, and be mounted
on a moveable stand. The unit will be powered by a self-contained power supply with an
input voltage of 110v at 60 Hz. If C-TRAN selects a conventional electrical system, the
Contractor will provide one (1) electrical system training aid representative of the
electrical systems utilized on the vehicle. Wiring of either unit must include a junction
panel enclosure and terminal strips for the purpose of inducing problems for student
troubleshooting and training. The electrical training aid will be constructed using actual
bus parts identical to those used on the vehicles provided to C-TRAN under this contract.
All mock ups, training aids, or equipment that contains individual UL Listed devices must as
a whole be UL Approved for Washington use, including the appropriate notifications,
stickers, etc.
3.13.4
OEM “Train the Trainer” Maintenance Training
The Contractor will secure from the OEM vendors (specific component vendor) one (1)
“Train the Trainer” course slot covering preventive maintenance, overhaul, diagnostics,
troubleshooting, and repair of the buses that the Contractor will provide to C-TRAN for the
systems listed below. This training will also include the use of the instructional materials
described in Section 3.12. The training will commence immediately upon acceptance of the
pilot bus. Scheduling the training classes will be done by C-TRAN’s Maintenance Training
Supervisor in coordination with the Contractor.
The “Train the Trainer” program will include the following:
1. PLC System (if supplied) – 24 hours
The PLC course will include but not be limited to:
 Introduction to PLCs
 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting of PLCs
 Programming the PLC
2. Engine System – 24 hours
The engine course will include but not be limited to:
 Engine diagnostics, troubleshooting, and use of diagnostic tools
 Tune-up
 Engine overhaul
3. Hybrid-electric drive system – 24 hours
The Hybrid-electric drive system course will include but not be limited to:
 Hybrid-electric drive system diagnostics, troubleshooting, and use of
diagnostic tools
43


Service and adjustments
Hybrid-electric drive system overhaul
4. HVAC – 24 hours
The HVAC course will include but not be limited to:
 HVAC diagnostics, troubleshooting, and use of diagnostic tools
 Service and adjustments
 AC certification (If AC is supplied)
5. Air System – 24 hours
The Air System course will include but not be limited to:
 Diagnostics and troubleshooting
 Repair and service
6. Foundation Brake System – 24 hours
The Foundation Brake course will include but not be limited to:
 Operation and maintenance
 Foundation brake diagnostics and troubleshooting
 Use of service and diagnostic tools
 Service and adjustments
7. Differential and Drive Shaft – 24 hours
The differential and drive shaft course will include but not be limited to:
 Operation and maintenance
 Diagnostics and troubleshooting
 Use of service and diagnostic tools
 Overhaul, service, and adjustments
8. Suspension, Steering, Articulation Joint, and Axle Systems – 24 hours
The Suspension, Steering, Articulated Joint, and Axle course will include but not be
limited to:
 Operation and maintenance
 Diagnostics and troubleshooting
 Use of service and diagnostic tools
 Overhaul, service and adjustments
9. Ramp or Lift – 24 hours
The ramp or lift course will include, but not be limited to:
 Operation and maintenance
 Diagnostics and troubleshooting
 Use of service and diagnostic tools
 Overhaul, service and adjustments
44
3.13.5
Maintenance Training Program Content
The Contractor will provide maintenance training utilizing the OEM vendors (specific
component vendor) three (3) modules of instruction (1) General Orientation, (2) Technical
Orientation, and (3) Stand-Alone courses.
The training will commence immediately upon acceptance of the first bus of the production
order. All training will be delivered on a schedule determined by C-TRAN’s Maintenance
Training Supervisor and coordinated with the Contractor.
1. The General Orientation:
For each separately ordered group of buses, the Contractor will provide an initial
orientation for maintenance personnel. The general orientation will be provided in
the C-TRAN Bus Maintenance Facility and may, at the discretion of C-TRAN, be
provided on more than one (1) shift. The orientation will be repeated until all
available mechanics, preventive maintenance workers, and maintenance
supervisors have received the orientation. The orientation will be presented on and
around the bus. The audience size will be approximately six (6) personnel per
session. The orientation session will not exceed four (4) hours in duration and will
include the following:







Safety procedures of hybrid-electric system (high voltage)
Overview of vehicle’s systems
Component location and general function
Dipstick location/fluid level check information
Bus operation and controls
Servicing and inspection
General safety procedures
The target population for this training is approximately 26 maintenance and service
personnel.
2. The Technical Orientation:
The Contractor will provide a structured program of technical training (eight (8)
hours per class, not to exceed 120 class hours) to a maximum class size of six (6)
mechanics to be delivered at the C-TRAN facility. The training will consist of specific
and identifiable separate areas of instruction concerning the following:








Electrical, electronic, and PLC engine system
Hybrid-electric drive system, including safety
HVAC (if selected by C-TRAN)
Air and brake system, including ABS & ATC
Differential and drive shaft
Suspension & steering, articulated joint, & steering axle
Mobility device lift and wheel chair bridge plates
Use of all OEM & Contractor special purpose tools and diagnostic equipment
The target population is approximately 25 maintenance personnel.
45
Specific attributes of the technical instruction are defined in the following sections
(a through i):
a. Electrical and Electronics:
Electrical system instruction will cover preventative maintenance and the
major failure events experienced in the system and how to recognize the
failure signs through troubleshooting with test equipment. Students will be
given failure/trouble parameters and shown step-by-step troubleshooting
procedures to isolate problems. Hands on exercises with the actual electrical
and electronic systems on a bus will reinforce troubleshooting procedures.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the electrical and electronic systems that will be
distributed to students during training. These materials will be kept by the
students and serve as reference materials while on the job.
b. Engine and Accessories:
The engine system instruction will cover preventative maintenance and the
major failure events experienced in the system and how to recognize the
failure signs through troubleshooting with test equipment. Students will be
given failure/trouble parameters and shown step-by-step troubleshooting
procedures to isolate the problem. Hands on exercises with the actual engine
system on a bus will reinforce troubleshooting procedures.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the engine system that will be distributed to students
during training. These materials will be kept by the students and serve as
reference materials while on the job.
c. Hybrid-Electric Drive System and Controls:
The Hybrid-electric drive system instruction will cover preventative
maintenance and the major failure events experienced in the system and how
to recognize the failure signs through troubleshooting with test equipment.
Students will be given failure/trouble parameters and shown step-by-step
troubleshooting procedures to isolate the problem. Hands on exercises with
the actual Hybrid-electric drive system on a bus will reinforce
troubleshooting procedures.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the Hybrid-electric drive system that will be
distributed to students during training. These materials will be kept by the
students and serve as reference materials while on the job.
d. HVAC:
Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning system instruction will cover
preventative maintenance and the major failure events experienced in the
system and how to recognize the failure signs through troubleshooting with
test equipment. If AC is supplied on the buses, the training will be to the level
46
of certification. Students will be given failure/trouble parameters and shown
step-by-step troubleshooting procedures to isolate problems. Hands on
exercises with the actual HVAC system on a bus will reinforce
troubleshooting procedures.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the HVAC system that will be distributed to students
during training. These materials will be kept by the students and serve as
reference materials while on the job.
e. Air System:
Air system instruction will cover preventative maintenance and the major
failure events experienced in the system and how to recognize the failure
signs through troubleshooting with test equipment. Students will be given
failure/trouble parameters and shown step-by-step troubleshooting
procedures to isolate problems. Hands on exercises with the actual air
system on a bus will reinforce troubleshooting procedures.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the air system that will be distributed to students
during training. These materials will be kept by the students and serve as
reference materials while on the job.
f. Brake System:
The brake system instruction will cover preventative maintenance and the
major failure events experienced in the system and how to recognize the
failure signs through troubleshooting with test equipment. Students will be
given failure/trouble parameters and shown step-by-step troubleshooting
procedures to isolate the problem. Hands on exercises with the actual brake
system on a bus will reinforce troubleshooting procedures.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the brake system that will be distributed to students
during training. These materials will be kept by the students and serve as
reference materials while on the job.
g. Differential and Drive Shaft:
The differential and drive shaft instruction will cover preventative
maintenance and the major failure events experienced in the system and how
to recognize the failure signs through troubleshooting with test equipment.
Students will be given failure/trouble parameters and shown step-by-step
troubleshooting procedures to isolate the problem. Hands on exercises with
the actual differential and drive shaft on a bus will reinforce troubleshooting
procedures.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the differential and drive shaft system that will be
distributed to students during training. These materials will be kept by the
students and serve as reference materials while on the job.
47
h. Suspension, Steering, Axles and Articulated Joint:
Suspension, steering, and axle system instruction will cover preventative
maintenance and the major failure events experienced in the system and how
to recognize the failure signs through troubleshooting with test equipment.
Students will be given failure/trouble parameters and shown step-by-step
troubleshooting procedures to isolate the problem. Hands on exercises with
the actual suspension, steering, and axle systems on a bus will reinforce
troubleshooting procedures.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the suspension, steering, and axle systems that will be
distributed to students during training. These materials will be kept by the
students and serve as reference materials while on the job.
i.
Mobility Device Ramps:
Mobility device ramp system instruction will cover preventative
maintenance and the major failure events experienced in the system and how
to recognize the failure signs through troubleshooting with test equipment.
Students will be given failure/trouble parameters and shown step-by-step
troubleshooting procedures to isolate the problem. Hands on exercises with
the actual mobility device ramp system on a bus will reinforce
troubleshooting procedures.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the mobility device ramp or lift system that will be
distributed to students during training. These materials will be kept by the
students and serve as reference materials while on the job.
3. Stand Alone System Specific Courses
a. Electronic Destination Sign System:
This will be a course of not less than four (4) hours wherein the electronic
sign system will be explained at a component level for C-TRAN technicians.
This course will be conducted at the C-TRAN Facility. Delivery: Six (6) times,
to a class size of at least three (3), but as many as six (6), as coordinated with
C-TRAN’s Maintenance Training Supervisor.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the electronic destination sign system that will be
distributed to students during training. These materials will be kept by the
students and serve as reference materials while on the job.
b. Engine Service/Troubleshooting:
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the engine system.
c. Hybrid-Electric rive System Service/Troubleshooting:
48
This will be a course of not more than 40 hours. General Hybrid-Electric
Drive System service and troubleshooting topics will be covered. This course
will be conducted at the C-TRAN Facility. Delivery: Five (5) times, to a class
size of approximately five (5) maintenance personnel.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aids, books, manuals, and
publications covering the Hybrid-Electric Drive system that will be
distributed to students during training. These materials will be kept by the
students and serve as reference materials while on the job.
d. Parts Worker Training:
The Contractor will provide a familiarization course of approximately four
(4) hours for the Inventory Technicians and Inventory Supervisor.
The Contractor will provide suitable training aides, books, manuals and
publications that will be distributed to students during training. These
materials will be kept by the students and serve as reference materials while
on the job. Delivery: One (1) time to a class of approximately five (5) stores
personnel, buyers, and supervisors for each separately ordered group of
buses.
e. PLC System:
The PLC courses will be designed for the electronic technicians to learn the
PLC systems at the component level. This will be a course of not more than
40 hours. The Contractor will provide suitable training aides, books, manuals
and publications that will be distributed to students during training. These
materials will be kept by the students and serve as reference materials while
on the job. Delivery: Five (5) times, to a class of approximately five (5)
maintenance personnel.
3.14
Operator Training
For each separately ordered group of buses, the Contractor will provide 20 hours of on-site
training to C-TRAN’s Operations Trainers on driving characteristics of the bus, use of all
controls, gauges and warning lamps, operator’s seat controls, plus other operational items
as requested. The Contractor will provide copies of all lesson plans, detailed instructor
guides, DVDs, transparencies, and any other training aids. The Contractor shall identify the
instructor and provide the qualifications of the instructor. Dates of the training and timing
of deliverables will be determined by the Operations Training Supervisor in coordination
with the Contractor. Training and materials will be approved by C-TRAN’s Operations
Training Supervisor immediately upon acceptance of the pilot bus.
3.15
Special Tools and Diagnostic Equipment
The following list of special tools and diagnostic equipment will be provided by the
Contractor to C-TRAN at least 60 days prior to the delivery of the first bus for each bus
order. This is an optional equipment purchase. The list may be modified prior to order
placement. All tools and electronic test equipment described throughout this section must
be of heavy-duty industrial grade quality approved by C-TRAN. All diagnostic software
49
must be compatible with newer Windows operating systems, including Windows 7.0. All
mock ups, training aids, or equipment that contains individual UL Listed devices must as a
whole be UL approved for Washington use, including the appropriate notifications, stickers,
etc.
1. Special Purpose Electrical and Electronic Diagnostic Tools:
a. Three (3) complete sets of industrial quality electrical and electronic system
test equipment and diagnostic tools to include digital multi-meters capable of
measuring 1,000 V DC, inductive pick up clamp on meters capable of
measuring 600 amps, and armored laptop computers and software (two (2)
per order – see Section 3.2).
b. One Hybrid-Electric Drive APS2 test device able to repair and diagnose
hybrid drive accessories up to 600 amps. All accessories and equipment must
be included. Test bench must be UL Listed for Washington and come
complete with OEM and Safety training; and one (1) complete set of
maintenance manuals.
2. Special Purpose Hybrid-Electric Drive System Tools:
a. One (1) Hybrid-Electric Drive motor stand, complete with adapters for
overhaul purposes.
3. Special Air System Tools:
a. One (1) mock-up air board for the brake system.
b. One (1) mock-up, front and rear door, training module.
4. Overhead Signs:
a. Four (4) compatible crimpers for repair of sign cable ends.
b. 30 1-gig USB flash drives for reprogramming signs.
If the Contractor has knowledge of any special tools needed by C-TRAN not mentioned
above, the Contractor shall supply to C-TRAN that list of tools and diagnostic equipment,
their purpose, and their costs.
3.16
Electronic Maintenance Information
The Contractor shall supply all software information, including source codes necessary to
do bench-level repairs, even if proprietary, for any programmed module or component. (If
proprietary, C-TRAN will treat information as such and will not use any proprietary
information for any means other than performing electronic repairs.) Also to be supplied is
any special hardware necessary to repair or modify any microprocessors and/or software
used in the bus. The Contractor shall supply complete schematic drawings containing
50
component identification, location of the components on the circuit board, circuit
descriptions and theory of operation for all electronic components. The Contractor shall
also supply information on Programmed Array Logic (PAL) and any other preprogrammed
device. C-TRAN will consider all such data as proprietary.
3.17
Estimated Procurement Timeline
C-TRAN wishes to enter into a five (5) year contract for the purchase of a minimum of ten
(10) transit buses with an option for an additional five (5) buses, for a maximum of 15
buses under this contract. The optional quantity is based on potential expansion to our
existing Fixed Route fleet; however, there are no guarantees that C-TRAN will exercise
these options.
Contractors shall keep in mind that the purchases, beyond the initial ten (10), are subject
to future financial assistance.
3.17.1 Options to Buy
C-TRAN expects to require and purchase the remaining five (5) transit buses; however,
should C-TRAN determine it will not exercise the option to order the five (5) remaining
buses after the initial purchase, the prices established by this contract shall apply to
purchase by other transit agencies or political subdivisions in the United States of America.
Each entity shall, therefore, contract directly with the successful Contractor for the vehicles
and services specified in this document. Each entity is solely responsible for executing a
purchase order and/or contract, receiving and accepting the vehicles, and paying the
Contractor directly. C-TRAN will not be a party to the performance of any of these activities
between the successful Contractor and any other agency choosing to purchase on this
contract.
3.18 Time of Performance
The selected Contractor shall provide services from the time of contract execution through
the end of the contract term. The term of the contract will be from approximately March 1,
2015 through February 28, 2020.
C-TRAN understands delivery may not be executed within the five (5) years; however,
orders shall be completely processed during the term of the five (5) year contract.
3.19
Price Adjustment
The unit price shall remain fixed, as proposed for orders made in the first year of the
contract. Prices for orders of buses or equipment ordered after the first year of the contract
shall be the base year price plus any escalation calculated using the U.S. Department of
Labor/Bureau of Labor Statistics Producer Price Index (PPI) Category #1413 for Truck and
Bus Bodies or if such index is no longer in use, then such replacement which is most
comparable to the Index as may be designated by the Bureau of Labor Statistics or as
agreed to by both parties.
51
C-TRAN will negotiate with the Contractor price adjustments requested as a result of
changes that become mandatory due to legislation or regulations that are promulgated and
become effective after the effective date of the contract.
3.20
Licenses, Certificates, and Permits
The Contractor shall secure and maintain, at its sole expense, such licenses and permits as
may be required to provide the services or supplies under this contract, including but not
limited to a license to do business in the State of Washington. If, for any reason, the
Contractor’s required licenses or certificates are terminated, suspended, revoked or in any
manner modified from their status at the time this contract becomes effective, the
Contractor shall notify C-TRAN’s Procurement Coordinator immediately of such condition
in writing.
52
4
PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
Proposers shall prepare a proposal simply, and economically, providing a straightforward
and concise description of qualifications and methods to satisfy all requirements of the
RFP. Do not submit brochures, or other attachments that have not been requested in the
RFP document. If additional information is required, it will be requested after the review of
the proposals. C-TRAN shall not be liable for any expense incurred in the preparation of
proposals.
All proposals and submissions will become the property of C-TRAN and will not be
returned to the Proposer.
Each proposal shall contain the following items:
4.1
General Proposal Requirements
1. A Letter of Transmittal signed by the party authorized to execute contracts on behalf
of the Proposer. This letter should contain:
a. Acknowledgement that the Proposer has the scheduling capability to perform
the work and that the Proposer has the proper certifications and licenses to
legally perform the duties required.
b. Any exceptions the Proposer has with C-TRAN’s proposed contract (Attachment
E). If no exceptions are listed it will be assumed that the Proposer accepts all
terms and conditions stated in the contract.
2. General Information Sheet (Attachment A-1)
3. Table of Contents
4. Summary of Proposal
5. Required Certifications (Attachments A-2 through A-10) must be completed and
returned with the proposal:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Conflicts of Interest
Ineligible Contractors
Ineligible Contractors – Lower-Tier Subcontractors
Restrictions on Lobbying
Non-Collusion Affidavit
Bus Testing Requirements
Buy America Certification
DBE Approval Certification
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Certification
6. Rate Proposal Form (Attachment B)
53
4.2
Technical Qualifications
Information submitted for this section should include, but not be limited to:
1. Certification that the proposed vehicle meets all of the requirements of the baseline
specifications. The certification must state the dates of compliance testing. C-TRAN
will consider these requirements satisfied if the Proposer certifies the dates of the
original compliance testing for the vehicle, and certifies that all components that
have been modified or added since that date have been tested and found to comply
with those specifications.
2. Provide engineering reports including proof of accuracy of loads and other
operating conditions.
3. A complete description of any engineered technological advances available to
C-TRAN with the bus proposed by the Proposer.
4. Current, complete parts and service manuals, and a price list for all parts identified
in the parts manual. (One (1) hard copy and one (1) electronic copy only).
5. A description of the durability, fleet defects, and other relevant experiences with the
proposed vehicle in public transit service, in an urban area in the United States and
Canada. The description shall be no longer than three (3), single-space typed pages.
6. A table that summarizes the numbers of the proposed vehicles delivered to specific
transit agencies during the last four (4) years.
7. Provide information regarding Initial Parts Order (Section 3.9.2.2) and Parts
Availability Guarantee (Section 3.9.4) requirements.
8. A detailed description of the Proposer's field service, warranty, and support
network (Section 3.10).
9. Provide information regarding delivery to the Vancouver, Washington area of a
service ready bus (Section 3.11).
10. A complete list of training activities, hours, and schedule that comply with Sections
3.13 and 3.14.
11. A detailed description of testing methods and test results related to compliance with
the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) rules for floor covering skid resistance
and associated requirement for mobility device and cart securement devices
(Section 6.1.5.8 and 6.4.5.4).
12. Provide information on noise reduction capabilities for the interior of the bus
(Section 6.1.5.6.1).
13. Provide a detailed print of the electric starting system as installed (Section
6.2.2.1.1.1).
54
14. Provide information regarding the electronic engine cooling system (Section 6.2.5).
15. Provide a schematic and description of hydraulic systems (Section 6.2.6.3.3).
16. Provide technical information on the steering system, suspension system, and
steering geometry. Information shall include drawings and description of
components and operation (Section 6.3.2).
17. Provide A copy of the bus testing report for all tests performed at the Altoona
testing facility if applicable or a certificate that the proposed bus has been
grandfathered under bus testing rules (Section 6.4.2.1.2).
18. Provide a detailed drawing/schematic of the front, rear, curbside, roadside, and roof
of the bus proposed (Section 6.4.3.8.5).
19. Provide a diagram of the proposed seating layout (Section 6.4.5.1.1).
20. Provide a diagram of passenger assist configuration (Section 6.4.5.2.1).
21. Provide layout drawings for entry, maneuvering, parking and exiting of mobility
device passengers (Section 6.4.5.4.1).
22. Provide a complete description of the mobility device ramp, including engineered
drawings. Include proposed positions of controls (Section 6.4.5.4.2).
23. Provide information regarding the operator's storage compartment (Section
6.4.6.1.1).
24. Provide information regarding the
instrumentation (Section 6.4.6.1.3).
layout
of
operator's
controls
and
25. Provide an air conditioning system operating description and system specifications
(Section 6.4.8).
26. Provide electrical schematics showing interface between the air conditioning
system and the bus electrical system (Section 6.5).
27. Provide the completed Technical Summary Form for each bus proposed
(Attachment D).
28. For purposes of discussion, please provide information regarding the following:
a. Provide estimated maintenance mileage of brake friction material (Section
6.3.3.1.2).
b. Exterior rear wheel well, hinged access panel (Section 6.4.3.5).
c. LED interior lighting (Section 6.4.4.6).
55
d. Ramp design that decreases the angle of the ramp to the street level (Section
6.4.5.4.2).
e. Self-ratcheting securement belts (Section 6.4.5.4.3).
f. C-TRAN is interested in on-board diagnostics for PLC, ABS, engine, transmission,
and other systems (Section 6.4.6.1.6).
g. Mirror heads with turn signals, with separate LEDs (Section 6.4.6.6.1).
h. Inside speakers, four (4) on each side of the bus, and two (2) external speakers,
one (1) curbside and one (1) roadside. Both external speakers shall broadcast in
a clear tone (manufacturer to provide Contractor options on speaker selection
with clarity in particular) announcements that are clearly perceived from all seat
positions at approximately the same volume level (Section 6.4.9.4).
i. A 110 Shore Power connection be located in both the front and rear to supply
external “shop” power to charge the bus batteries when all electric accessories
are on, but the engine is off (Section 6.5.1).
j. Training mock-ups available, air boards, PLC, front/rear brakes, etc.
29. Provide information for each of the options identified.
30. Provide information about the anticipated delivery schedule for the bus order,
including important milestones and pilot bus delivery.
4.3
Experience and Qualifications
Describer the Proposer’s overall mission statement, length of time in business, ownership,
location of office(s) and any subcontractors and their information that may be involved
with this contract.
The Proposer shall provide information about its history, experience and past performance
relevant to this RFP including, but not limited to, a description of the Proposer’s direct
experience which is similar in nature, scope and complexity to that required by this
contract.
Provide information that proves the Proposer has sufficient financial strength and
resources to finance the work to be performed under this contract. Provide information
regarding engineering and management with sufficient personnel and requisite disciplines,
licensees, skills, experience, and equipment to complete the Contract as required and
satisfy any engineering or service problems that may arise during the warranty period.
4.4
Price Proposal
All Price Proposal information shall be contained within a separately sealed envelope
labeled as “Rate Proposal” with the Proposer’s name, RFP number, and RFP title on the
outside.
The Price Proposal shall be presented using the Rate Proposal Form included as
Attachment B. Except as otherwise noted on the pricing form, the line item prices for buses
must include any and all warehousing, freight, delivery, pickup, financing carrying charges,
and all other such charges to accommodate the supply/service and delivery.
56
Price proposals should include a payment proposal, including milestones, percentage of
discount if C-TRAN pays before 30 days and any other pricing options.
Proposers are cautioned that the item descriptions on the Rate Proposal Form are not
intended as complete descriptions of the required supplies or services to be purchased
under this solicitation. Each Proposer must consult the Scope of Work and Technical
Requirements sections of the solicitation document for complete descriptions of the
required supplies and/or services.
4.5
Total Cost of Ownership
Provide information, as requested on Attachment C, on the following for the bus proposed
under this contract:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fuel Economy
Spare Parts Costs (parts listed submitted with proposal)
Spare Parts Availability (lead-times)
Mean Repair Labor Hours and Mean Time Between Repairs for major and/or critical
components – expected labor hours, or mean time for all steps required to perform
the component exchange, with a Cummins ISL engine, Allison transmission, EMP
Cooling System:
a. Alternator bearing replacement
b. Air bag (bellows) replacement, front and rear
c. Air drier, service
d. Radiator, replacement
e. Brake application valve, replacement
f. Brake relay valves front and rear, replacement
g. Engine turbo charger, replacement
h. Engine fuel pump, replacement
i. Air compressor, replacement
j. Windshield, replacement
k. Side passenger window, replacement
l. Power steering hydraulic pump, replacement
5. Other Operating Costs
57
5
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Proposals will be evaluated by an Evaluation Committee based on the following criteria:
CRITERIA
Technical Qualifications
Experience and Qualifications
Price
Total Cost of Ownership
Total Points Available
40 points
20 points
20 points
20 points
100 points
To score the best possible score in each category C-TRAN will evaluate Proposers best
meeting the following:
5.1
Scoring Process
Proposals (including reference checks) will be scored based on the criteria and point
system referenced above. If C-TRAN does not elect to conduct an interview process, the
highest scoring proposer will be determined based solely on the scoring of the proposals.
If C-TRAN does move forward with an interview process, then the scoring for the selected
Proposer may be based on the established scores for the Price Proposals.
5.2
Interviews
Proposers who submit a proposal in response to this RFP may be required to attend an
interview or give an oral presentation of their proposal to C-TRAN. This provides an
opportunity for the Proposer to clarify or elaborate on their proposal. This is a fact finding
and explanation session only and does not include negotiation. The C-TRAN Procurement
Coordinator will schedule the time and location of the interview or presentation. All
interviews or presentations shall be held on site at a C-TRAN location, and all costs
involved shall be the responsibility of the Proposer. A specific time schedule will be
established after the proposals are received and reviewed.
Interviews will be evaluated by an Evaluation Committee based on the following criteria:
CRITERIA
Quality of Presentation
Understanding of C-TRAN’s Needs (delivery dates, training needs, etc.)
Total Points Available
58
10 points
15 points
25 points
6
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
6.1
General
The technical specifications below define the base bid requirements for this bus purchase.
The items identified as OPTIONS within this document are an opportunity for bidders to
provide C-TRAN with additional information and pricing for these alternative solutions.
The options are numbered for convenience in identifying and are not necessarily in the
order of priority.
Additional information is provided in the attached Exhibits to this RFP. Exhibits are
referenced in their applicable sections throughout the technical requirements section.
All specification change requests shall be submitted prior to the deadline or they will not be
considered. Submitting specification change requests or objections to the specifications
with your proposal will result in your proposal being deemed non-responsive.
6.1.1
Scope
Technical Specifications define requirements for a heavy duty, low floor transit bus which,
by the selection of specifically identified alternative configurations, may be used for both
suburban express service and general service on urban arterial streets. It shall have a
minimum expected life of 12 years or 500,000 miles, whichever comes first, and is intended
for the widest possible spectrum of passengers including children, adults, the elderly, and
persons with disabilities.
C-TRAN is interested in BRT 60’ articulated hybrid diesel electric buses. In addition
C-TRAN is interested in the Contractor proposals for a higher density seating option than
the standard 60’ low floor buses.
C-TRAN requires on-board diagnostics for PLC, ABS, engine, transmission, hybrid
propulsion system, HVAC, and all systems connected to J1708 and J1939.
6.1.2
Definitions
The following are definitions of special terms:
1.
Alternative Specification:
An alternative specification condition to the baseline configuration bus.
C-TRAN may define alternatives to the baseline configuration to satisfy local
operating requirements. Alternatives for the baseline configuration will be
clearly identified.
2.
Audible Discrete Frequency:
An audible discrete frequency is determined to exist if the sound power level
in any 0.3 octave band exceeds the average of the sound power levels of the
two (2) adjacent 0.3 octave bands by four (4) decibels (dB) or more.
59
3.
Baseline Configuration Bus:
The bus described by the Technical Specifications if no alternatives are
selected. Signing, colors, the destination sign reading list, and other
information must be provided by C-TRAN.
4.
Class of Failures:
a. Class 1: Physical Safety; A failure that could lead directly to passenger or
operator injury or represents a severe crash situation.
b. Class 2: Road Call; A failure resulting in an en route interruption of
revenue service. Service is discontinued until the bus is replaced or
repaired at the point of failure.
c. Class 3: Bus Change; A failure that requires removal of the bus from
service during its assignments. The bus is operable to a rendezvous point
with a replacement bus.
d. Class 4: Bad Order; A failure that does not require removal of the bus
from service during its assignments but does degrade bus operation. The
failure shall be reported by operating personnel.
5.
Curb Weight:
Weight of vehicle, including maximum fuel, oil and coolant; and all
equipment required for operation and required by this Specification, but
without passengers or operator.
6.
dBa:
Decibels with reference to 0.0002 microbar as measured on the "A" scale.
7.
System Design Operating Profile:
The operating profile for design purposes shall consist of simulated transit
type service. The duty cycle is described in the figure “Transit Bus Duty
Cycle.” The duty cycle consists of three (3) phases to be repeated in
sequence: a Central Business District (CBD) phase of two (2) miles with
seven (7) stops per mile and a top speed of 20 mph, an arterial route phase of
two (2) miles with two (2) stops per mile and a top speed of 40 mph, and a
commuter phase of four (4) miles with one (1) stop and a maximum speed of
55 mph and a five (5) minute idle phase.
60
Phase
CBD
Idle
Arterial
CBD
Arterial
CBD
Commuter
Stops/
Mile
Top
Speed
(mph)
7
20
2
40
7
20
2
40
7
20
1 stop for Max. or 55
phase
Total
Average Speed - 17.8
mph
Miles
2
2
2
2
2
4
Accel.
Dist.
(ft.)
155
1035
155
1035
155
5500
Accel.
Time
(s)
10
29
10
35
10
90
Cruise
Dist.
(ft.)
540
1350
510
1350
510
2 miles
+
4580 ft.
Cruise
Time
(s)
18.5
22.5
18.5
22.5
18.5
188
14
Decel.
Rate
(fpsps)
6.78
6.78
6.78
6.78
6.78
6.78
Decel.
Dist.
(ft.)
60
255
60
255
60
480
Decel.
Time
(s)
4.5
9
4.5
9
4.5
12
Dwell
Time
(s)
7
7
7
7
7
20
Cycle
Time
(min-s)
9-20
5-0
4-30
9-20
4-30
9-20
5-10
Total
Stops
47-10
51
14
4
14
4
14
1
Transit Bus Duty Cycle
The bus shall be loaded to SLW and shall average approximately 18 mph
while operating on this duty cycle. Operation shall continue regardless of the
ambient temperature or weather conditions. The passenger doors shall be
opened and closed at each stop, and the bus shall be knelt at each stop during
the CBD phase.
The braking profile shall be:
16% of the stops at 3 ft/sec
50% of the stops at 6 ft/sec
26% of the stops at 9 ft/sec
8% of the stops at 12 ft/sec
These percentages of stops shall be evenly distributed over the three (3)
phases of the duty cycle. For scheduling purposes, the average deceleration
rate is assumed.
61
8.
Fire Resistant:
Materials that have a flame spread index less than 150 as measured in a
radiant panel flame test per ASTM-E 162-90.
9.
Fireproof:
Materials that will not burn or melt at temperatures less than 2,000° F.
10.
Free Floor Space:
Floor area available to standees, excluding the area under seats, area
occupied by feet of seated passengers, the vestibule area forward of the
standee line, and any floor space indicated by manufacturer as non-standee
areas such as, the floor space “swept” by passenger doors during operation.
Floor area of 1.5 square feet shall be allocated for the feet of each seated
passenger that protrudes into the standee area.
11.
Gross Axle Weight Rated (GAWR):
The maximum total weight as determined by the axle manufacturer, at which
the axle can be safely and reliably operated for its intended purpose.
12.
Gross Load:
150 pounds for every designed passenger seating position, for the operator,
and for each 1.5 square feet of free floor space.
13.
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW):
Curb weight plus gross load.
14.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rated (GVWR):
The maximum total weight as determined by the vehicle manufacturer, at
which the vehicle can be safely and reliably operated for its intended
purpose.
15.
Head Injury Criteria (HIC):
The following equation presents the definition of head injury criteria:
1


t1  t 2
2 .5
t1

a
dt


 t 2  t 1
t 2


Where:
a=
the resultant acceleration at the center of gravity of the head form
expressed as a multiple of g, the acceleration of gravity.
t1 and t2=
any two (2) points in time during the impact.
62
16.
Heavy Heavy-Duty Diesel Engine (HHDD):
HHDD engines have sleeved cylinder liners, are designed for multiple
rebuilds, and a rated horsepower that generally exceeds 250.
17.
Human Dimensions:
Technical Specifications are defined in Human scale 1/2/3, N. Diffrient, A. R.
Tilley, J. C. Bardagiy, MIT Press.
18.
Low Floor Bus:
A bus which, between at least the front and rear doors, has a floor sufficiently
low and level so as to remove the need for steps in the aisle between the
doors and in the vicinity of these doors.
19.
Maintenance Personnel Skill Levels:
Defined below are maintenance personnel skill levels.
a. 3M: Journeyman, Apprentice Mechanic and Coach Technician
b. 2M: Preventive Maintenance Worker.
c. 1M: Vehicle Service Worker, Janitor/Hostler
C-TRAN may relate the skill levels and ratings of mechanics in its operation
to the above definitions.
Note: Whenever a specific time is indicated to access components or
complete a task, it is assumed the vehicle is in the location where the work is
to be performed. All necessary equipment is in its correct position (tools,
jacks, vehicle lifts, lighting, fluid recovery systems, etc.) and ready for use.
20.
Mobility device:
A mobility aid belonging to any class of three (3) or four (4) wheeled devices,
usable indoors, designed for and used by individuals with mobility
impairments, whether operated manually or powered. Mobility aid lifts must
have a minimum design load of 600 pounds and a lift platform that
accommodates a mobility device measuring 30”x48”.
21.
Operator's Eye Range:
The 95th-percentile ellipse defined in SAE Recommended Practice J941,
except that the height of the ellipse shall be determined from the seat at its
reference height.
22.
Seated Load:
150 pounds for every designed passenger seating position and for the
operator.
23.
Seated Load Weight (SLW):
Curb weight plus seated load.
63
24.
Standards:
Technical Specifications are the latest revisions unless otherwise stated.
25.
Standee Line:
A line marked across the bus aisle to designate the forward area that
passengers may not occupy when the bus is moving.
26.
Structure:
The structure shall be defined as the basic body, including floor deck material
and installation, load bearing external panels, structural components, axle
mounting provisions and suspension beams and attachment points.
6.1.3 Abbreviations
The following is a list of abbreviations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
ADA – Americans with Disabilities Act
ANSI – American National Standards Institute
ASHRAE – American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning
Engineers
ASTM – ASTM International (formerly the American Society for Testing and
Materials)
BRT – Bus Rapid Transit
DPF – Diesel Particulate Filter
DEF – Diesel Exhaust Fluid
EMI – Electromagnetic Interference
EPA – Environmental Protection Agency
ESS – Energy Storage System
EV – Electric Vehicle
FMCSA – Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
FMCSR – Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations
FMVSS – Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
FTA – Federal Transit Administration
I/O – Input/Output
ISO – International Organization for Standardization
JIC – Joint Industrial Council
LED – Light Emitting Diode
NFPA – National Fire Protection Association
NHTSA – National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
OSHA – Occupational Safety and Health Administration
RFI – Radio Frequency Interference
SAE – SAE International (formerly the Society of Automotive Engineers)
SCAAN – System for Computerized Application Analysis
SCR – Selective Catalytic Reduction
SPI – Society of the Plastics Industry
UL – Underwriters Laboratories
64
ULSD – Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel
USDOT – United States Department of Transportation
29.
30.
6.1.4
Legal Requirements
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, state and local regulations. These
shall include, but not be limited to, Federal ADA as well as state and local accessibility,
safety and security requirements. Local regulations are defined as those below the state
level.
The bus shall meet all applicable FMVSS and shall accommodate all applicable FMCSR
regulations in effect at the date of manufacture.
In the event of any conflict between the requirements of this Specification and any
applicable legal requirement, the legal requirement shall prevail. Technical requirements
that exceed the legal requirements are not considered to conflict.
6.1.5
Overall Requirements
The Contractor shall ensure that the application and installation of major bus
subcomponents and systems are compliant with all such subcomponent Contractors’
requirements and recommendations. Components used in the vehicle shall be of heavyduty design and proven in transit service.
As per Section 3.2, C-TRAN shall require a Pilot Bus be built 90 days prior to the beginning
of production of each order.
6.1.5.1
Dimensions
6.1.5.1.1 Physical Size
With the exceptions of exterior mirrors, marker and signal lights, bumpers, fender skirts,
washers, wipers, ad frames and rub rail, the bus shall have the following overall
dimensions as shown in the figure “Transit Bus Exterior Dimensions” at static conditions
and design height.
Body Length:
Body Width:
Maximum Overall Height:
60’ bus = 60-feet 0” over body
102” (+0, -1”), excluding mirrors
The maximum overall height shall be 130” which includes all
rigid roof mounted items such as A/C, exhaust, etc.
WIDTH
WIDTH
(Including Mirrors)
(Excluding Mirrors)
Transit Bus Exterior Dimensions
LENGTH OVER BUMPERS
BODY LENGTH
OVERALL
HEIGHT
65
REAR OVERHANG
WHEEL BASE
TRANSIT BUS EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS
FRONT
OVERHANG
WIDTH
WIDTH
WIDTH
WIDTH
(Including Mirrors)(Including Mirrors)
(Excluding Mirrors)(Excluding Mirrors)
6.1.5.1.2 Underbody
Clearance
LENGTH OVER BUMPERS
LENGTH OVER BUMPERS
The bus shall maintain the minimum
clearance dimensions as shown in the figure “Transit
BODY LENGTH BODY LENGTH
Bus Minimum Road Clearance” and defined in SAE Standard J689, regardless of load up to
the gross vehicle weight rating.
The approach angle is the angle measured between a line tangent to the front tire static
loaded radius arc and the initial point of structural interference forward of the front tire to
OVERALL
the ground.
HEIGHT
The departure angle is the angle measured between a line tangent to the rear tire static
loaded radius arc and the initial point of structural interference rearward of the rear tire to
the ground.
The breakover
angle is
REAR OVERHANG
REAR OVERHANG
FRONT
the angle
measured between two (2) lines FRONT
tangent to the
front,
WHEEL BASE WHEEL BASE
OVERHANG
OVERHANG
center and rear tire static loaded radius and intersecting at a point on the underside of the
vehicle that defines the largest ramp over which the vehicle can roll.
TRANSIT
BUSDIMENSIONS
EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS
TRANSIT BUS
EXTERIOR
BREAKOVER
ANGLE
Angle
60’ Buses
Approach
Midpoint between axles
Departure
9 degrees
12 degrees
Back 9 degrees
a.
Ground Clearance:
Ground clearance shall be no less than 7.25”, except within the axle zone and wheel
area.
b.
Axel Clearance:
Axle zone clearance, which is the projected area between tires and wheels on the
same axial centerline, shall be no less than 5”.
66
OVERALL
HEIGHT
c.
Wheel Area Clearance:
Wheel area clearance, shall be no less than 6” for parts fixed to the bus body and 6”
for parts that move vertically with the axles, tire wheel well clearance.
6.1.5.1.3 Step Height
The bus entrance/exit door platform height shall not exceed 13”. Trim shall be provided
along top edges of the bus platforms unless integral nosing is provided. Except where
otherwise indicated, covering of platform surfaces and risers shall be the same material as
that specified for floor covering.
A maximum of two (2) steps is allowed to accommodate a raised aisle floor in the rear of
the bus, with a step height of no more than 15.5”.
6.1.5.1.4 Floor Height
Height of the floor above the street shall be no more than 16” (60’ bus) measured at the
centerline of the front and rear doorway. The floor may be inclined along the longitudinal
axis of the bus, and the incline shall be less than 3° off the horizontal except locally at the
doors where 3° slope toward the door is allowed. All floor measurements shall be with the
bus at the design running height and on a level surface and with the tires properly inflated.
6.1.5.1.5 Interior Headroom
Headroom above the aisle and at the centerline of the aisle seats shall be no less than 78” in
the forward half of the bus tapering to no less than 74” forward of the rear settee. At the
centerline of the window seats, headroom shall be no lower than 65” Headroom at the back
of the rear bench seat may be reduced to a minimum of 48”, as long as nothing creates
67
headroom interference, but it shall increase to the ceiling height at the front of the seat
cushion. In any area of the bus directly over the head of a seated passenger and positioned
where a passenger entering or leaving the seat is prone to strike his/her head, padding
shall be provided on the overhead paneling.
6.1.5.2
Weight
Curb weight of the bus, as defined in Section 6.1.2 of these Specifications, shall be
minimized to the extent practical without compromising its integrity and durability and
shall not exceed 43,000 pounds for a 60’ Hybrid bus.
Buses at a capacity load shall not exceed the tire factory limits, brake test criteria, or
structural design criteria.
6.1.5.3
Capacity
The vehicle shall be designed to carry the Gross Vehicle Weight as defined in Section 6.1.2,
which shall not exceed the bus GVWR.
6.1.5.4
Service Life and Maintenance
6.1.5.4.1 Service Life
C-TRAN views the design of 12 years/500,000 miles as a minimum.
OPTION #3: C-TRAN is interested in buses capable of operating in excess of 15 years or
750,000 miles. Provide pricing, technical differences and information for this option.
6.1.5.4.2 Maintenance and Inspection
Scheduled maintenance or inspection tasks as specified by the Contractor shall require a
skill level of 3M. Scheduled maintenance tasks shall be related and shall be grouped in
maximum mileage intervals. C-TRAN is interested in scheduled maintenance based on a
minimum oil/filter change interval of 6,000 miles, except for engine oil/filter change
intervals for severe duty shown below, or as indicated from a regular oil analysis program
and routine daily service performed during the fueling operations. Higher levels of
scheduled maintenance tasks shall occur at even multiples of mileage for lower level tasks.
Severe Duty Oil/Filter Change Interval:
Average Vehicle Speed MPH
Oil/Filter Change Interval Miles
10 and higher
6,000
Tools shall be provided in the quantities as specified below in order to maintain the bus.
The Contractor should advise of any additional tools or equipment necessary.
68
Item
Quantity
Compartment access door keys, including PLC
(5/16” square key)
Radio box key
Operator box key
Data pack key
ASA on/off switch key
One (1) per bus
Video enclosure key
Video on/off key
Radio on/off key
One (1) per bus
One (1) per bus
One (1) per bus
Towing adapters
Three (3) per delivery
One (1) per bus
Two (2)per bus
One (1) per bus
One (1) per bus
Jacking points shall be provided on the front, center and rear axles of each bus. No jacking
adapters will be required. Yellow paint (or yellow powder coating) identifying the
locations, and decals shall be placed on the exterior.
Test ports shall be provided for commonly checked functions on the bus such as air intake,
exhaust, hydraulic, pneumatic, charge-air, engine cooling systems, and particulate trap
functions.
The Contractor shall provide a manual, which lists the times required for typical repair and
service items on the bus.
6.1.5.4.3 Accessibility
All systems or components subject to periodic maintenance or that are subject to periodic
failures shall be readily accessible for service and inspection. To the extent practicable,
removal or physical movement of components unrelated to the specific maintenance
and/or repair tasks involved shall be unnecessary.
As a goal, relative accessibility of components, measured in time required to gain access,
shall be inversely proportional to frequency of maintenance and repair of the components.
Specific maintainability requirements are defined in other sections of the Technical
Specifications.
All access panels and hatches shall be able to be accessed via a 0.313” square key, unless
otherwise specified.
6.1.5.4.4 Interchangeability
Components with identical functions shall be interchangeable to the extent practicable and
also between bus types and bus sizes. These components shall include, but not limited to,
passenger window hardware, interior trim, lamps, lamp lenses and seat assemblies.
69
Components with non-identical functions shall not be, or appear to be, interchangeable. A
component shall not be used in an application for which it was neither designed nor
intended.
Any one (1) component or unit used in the construction of these buses shall be an exact
duplicate in design, manufacture, and assembly for each bus in each order group in this
Contract. However, since this solicitation includes an option for additional buses in future
years, the Contractor is under no obligation, if future builds include regulated or legislated
changes to retrofit previous builds. If a product improvement was initiated by the
Contractor and/or its vendors, and product improvement was the result of a defect, the
Contractor shall retrofit all previous builds the Product Improvement effects.
6.1.5.5
Operating Environment
The bus shall achieve normal operation in ambient temperature ranges of -10°F to 115°F,
at relative humidity between 5% and 100%, and at altitudes up to 3,000 feet above sea
level within 30 minutes of normal operation. Degradation of performance due to
atmospheric conditions shall be minimized at temperatures below -10°F, above 115°F, or
at altitudes above 3,000 feet.
Special equipment or procedures may be employed to start the bus after being exposed for
more than four (4) hours to temperatures less than 30° F without the engine in operation.
Speed, gradability, and acceleration performance requirements shall be met at, or
corrected to, 77°F, 29.31” Hg, dry air per SAE J1995. The interior climate control system
shall perform in accordance with Section 6.4.8.
See EXHIBIT 1 for climate data for Vancouver. See EXHIBIT 9 for fluids and lubricants
utilized by C-TRAN.
6.1.5.6
Noise
C-TRAN is interested in enhanced sound and thermal insulation between the engine
compartment and passenger compartments, and reduced blower fan noise in the passenger
compartment. Any opening or seams will be completely acoustically sealed off from the
interior of the bus. Interior and exterior decibel levels will be scored as part of the technical
proposal evaluation – lower decibel levels receiving more points.
6.1.5.6.1 Interior Noise
The combination of inner and outer panels and any material used between them shall
provide sufficient sound insulation so that a sound source with a level of 80 dBa measured
at the outside skin of the bus shall have a sound level of 65 dBa or less at any point inside
the bus. These conditions shall prevail with all openings, including doors and windows,
closed and with the engine and accessories switched off.
The bus-generated noise level experienced by a passenger at any seat location in the bus
shall not exceed 80 dBa and the operator shall not experience a noise level of more than 75
70
dBa under the following test conditions. The bus shall be empty except for test personnel,
not to exceed four (4) persons, and the test equipment. All openings shall be closed and all
accessories shall be operating during the test. The bus shall accelerate at full throttle from a
standstill to 35 mph on level commercial asphalt or concrete pavement in an area free of
large reflecting surfaces within 50” of the bus path. During the test, the ambient noise level
in the test area shall be at least 10 dBa lower than the bus under test. Instrumentation and
other general requirements shall conform to SAE Standard J366. For purposes of testing
interior noise levels only, the Contractor may use an 80 dBa exterior noise source. If the
noise contains an audible discrete frequency as defined in Section 6.1.2, a penalty of 5 dBa
shall be added to the sound level measured.
6.1.5.6.2 Exterior Noise
Airborne noise generated by the bus and measured shall be no more than 80 dBa. The
maximum noise level generated by the bus pulling away from a stop at full power shall not
exceed 83 dBa due to local regulations. The bus-generated noise at curb idle shall not
exceed 65 dBa. If the noise contains an audible discrete frequency as defined in Section
6.1.2, a penalty of 5 dBa shall be added to the sound level measured. All noise readings shall
be taken 25” from and perpendicular to, the centerline of the bus with all accessories
operating. Instrumentation, test sites, and other general requirements shall be in
accordance with SAE Standard J366. The pull away test shall begin with the front bumper
even with the microphone. The curb idle test shall be conducted with the rear bumper even
with the microphone.
6.1.5.7
Fire Safety
The bus shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with all applicable fire safety
and smoke emission regulations. These provisions shall include the use of fireretardant/low-smoke materials, fire detection systems, firewalls, and facilitation of
passenger evacuation.
All materials used in the construction of the Passenger Compartment of the bus are
recommended, but not required, to be in accordance with the Recommended Fire Safety
Practices defined in FTA Docket 90, dated October 20, 1993. Materials entirely enclosed
from the passenger compartment, such as insulation within the sidewalls, need not comply.
In addition, smaller components and items, such as seat grab rails, switch knobs and small
light lenses shall be exempt from this requirement. C-TRAN requires that the Contractor
declare the degree to which they meet the Recommended Fire Safety Practices defined in
FTA Docket 90, dated October 20, 1993.
Fire detection systems as required in Section 6.5.9 shall be provided.
Requirements for firewalls are contained in Section 6.4.1.6. The requirements for
passenger evacuation provisions related to doors, windows, and escape hatches are
defined in Section 6.4.
71
6.1.5.8
Elderly and Disabled Passengers
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal requirements defined in the ADA,
49 CFR Part 38, and all state and local regulations regarding mobility-impaired persons.
Local regulations are defined as those below the state level.
6.1.5.8.1 Respect for the Environment
In the design and manufacture of the bus, the Contractor shall make every effort to reduce
the amount of potentially hazardous waste generated by C-TRAN when maintaining the bus
in accordance with the procedures contained in the manufacturer’s maintenance manuals.
The manufacturer shall use, whenever possible, low mercury fluorescent lighting tubes,
PCB free ballast units, cleanable filters (unless required otherwise by C-TRAN), and nonasbestos brake blocks and gaskets. In accordance with Section 6002 of the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act the Contractor shall use, whenever possible and allowed by
the specifications, recycled materials in the manufacture of the bus.
6.2
Propulsion System
6.2.1
Vehicle Performance
6.2.1.1
Power Requirements
Propulsion system and drive train shall provide power to enable the bus to meet the
defined acceleration, top speed, gradability requirements and operate all propulsiondriven accessories. Power requirements are based on HHDD engines certified for use in all
states using actual road test results or computerized vehicle performance data.
6.2.1.2
Top Speed
The bus shall be capable of achieving a sustained speed of 65 mph, but shall be governed at
a top speed of 65 mph on a straight, level road at GVWR with all accessories operating.
6.2.1.3
Gradability
Gradability requirements shall be met on grades with a dry commercial asphalt or concrete
pavement at GVWR with all accessories operating. The power plant shall enable the bus to
maintain a speed of 40 mph on a 2.5% grade and 7 mph on a 16% grade.
6.2.1.4
Acceleration
Acceleration shall meet the requirements below and shall be sufficiently gradual and
smooth to prevent throwing standing passengers off-balance. Acceleration time
measurements will begin when the accelerator is depressed, i.e. idle start. Lag time
between depression of the accelerator pedal and movement of the bus should be
minimized.
72
Acceleration measurements will be taken while the bus is in “on-grade” operation, i.e. the
bus must operate at a speed which enables the bus to exceed minimum speed limits,
operate safely in traffic in start and stop revenue service and without damage to the bus.
MAXIMUM IDLE START ACCELERATION TIMES ON A LEVEL SERVICE
(Vehicle Weight = GVWR, 50-State Power Plant)
SPEED (MPH)
Speed in Miles per Hours
TIME (SEC)
Time in Seconds
10
20
30
40
50
Top Speed
5
10
18
30
60
6.2.1.5
Operating Range
The operating range of the bus run on the design operating profile shall be at least 400
miles with full charge and/or fuel capacity.
6.2.1.6
Fuel Economy
The bus shall meet all applicable mileage standards. The engine shall be tuned when
delivered to provide optimized performance as specified above, including fuel economy. All
related components and configuration that effect fuel economy, such as, fan
control/operation, transmission, axle ratio, etc., shall be selected accordingly.
C-TRAN views the 4.3 mpg as a minimum, and is interested in buses that achieve 5+ mpg.
6.2.2
Drive Train (Diesel Engines)
6.2.2.1
Power Plant
All wire wrapped fluid dipsticks shall have a protective sleeve to protect the maintenance
personnel from punctures caused by frayed wires.
6.2.2.1.1 Engine
6.2.2.1.1.1
Diesel Engine
The engine shall comply with applicable local, state and/or federal emissions and useful life
requirements. The engine shall have a design life of not less than 300,000 miles without
replacement or major service. The lifetime estimate is based on the design operating
profile.
73
C-TRAN requires pricing and information for Cummins, or approved equal, engine
configurations.
The HHDD engine shall be designed to operate for not less than 350,000 miles without
major failure or significant deterioration. Components of the fuel injector and/or control
system shall be designed to operate for not less than 150,000 miles without replacement or
major service. Mileage intervals are based on the design operating profile defined in
Section 6.1.2.
The engine shall meet all requirements of the Technical Specifications when operating at
ULSD, ULSD/B5 and up to ULSD/B20 diesel fuel as certified by the engine manufacturer
and specified by C-TRAN. Durability of the engine and its components shall not be seriously
reduced and the requirement of Section 6.2.1 shall be met by operation on either of the
commercially available diesel fuels. Performance test results (acceleration, gradability, fuel
economy, etc.) and the SCAAN shall be based on using ULSD/B20.
The engine shall be equipped with an electronically controlled management system,
compatible with multiplex wiring systems and either 12 or 24 volt electrical systems. The
engine control system shall be capable of receiving electronic inputs from the engine and
other vehicle systems. Communication between these electronic systems shall be made
using the SAE J1708 and J1939 Recommended Practice communication link. The engine's
electronic management system shall monitor operating conditions and provide
instantaneous adjustments to optimize both engine and bus performance. The system shall
be programmable to allow optimization of engine performance.
In order to avoid potential warranty disputes during the engine warranty period, initial
performance settings shall only be changed with the authorization from the bus and engine
manufacturers.
The engine shall have on-board diagnostic capabilities, able to monitor vital functions,
store out-of-parameter conditions in memory, and communicate faults and vital conditions
to service personnel. Diagnostic reader device connector ports, suitably protected against
dirt and moisture, shall be provided in operator’s area and near or inside engine
compartment. The on-board diagnostic system shall inform the operator via visual and/or
audible alarms when out-of-parameter conditions exist for vital engine functions.
Conditions that require an operator alarm are identified in Section 6.4.6.1.6.
C-TRAN requires an electric starter with no more than 450 amp draw, Delco 39MT, or
approved equal. The engine starter shall be protected by an interlock that prevents its
engagement when the engine is running. Special equipment or procedures may be
employed to start the engine when exposed to temperatures less than 30°F for a minimum
of four (4) hours without the engine in operation. All cold weather starting aids, engine
heating devices, and procedures shall be of the type recommended by the engine
manufacturer and approved by C-TRAN.
The fast idle device shall be activated and controlled automatically by the engine control
system or PLC (no manual fast idle switch). Fast idle shall have a one (1) minute delay
before activation.
74
The engine control system shall protect the engine, the DPF and SCR against progressive
damage. The system shall monitor conditions critical for safe operation and automatically
de-rate power and/or speed and initiate engine shutdown as needed. The on-board
diagnostic system, as described in Section 6.4.6.1.6, shall trigger a visual and audible alarm
to the operator when the engine control unit detects a malfunction and the engine
protection system is activated. A twist cap will protect the diagnostic reader device
connector port in the engine compartment. The Operator area 12 volt power port will be
accessible to maintenance personnel for diagnostic access, but not accessible for Operator
use of personal electronic devices, etc.
Automatic shutdown shall only occur when parameters established for the functions below
are exceeded:


Coolant Temperature
Oil Pressure
Low coolant condition will trigger a warning light and buzzer after 15 seconds. Hot engine
or low oil pressure condition will immediately trigger a warning light and buzzer, and the
engine shuts down after 60 seconds.
C-TRAN requires an oil sample fitting, Cummins P/N 33181 69S, installed. Location of
installation will be confirmed in the design review meeting. The pre-approved brand for
shutdown sensors are Cummins.
C-TRAN utilizes a jumpstart “welders” plug connection accessed from the rear engine
compartment door: Anderson 350 or Superior Signals P/Ns SMH SY6322G1, 350 amp red,
2/O (connector); Superior Signals SMH STC906 (dust cover); Superior Signals SMH SY175350H (handle) or approved equal capable of 350 amps.
C-TRAN requires that the engine be governed by being able to be placed in “Winter Mode”
via a switch in the engine compartment via the electrical control box, that allows the engine
to de-rate to go no faster than 25 mph during times of severe weather (snow, ice, freezing
rain, etc.) when chains are being utilized. In instances where “drop down” chains are being
utilized, the engine shall automatically de-rate to go no faster than 25 mph whenever the
chains are deployed. The de-rated bus shall be slowed to 25 mph or less before the chains
physically deploy. The “Winter Mode” switch in the rear engine compartment shall be a key
lock switch.
6.2.3
Drivetrain (Hybrid Propulsion System)
6.2.3.1
Power Plant
All wire wrapped fluid dipsticks shall have a protective sleeve to protect the maintenance
personnel from punctures caused by frayed wires.
75
6.2.3.2
Propulsion System
C-TRAN requires the BAE Series e-Hybrid configuration(s) or approved equal including the
hybrid components, diesel engine, and accessory power system capable of powering high
voltage systems on an all-electric component driven bus for our 60’ buses.
The BAE Series e-Hybrid package includes the Hybridrive Accessory Power System (APS2)
to support full electrification of accessories to further enhance efficiency and performance.
APS2 replaces the conventional belt driven alternator and provides sufficient power to
support the vehicles cooling fans, cooling pumps and all conventional 28 volt systems and
accessories. The APS2 also provides 208/230 VAC three phase power for the electrification
of large accessory loads such as the air compressor, power steering and air conditioning.
The hybrid system shall utilize an HHDD engine designed to operate for not less than
350,000 miles without major failure or significant deterioration. Components of the fuel
injector and/or control system shall be designed to operate for not less than 150,000 miles
without replacement or major service. Mileage intervals are based on the design operating
profile defined in Section 6.1.2.
The engine shall meet all requirements of the Technical Specifications when operating at
ULSD, ULSD/B5 and up to ULSD/B20 diesel fuel, as certified by the engine manufacturer
and specified by C-TRAN. Durability of the engine and its components shall not be seriously
reduced and the requirement of Section 6.2.10.1 shall be met by operation on either of the
commercially available diesel fuels. Performance test results (acceleration, gradability, fuel
economy, etc.) and the SCAAN shall be based on using ULSD/B20.
The hybrid propulsion system shall be equipped with an electronically controlled
management system, compatible with multiplex wiring systems and either 12 or 24 volt
electrical systems and have additional capacity for powering (but not limited to) airconditioning systems, electronic cooling systems, electric air compressors, electric steering
systems and other electrified ancillary systems necessary to the vehicle’s operation in
C-TRAN’s environment. The hybrid propulsion system shall be capable of receiving
electronic inputs from the hybrid propulsion system and other vehicle systems.
Communication between these electronic systems shall be made using the SAE J1708 and
J1939 Recommended Practice communication link. The battery pack/energy storage
system shall conform to SAE J2929 standards. Please provide documentation on achieving
this standard. The hybrid propulsion system’s electronic management system shall monitor
operating conditions and provide instantaneous adjustments to optimize both engine and
bus performance. The system shall be programmable to allow optimization of engine
performance, and protection of hybrid and engine systems.
In order to avoid potential warranty disputes during the propulsion system’s warranty
period, initial performance settings shall only be changed with the authorization from the
bus and propulsion system manufacturers.
The hybrid propulsion system shall have on-board diagnostic capabilities, able to monitor
vital functions, of their respective systems (engine, generator, APS, electric motor, etc.),
76
store out-of-parameter conditions in memory, and communicate faults and vital conditions
to service personnel. Diagnostic reader device connector ports, suitably protected against
dirt and moisture, shall be provided in operator’s area and near or inside engine
compartment. The on-board diagnostic system shall inform the operator via visual and/or
audible alarms when out-of-parameter conditions exist for vital engine functions.
Conditions that require an operator alarm are identified in Section 6.4.6.1.6.
The hybrid propulsion system shall be able to start the engine with its integrated
generator, negating the need for a starter. Special equipment or procedures may be
employed to start the engine when exposed to temperatures less than 30°F for a minimum
of four (4) hours without the engine in operation. All cold weather starting aids, engine
heating devices, and procedures shall be of the type recommended by the engine
manufacturer and approved by C-TRAN.
The fast idle device shall be activated and controlled automatically by the engine control
system or PLC (no manual fast idle switch). Fast idle shall have a one (1) minute delay
before activation.
The hybrid propulsion system’s control system shall protect the engine, the hybrid
propulsion system, the DPF and SCR against progressive damage. The system shall monitor
conditions critical for safe operation and automatically de-rate power and/or speed and
initiate engine shutdown as needed. The on-board diagnostic system, as described in
Section 6.4.6.1.6, shall trigger a visual and audible alarm to the operator when the engine
control unit detects a malfunction and the engine protection system is activated. A twist
cap will protect the diagnostic reader device connector port in the engine compartment.
The Operator area 12-volt power port will be accessible to maintenance personnel for
diagnostic access, but not accessible for Operator use of personal electronic devices, etc.
Automatic shutdown shall only occur when parameters established for the functions below
are exceeded:


Coolant Temperature
Oil Pressure
Low coolant condition will trigger a warning light and buzzer after 15 seconds.
Hot engine or low oil pressure condition will immediately trigger a warning light and
buzzer, and the engine shuts down after 60 seconds.
In case of engine failure, the hybrid propulsion system shall allow the vehicle to operate as
an all-electric vehicle (EV) for a minimum of one (1) mile in order to maneuver the vehicle
to a safer location.
C-TRAN requires an oil sample fitting, Cummins P/N 33181 69S, installed. Location of
installation will be confirmed in the design review meeting. The pre-approved brand for
shutdown sensors is Cummins.
77
C-TRAN utilizes a jumpstart “welders” plug connection accessed from the rear engine
compartment door: Anderson 350 or Superior Signals P/Ns SMH SY6322G1, 350 amp red,
2/O (connector); Superior Signals SMH STC906 (dust cover); Superior Signals SMH SY175350H (handle) or approved equal capable of 350 amps.
C-TRAN requires that the hybrid propulsion system be governed by being able to be placed
in “Winter Mode” via a switch in the engine compartment via the electrical control box, that
allows the engine to de-rate to go no faster than 25 mph during times of severe weather
(snow, ice, freezing, rain, etc.) when chains are being utilized. In instances where “drop
down” chains are being utilized, the hybrid propulsion system shall automatically de-rate
to go no faster than 25 mph and shall not physically deploy the chains until the de-rated
bus is travelling at or below 25 mph. The “Winter Mode” switch in the rear engine
compartment shall be a key lock switch.
OPTION#4: C-TRAN is interested in an engine with stop/start capabilities and an override
feature for required idle times. When a bus is stopped and the energy storage system is at
an acceptable state of charge, the engine shall stop running until needed to maintain a state
of charge or produce extra energy for acceleration. Please provide information on factory
options and pricing.
OPTION#5: C-TRAN runs a robust oil sampling regimen and would be interested in having
an oil sampling port on the electric traction motor utilized in the BAE hybrid system, or
approved equal. Please provide information on factory options and pricing.
OPTION #6: C-TRAN is interested in having an “EV-Mode” setting for the hybrid propulsion
system. This setting would allow the bus to function as a pure EV vehicle for maneuvering
over short distances for example, in nightly servicing without powering-up the engine.
Please provide information on factory options and pricing.
6.2.4
Electric Hydraulic Steering
C-TRAN requires an electric hydraulic steering system located outside of the engine and
exhaust heat buildup areas. C-TRAN requires the electric steering system to be located at
the front of the bus.
6.2.5
Cooling Systems (Diesel & Hybrid Engines)
The cooling systems shall be EMP TK8, Modine or approved-equal. The standard cooling
package provided by the Contractor if the EMP system is not available must be of sufficient
size to maintain all engine and transmission fluids and engine intake air at safe continuous
operating temperatures during the most severe operations possible and in accordance with
engine and transmission manufacturers’ cooling system requirements. The cooling system
fan(s) control should sense the temperatures of the operating fluids, at a minimum, and
also the intake air, if possible, and if either is above safe operating conditions the cooling
fan(s) should be engaged. The fan control system shall be designed with a fail-safe mode of
“fan on.” The cooling system in new condition shall have an ambient capacity of at least
120°F with water used as coolant and at sea level operation. The electronic cooling system
shall have the charge air cooling fans on continuously at a minimum of 25% of full rpm
78
when the diesel engine is running. The fan system shall have a full fan reverse switch in the
Operator compartment for radiator cleaning. The cooling system electronic controllers and
fan assemblies shall be powered by the BAE APS2 system or approved equal system.
6.2.5.1
Diesel Engine Cooling
A water-based, pressure type, cooling system that does not permit boiling or coolant loss
during the operations described above shall cool the engine. C-TRAN requires 100% rerefined 60/40 fully-charged ethylene glycol antifreeze, color “green.” Engine thermostats
shall be easily accessible for replacement. Shutoff valves shall allow filter replacement
without coolant loss. A ballcock valve of no more than 90 degree shall permit complete
shutoff of lines for the heating and defroster units, and water boost pumps. The water
boost pump shall be a magnetically coupled, brushless design. All low points in the waterbased cooling system shall be equipped with drain cocks. Air vent valves shall be fitted at
high points in the cooling system unless it can be demonstrated that the system is selfpurging.
A sight glass (or tube) to determine satisfactory engine coolant level shall be provided and
shall be accessible by opening one (1) of the engine compartment's access doors. A springloaded, push button type valve or a lever type safety release valve that provides a more
positive action and is less prone to leakage to safely release pressure or vacuum in the
cooling system shall be provided with both it and the water filler no more than 60” above
the ground and both shall be accessible through the same access door.
The radiator, and charge air cooler if integrated, shall be of durable corrosion-resistant
construction with bolted or welded on removable tanks. The radiator shall be designed so
that a 2M mechanic can gain access to a substantial portion of the side facing the engine for
the purpose of cleaning the radiator in five minutes or less.
Radiator piping shall meet the requirements of Section 6.2.7.5, and be stainless or brass
tubing with rolled beads. No heat producing components or climate control system
components shall be mounted between the engine cooling air intake aperture and the
radiator.
The radiator and charge air cooler shall be designed to withstand thermal fatigue and
vibration associated with the installed configuration and shall be sized to meet engine
manufacturer standards.
The engine cooling system shall be equipped with a properly sized water filter with a spinon element and an automatic system for releasing supplemental coolant additives as
needed to replenish and maintain protection properties.
The cooling fan shall be temperature controlled, allowing the engine to reach operating
temperature quickly. The temperature controlled fan shall not be driven when the coolant
temperature falls below the minimum level recommended by the engine manufacturer.
The cooling system shall be manufactured as to prevent corrosion build up. A Coolant
Recovery Tank shall be provided as a reservoir to store excess coolant at atmospheric
pressure and draw-in coolant if needed.
79
6.2.5.2
Charge Air Cooling
The charge air cooler shall NOT be permanently attached to the radiator.
The charge air cooling system, also referred to as after-coolers or intercoolers, shall
provide maximum air intake temperature reduction with minimal pressure loss. The
charge air radiator shall be sized and positioned to meet engine manufacturer's
requirements. The charge air radiator shall not be stacked ahead or behind the engine
radiator and shall be positioned as close to the engine as possible unless integrated with
the radiator. Air ducting and fittings shall be protected against heat sources and shall be
configured to minimize restrictions and maintain sealing integrity.
6.2.5.3
Hybrid cooling
The Hybrid system shall have its own dedicated cooling circuit separate from the diesel
engine and meet manufacturer specifications.
6.2.6
Rate of Acceleration
6.2.6.1
Jerk
Jerk, the rate of change of acceleration measured at the centerline, floor level of the bus
shall be minimized throughout the acceleration mode and shall be no greater than 0.3 g/sec
for the duration of a 0.25 second or more.
6.2.7
Mounting
The power plant and/or propulsion system shall be mounted in a compartment in the rear
of the bus. All power plant and/or propulsion system mounting shall be mechanically
isolated to minimize transfer of vibration to the body structure as defined in Section
6.4.1.5. Mounts shall control movement of the power plant and/or propulsion system so as
not to affect performance of belt driven accessories or cause strain in piping and wiring
connections to the power plant and/or propulsion system. A/C pressure hoses shall be
synthetic rubber high pressure material.
6.2.7.1
Service
The power plant shall be arranged so that accessibility for all routine maintenance is
assured. No special tools, other than dollies and hoists, shall be required to remove the
power plant. Two (2) 3M mechanics shall be able to remove and replace the engine and
transmission assembly in less than 12 total combined man-hours. The muffler, exhaust
system, air cleaner, air compressor, starter, alternator, radiator, all accessories, and any
other components requiring service or replacement shall be easily removable and
independent of the engine and hybrid drive transmission removal. An engine oil pressure
gauge, transmission temperature gauge, battery voltage gauge, and coolant temperature
gauge shall be provided in the engine compartment on the street side engine cradle strut.
These gauges shall be easily read during service, lit for night viewing, and mounted in an
area where they shall not be damaged during minor or major repairs.
80
Engine oil filler caps shall be hinged to the filler neck and closed with spring pressure or
positive locks to withhold 18 psi of crankcase pressure. The Contractor to provide a
crankcase filter ventilation system that provides easy access for maintenance purposes. All
fluid fill locations shall be properly labeled to help ensure correct fluid is added and all
fillers shall be easily accessible with standard funnels, pour spouts, and automatic
dispensing equipment. All lubricant sumps shall be fitted with quick drain plugs Femco
brand, or approved equal. C-TRAN requires an unobstructed engine oil fill. Buses may be
delivered to an off-site property prior to installation of the Femco quick drain plugs if
easier on the Contractor. However, final acceptance will not occur until plugs have been
installed and bus is in revenue service.
Both fuel filters shall be located on the curbside pillar in the engine compartment. The
engine and transmission and/or hybrid powertrain shall be equipped with heavy-duty fuel
and oil filters, sufficient enough to ensure efficient operation and to protect the engine and
transmission between scheduled filter changes.
To the extent practicable, the filters shall be of the spin-on, disposable type or integral with
the engine and transmission. All filters shall be easily accessible and the filter bases shall be
plumbed to assure correct reinstallation. C-TRAN requires Fleetguard LF9009 filters,
unless otherwise negotiated. Fuel and oil lines shall meet the requirements of Section 6.2.4.
The engine shall be equipped with a fuel-priming pump or a check valve fitted in the fuel
suction line to aid restarting after fuel filter changes. Buses will be fueled using bio-diesel,
fuel filters used shall be bio-diesel compatible containing 100% synthetic filtration media
manufactured by Fleetguard or approved equal. Filters constructed of cellulose media are
not compatible with bio-diesel and are therefore not approved. C-TRAN utilizes a quick
drain for the engine oil pan. For the ISL Engine, Femco P/N 55-25418-01 or approved equal
should be utilized in lieu of the engine oil plug.
An oil sampling and fill provision compatible with C-TRAN’s equipment shall be located
alongside the oil pressure gauge and included in the engine compartment.
An air cleaner with a dry filter element and a graduated air filter restriction indicator shall
be provided. The filter shall be removable by a 3M mechanic in 10 minutes or less. The
location of the air intake system shall be designed to minimize the entry of dust and debris
and maximize the life of the air filter. The engine air duct shall be designed to minimize the
entry of water into the air intake system. Drainage provisions shall be included to allow any
water/moisture to drain prior to entry into air filter.
6.2.7.2
Accessories
The electrically driven accessories shall be mounted for quick removal and repair.
Accessory drive systems shall operate for at least 50,000 miles before needing adjustment
on the design operating profile. These accessories shall be driven at speeds sufficient to
assure adequate system performance during extended periods of idle operation and low
route speed portion of the design operating profile. Engine belt guard shall be hinged to
swing out with 0.313” square-key latches with grease fittings. Belt guards shall be sturdy in
design and installation.
81
6.2.7.3
Hydraulic Systems
Should a hydraulic system be utilized, the system shall demonstrate a mean time between
repairs in excess of 50,000 miles. Hydraulic system service tasks shall be minimized and
scheduled no more frequently than those of other major bus systems. All elements of the
hydraulic system shall be easily accessible for service or unit replacement. Critical points in
the hydraulic system shall be fitted with service and/or test ports so that portable
diagnostic equipment or sensors may be connected for an off-board diagnostic system
permanently attached to monitor system operation. All hydraulic lines shall meet the
requirements of Section 6.2.7.6, and all elements of the hydraulic system shall meet the
noise limits defined in Section 6.1.5.6. A tamper-proof priority system shall prevent the loss
of power steering during operation of the bus if other devices are also powered by the
hydraulic system. All elements of the hydraulic system shall meet the accessibility loading
requirements of Section 6.4.5.4.2.
Hydraulic system sensors should signal both low fluid levels and system failure. C-TRAN
requires a quick drain for the hydraulic fluid, Femco P/N 55-25418-01 or approved equal.
Sensors in the hydraulic system, excluding those in the power steering system, shall
indicate on the operator's on-board diagnostic panel conditions of low hydraulic fluid level.
Specific systems for which low hydraulic fluid level sensors are required are included in the
Technical Specifications.
6.2.7.4
Fluid Lines, Fittings and Clamps, and Charge Air Piping
All fluid lines and air piping shall be rigidly supported to prevent chafing damage, fatigue
failures, and tension strain. Lines passing through a panel, frame, or bulkhead shall be
protected by grommets, or similar device, that fits snugly to both the line and the perimeter
of the hole that the line passes through to prevent chafing and/or wear. Lines and tubes
within the engine compartment must be routed and secured to minimize high heat contact.
Flexible fuel and oil lines shall be kept at a minimum and shall be as short as practicable.
Flexible lines shall be routed or shielded so that failure of a line shall not allow fuel or oil to
spray or drain onto any component operable above the auto-ignition temperature of the
fluid. Flexible lines shall be Teflon hoses with braided stainless steel jackets except in
applications where premium hoses are required and shall have standard SAE or JIC brass
or steel swivel end fittings. Flexible hoses over 1” in diameter need not be Teflon with
braided stainless steel jacket, but shall be in conformance with SAE Standard J100R5.
Flexible hoses and fluid lines shall not touch one another, or any part of the bus.
Lines shall have a maximum length of 6” unless demonstrated inappropriate for a given
application. Hoses/lines shall be secured with Hellerman-Tyton clamps, or approved equal,
designed to lock and retain clamp tension.
Compression fittings shall be standardized as much as practicable to prevent the
intermixing of components. Compression fitting components from more than one
manufacturer shall not be mixed even if the components are known to be interchangeable.
82
6.2.7.5
Radiator
Radiator piping shall be stainless steel or brass tubing with rolled beads and, if practicable,
hoses shall be eliminated. Necessary hoses shall be premium, silicone rubber type that is
impervious to all bus fluids, including B20. All hoses shall be as short as practicable. All
hoses shall be secured with premium clamps that provide a complete 360° seal. The clamps
shall maintain a constant tension at all times, expanding and contracting with the hose in
response to temperature changes and aging of the hose material. Constant torque clamps
may be used if equipped with torque indicators.
6.2.7.6
Oil & Hydraulic Lines
Oil and hydraulic lines shall be compatible with the fluid they carry. The lines shall be
designed and intended for use in the environment which they are installed, i.e., high
temperatures in engine compartment, road salts, oils, etc. Lines shall be capable of
withstanding maximum system pressures. Lines within the engine compartment shall be
composed of steel tubing where practicable except in locations where flexible lines are
specifically required in C-TRAN’s Technical Specifications.
Hydraulic lines of the same size and fittings as those on other piping systems of the bus, but
not interchangeable, shall be tagged or marked for use on the hydraulic system only.
6.2.7.7
Diesel Fuel Lines
Fuel lines shall be B20 compatible, rated and sized to prevent freezing and plugging due to
condensation and/or fuel gelling in extreme winter.
The fuel lines forward of the engine bulkhead shall conform to SAE Standard J1149 Type 1
for copper tubing, corrosion-resistant stainless steel tubing, or SAE Standard J844 for nylon
tubing color-coded orange.
6.2.7.8
Charge Air Piping
Charge air piping and fittings shall be designed to minimize air restrictions and leaks.
Piping shall be as short as possible and the number of bends minimized. The bend radii
should be maximized to meet the pressure drop and temperature rise requirements of the
engine manufacturers. The cross section of all charge air piping shall not be less than the
cross section of the intake manifold inlet. Any changes in piping diameter shall be gradual
to ensure a smooth passage of air and minimize restrictions. Piping shall be routed away
from exhaust manifolds and other heat sources and shielded as required to meet the
temperature rise requirements of the engine manufacturer.
Charge air piping shall be constructed of either stainless steel, aluminized steel, or
anodized aluminum except between the air filter and turbocharger inlet where piping may
be constructed of other suitable materials. Connections between all charge air piping
sections shall be sealed with a short section of reinforced hose and stainless steel, constant
tension clamps that provide a complete 360° seal. All piping must have rolled beads close
to the pipe end to prevent clamps from slipping.
83
6.2.8
Diesel Fuel System
6.2.8.1
Fuel Containers - Tank
6.2.8.1.1 Operating Range
See Section 6.2.1.5.
6.2.8.1.2 Fuel Capacity
The fuel tank shall have a total minimum capacity required to meet the required operating
range of 400 miles and minimum total capacity must be 120 gallons.
6.2.8.1.3 Diesel Fuel Tank Design and Construction
The fuel tank shall be equipped with an external, hex head, brass drain plug. It shall be at
least a 0.375” size and shall be located at the lowest point of the tank. The fuel tank shall
have an inspection plate, at least 12” x 12” (located in the floor), easily accessible from the
interior of the bus. The inspection plate will be located in a fashion as to allow easy access
to the fuel tank venting, rollover valves, and filler neck assemblies. The plate, when
removed, will be located directly over the valves and related hardware. If the plate location
interferes with seating placement, a flip seat will be required (similar to transverse
seating), and will be installed in that position to eliminate the need to remove any seating
for fuel tank access and inspection panel removal. The plate will be secured with a tamperproof type fastener identical to that used on the transmission access panels. The tank shall
be baffled internally to prevent fuel-sloshing noise regardless of fill level. The baffles or fuel
pickup location shall assure continuous full power operation on a 6% upgrade for 15
minutes starting with no more than 25 gallons of fuel over the unusable amount in the tank.
The bus shall operate at idle on a 6% downgrade for 30 minutes starting with no more than
ten (10) gallons of fuel over the unusable amount in the tank.
The fuel tank shall be made of corrosion resistant stainless steel, oil pickled mild steel,
polyethylene or aluminized steel and be B20 compatible.
6.2.8.1.4 Diesel Fuel Tank Installation
The fuel tank shall be securely mounted to the bus to prevent movement during bus
maneuvers, but shall be capable of being removed and reinstalled by a 3M mechanic for
cleaning or replacement in four (4) hours or less, providing that the fuel tank would be
empty before the removal process begins.
6.2.8.1.5 Diesel Fuel Tank Labeling
The capacity, date of manufacture, manufacturer name, location of manufacture, and
certification of compliance to FMCSR shall be permanently marked on the fuel tank. The
markings shall be readily visible and shall not be covered with an undercoating material.
84
6.2.8.1.6 Diesel Fuel Filler
Fuel filler shall be enclosed to keep fuel away from synflex lines. Fuel filler shall have a
recessed spring loaded door with rounded edges. C-TRAN utilizes the Emco-Wheaton Posilock 105 fueling system. The fuel shall enter the tank at a fill rate of not less than 50 gallons
per minute. The fuel filler shall be located behind the centerline of the rear door on the
curbside of a 60’ bus. The filler cap shall be retained to prevent loss and shall be recessed into
the body so that spilled fuel will not run onto the outside surface of the bus. The fill and vent
receptacles shall be located within an enclosure on the curbside of the bus. The access door
shall be sized to allow ease of hookups, maneuver of fuel nozzle, and vent valve repair.
The fuel fill receptacle and attachments shall be robust and capable of routine fueling
connects/disconnects without deflection or metal fatigue, and capable of withstanding
mechanical loads induced by a fueling drive away incident without attachment failure.
The fuel lines forward of the engine bulkhead shall be in conformance to the SAE Standards
identified in Section 6.2.7.4.
The fuel filler shall accommodate a nozzle that forms a locked and sealed connection during
the refueling process to eliminate spills. Fuel shall not be allowed to flow into the tank
unless the nozzle has been properly coupled, locked, and sealed to the filler. With the
nozzle open, fuel shall enter the tank at a fill rate of not less than 50 gallons per minute of
foam-free fuel without causing the nozzle to shut off before the tank is full. The nozzle shall
automatically shut off when the tank is essentially full. Once disconnected, fuel shall not be
allowed to flow through the nozzle at any time. Any pressure over three (3) psi shall be
relieved from the fuel tank automatically. An audible signal shall indicate when the tank is
essentially full. The dry break system shall be compatible with C-TRAN’s system as defined
in the Technical Specifications. The cap shall be retained to prevent loss.
6.2.9
Final Drive
The bus shall be driven by a single heavy-duty axle at the rear section with a load rating
sufficient for the bus loaded to GVWR. Transfer of gear noise to the bus interior shall be
minimized. The drive axle shall be designed to operate for not less than 300,000 miles on
the design operating profile without replacement or major repairs. The lubricant drain plug
shall be magnetic type, external hex head. If a planetary gear design is employed, the oil
level in the planetary gears shall be easily checked through the plug or sight gauge. The
drive shaft shall be guarded to prevent it from striking the floor of the bus or the ground in
the event of a tube or universal joint failure. Drivelines shall be flanged at both ends or with
at least one (1) flanged end. If the driveline is too short to have flanges, then yokes at both
ends are acceptable.
6.2.10
Emission/Exhaust
6.2.10.1 Exhaust Emissions
The engine shall meet all applicable emission standards.
85
6.2.10.2 Exhaust System
Exhaust gases and waste heat shall be discharged from the roadside rear corner of the roof.
The exhaust pipe shall be of sufficient height to prevent exhaust gases and waste heat from
discoloring or causing heat deformation to the bus roof. Exhaust pipe must be easily
removable without damaging bus. Maximum accessibility for service work is required. The
entire exhaust system shall be adequately shielded to prevent heat damage to any bus
component. The exhaust outlet shall be designed to minimize rain, snow, or water
generated from high-pressure washing systems from entering into the exhaust pipe and
causing damage to the catalyst and particulate trap.
All SCR and DPF sensors and controls should be readily accessible for technicians.
6.2.10.3 DEF System
C-TRAN may require the Contractor to provide two (2) replenishment systems for the DEF
storage tanks that come on the vehicles. If not required, the Contractor shall provide a
credit to C-TRAN against other invoice and/or purchases under this contract. C-TRAN
requires Washington UL rated electric pumps, delivery hose adequate to accommodate a
15 foot bay width plus the distance from the rear bumper of the bus to the DEF holding
tank on the bus, and a delivery nozzle that will lock on and auto shut off when full. The
pump will operate from a 300 gallon tote with top access to the product. Please provide
pricing and specifications.
The buses DEF fill location shall be no higher than 48” off the ground. A diesel exhaust fluid
tank gauge shall be mounted on the operators’ front dash area.
6.3
Chassis
6.3.1
Suspension
6.3.1.1
General Requirements
The front, center and rear suspensions shall be pneumatic type. The basic suspension
system shall last the service life of the bus without major overhaul or replacement. Normal
replacement items, such as one (1) suspension bushing, shock absorbers, or air spring shall
be replaceable by a 3M mechanic in 30 minutes or less. Adjustment points shall be
minimized and shall not be subject to a loss of adjustment in service. Necessary
adjustments shall be easily accomplished without removing or disconnecting the
components.
6.3.1.2 Springs and Shock Absorbers
6.3.1.2.1 Travel
The suspension system shall permit a minimum wheel travel of 3” jounce-upward travel of
a wheel when the bus hits a bump (higher than street surface), and 3” rebound-downward
travel when the bus comes off a bump and the wheels fall relative to the body. Elastomeric
86
bumpers shall be provided at the limit of jounce travel. Rebound travel may be limited by
elastomeric bumpers or hydraulically within the shock absorbers. Suspensions shall
incorporate appropriate devices for automatic height control so that regardless of load the
bus height relative to the centerline of the wheels does not change more than  0.5” at any
point from the height required in Section 6.1.5.1.4.
6.3.1.2.2 Damping
Vertical damping of the suspension system shall be accomplished by hydraulic shock
absorbers mounted to the suspension arms or axles and attached to an appropriate
location on the chassis. Damping shall be sufficient to control bus motion to three (3)
cycles or less after hitting road perturbations. Shock absorbers shall maintain their
effectiveness for at least 50,000 miles of the service life of the bus. Each unit shall be
replaceable by a 3M mechanic in less than 15 minutes. The shock absorber bushing shall be
made of elastomeric material that will prolong the life of the shock absorber. Front upper
shock bushing shall be accessible from inside the bus (wheel well housing area), via a
minimum 6” x 6” removable access panel.
6.3.1.2.3 Lubrication
All elements of steering, suspension, and drive systems requiring scheduled lubrication
shall be provided with grease fittings conforming to SAE Standard J534. These fittings shall
be located for ease of inspection, and shall be accessible with a standard grease gun
without flexible hose end from a pit or with the bus on a hoist. Zerk fittings must be easily
accessible. Each element that requires lubrication shall have its own grease fitting with a
relief path. Lubricant specified shall be standard for all elements on the bus serviced by
standard fittings. Additional requirements for lubrication, if any, are contained in EXHIBIT
9.
6.3.1.2.4 Kneeling
C-TRAN requires four (4) rear, four (4) center and two (2) front axle Rolling Lobe
Firestone air bellows and five (5) leveling valves as manufactured by Delco, or approved
equal, by which the air pressure is automatically regulated in proportion to the bus loading.
Leveling valve shall be installed in such a manner that will prevent leveling valve roll-over.
A kneeling system shall lower the entrance(s) of the bus a minimum of 2.5” during loading
or unloading operations regardless of load up to GVWR, measured at the longitudinal
centerline of the entrance door(s), by the operator using, preferably, a three (3) position,
spring loaded to center switch. Push button “up” and “down” switches are also approved.
Downward direction will lower the bus. Release of switch at anytime will completely stop
lowering motion and hold height of the bus at that position. Upward direction of the switch
will allow the system to go to floor height without the operator having to hold the switch
up. Kneeling function shall operate independent of doors and/or whether open or closed.
Brake and throttle interlock shall prevent movement when the bus is kneeled. The kneeling
control shall be disabled when the bus is in motion. The bus shall kneel at a maximum rate
of 1.25” per second at essentially a constant rate. After kneeling, the bus shall rise within
87
two (2) seconds to a height permitting the bus to resume service and shall rise to the
correct operating height within 7 seconds regardless of load up to GVWR. During the
lowering and raising operation, the maximum acceleration shall not exceed 0.2g and the
jerk shall not exceed 0.3g/sec.
An indicator visible to the operator shall be illuminated when the bus is in the kneeling
position. An audible warning alarm will sound simultaneously with the operation of the
kneeler to alert passengers and bystanders. A warning light mounted near the curbside of
the front, center and rear doors, a minimum of 2.5" diameter amber lens shall be provided
that will blink when the kneel feature is activated. Kneeling shall not be operational while
the mobility device ramp is deployed or in operation.
6.3.1.3
Wheels and Tires
6.3.1.3.1 Wheels
Bus shall be equipped with single front and dual wheels at the center and rear axles. All
wheels and tires shall be balanced and counter weighted where necessary. Wheels shall be
8.25 x 22.5 steel hub-piloted wheels.
OPTION #7: Please provide pricing and specifications on polished steel alternative.
6.3.1.3.2 Tires
Tires shall be suitable for the conditions of transit service and sustained operation at the
maximum speed capability of the bus. Load on any tire at GVWR shall not exceed the tire
supplier's rating. The Contractor shall supply the tires and each tire shall be branded with
C-TRAN’s serial numbers.
Tires shall be Michelin Transit Rated tires, size 305/85R22.5 XZU-3. If the Contractor
proposes to supply any other type of tire, it must be an approved equal, shall meet the step
heights as specified in the Specification, and be load range “J.”
C-TRAN requires that each bus be equipped with Insta-Chain, or approved equal, “Drop
Down” style chain system electric over air operated on the drive axle of the bus with
replaceable individual chain links. System will be deployable when the bus is in motion at
speeds up to 25 mph.
6.3.2
Steering
6.3.2.1
Axles, Front, Center and Rear
The front axle shall be solid beam, non-driving with a load rating sufficient for the bus
loaded to GVWR and shall be equipped with grease type front wheel bearings and seals.
All friction points on the front axle shall be equipped with replaceable bushings or inserts
and lubrication fittings easily accessible from a pit or hoist. All Axle hubs shall provide for
hub-piloted mounting of wheels.
88
Center axle shall be a heavy-duty type. Load rating shall be sufficient for the coach loaded
to GVWR. Center axle shall be equipped with oil-lubricated wheel bearings, if available and
applicable.
The bus shall be driven by a single, heavy-duty, full-floating-type axle at the rear, with a
load rating sufficient to accommodate the Bus Curb Weight plus the GVWR. The rear wheel
bearings shall be oil lubricated for improved life, if available and applicable. The drain plug
shall be magnetic type, external hex head of a standard size. Axles shall be manufactured by
ZF or approved equal.
6.3.2.2
Strength
Fatigue life of all steering components shall exceed 1,000,000 miles. No element of the
steering system shall sustain a Class I failure when one (1) of the tires hits a curb or strikes
a severe road hazard.
6.3.2.3
Turning Radius
Outside body corner-turning radius for a standard configuration 60’ long bus shall not
exceed 44.6”. C-TRAN requires the tightest turning radius available for its buses. Please
provide information on steering geometry updates/changes that provide for a tighter
turning radius.
6.3.2.4
Turning Effort
The steering wheel shall be a minimum of 19” in diameter and shall not exceed 20” in
diameter. The cross-sectional diameter of the steering wheel shall be 1.5”, and shall be
shaped for firm grip with comfort for long periods of time. The steering wheel shall be
removable with a standard or universal puller. The steering column shall have a minimum
of five (5) adjustable positions, from vertical to a minimum of minus 35 degrees. It shall
have a minimum of one (1) articulation. The steering column shall be located with its
center even with the midline of the operator’s seat and at a distance as noted in EXHIBIT
11. It shall have a telescopic adjustment with a range of a minimum of 2.25”
OPTION #8: C-TRAN is interested in an option for a 16” diameter steering wheel with
electronic assist. Please provide information on options and pricing.
Should hydraulically assisted power steering shall be provided. The steering gear shall be
an integral type with flexible lines eliminated or the number and length minimized.
Steering torque applied by the operator shall not exceed ten (10) foot pounds with the
front wheels straight ahead to turned 10°. Steering torque may increase to 70 foot pounds
when the wheels are approaching the steering stops. Steering effort shall be measured with
the bus at GVWR, stopped with the brakes released and the engine at normal idling speed
on clean, dry, level, commercial asphalt pavement and the tires inflated to recommended
pressure. Power steering failure shall not result in loss of steering control. With the bus in
operation, the steering effort shall not exceed 55 pounds at the steering wheel rim and
perceived free play in the steering system shall not materially increase as a result of power
89
assist failure. Gearing shall require no more than seven (7) turns of the steering wheel
lock-to-lock.
Caster angle shall be selected to provide a tendency for the return of the front wheels to the
straight position with minimal assistance from the operator.
Steering columns shall come equipped with telescopic adjustment with range of more than
2.5” and finer adjustment to the tilt function than the five (5) adjustable positions specified.
6.3.3
Brakes
6.3.3.1
Service Brake
6.3.3.1.1 Actuation
Service brakes shall be controlled and actuated by a compressed air system. Force to
activate the brake pedal control shall be an essentially linear function of the bus
deceleration rate and shall not exceed 70 pounds at a point 7” above the heel point of the
pedal to achieve maximum braking. The heel point is the location of the operator’s heel
when foot is rested flat on the pedal and the heel is touching the floor or heel pad of the
pedal. A microprocessor controlled Anti-lock Braking System (ABS), and Automatic
Traction Control (ATC) system shall be provided. The microprocessor for the ABS system
shall be protected yet in an accessible location to allow for ease of service. The total braking
effort shall be distributed between all wheels in such a ratio as to ensure equal friction
material wear rate at all wheel locations as much as possible.
6.3.3.1.2 Friction Material
The entire service brake system, including friction material, shall have a minimum overhaul
or replacement life of 50,000 miles. Brakes shall be self-adjusting throughout this period.
The brake linings shall be made of non-asbestos friction material.
OPTION #9: Please provide option pricing and specifications for the MGM automated brake
monitoring system or approved equal. Device shall monitor disc brake pad wear and alert
when replacement is needed.
6.3.3.1.3 Hubs and Braking System
Replaceable wheel bearing seals shall run on replaceable wear surfaces or be of an integral
wear surface sealed design. Wheel bearing and hub seals shall not leak or weep lubricant
for 100,000 miles when running on the design operating profile.
Buses shall be equipped with a disc braking system. The discs shall be of a vented style
rotor with solid faces (no slotting or cross-drilling). The rotor shall have enough thickness
to allow for machining at least one (1) additional time before being condemned. The pads
shall be serviceable with the caliper still mounted to the axle assembly. It shall take a 3M
mechanic no longer than 20 minutes to change a set of brake pads per wheel with the
wheel/tire already removed.
90
The brake system material and design shall be selected to absorb and dissipate heat quickly
so the heat generated during braking operation does not glaze brake linings. The heat
generated shall not increase the temperature of tire beads and wheel contact area to more
than allowed by the tire manufacturer. Excessive brake noise is not acceptable.
6.3.3.2
Parking/Emergency Brake
The parking/emergency brake shall be a spring-operated system, actuated by a valve that
exhausts compressed air to apply the brakes. The parking/emergency brake may be
manually enabled when the air pressure is at the operating level per FMVSS 121. A
parking/emergency brake release shall be provided to release the brakes in the event of
automatic parking/emergency brake application. The parking/emergency brake valve
button will pop out when air pressure drops below requirements of FMVSS 121. The
operator shall be able to manually depress and hold down the parking/emergency brake
release valve to release the brakes and maneuver the bus to safety. Once the operator
releases the parking/emergency brake release valve, the brakes shall engage to hold the
bus in place. The parking/emergency brake shall be located on the left hand side of the
operator’s seat for left hand application from a sitting position. The mushroom button shall
be vertically mounted and located so that it cannot be depressed accidentally when the
operator gets into or out of the seat.
6.3.4
Pneumatic System
6.3.4.1
General
The bus air system shall operate the air-powered accessories and the braking system with
enough reserve capacity to run the electrical components (door motors, brake system
linked to transmission retarder, etc.) with virtually no leaks. The system shall run
efficiently enough to bring the use down to the compressor’s capacity and at the same time
decrease fuel economy loss due to the compressor’s operation. Buses shall not leak down
more than five (5) psi within 24 hours.
Air for the compressor shall be filtered through a separate air cleaner system. The air
system shall be protected by a pressure relief valve set at 150 psi and shall be equipped
with check valve and pressure protection valves to assure partial operation in case of line
failures. C-TRAN requires a moisture ejector Stemco 900-1062 to prevent moisture from
accumulating in the wet tank.
6.3.4.2
Air Compressor
C-TRAN requires an air compressor to be sized to charge the air system from 40 psi to the
governor cutoff pressure in less than 3 minutes. The discharge line shall be stainless steel,
braided hose, and capable of dissipating heat with as few bends as possible.
6.3.4.3
Air Lines and Fittings
C-TRAN requires the ability to air up bus-to-bus, front and rear, using AMFLO C-2 fittings.
Female air fitting shall be provided both front and rear. Check valves must be removed
91
from shop fill lines. Air lines, except necessary flexible lines, shall conform to the installation
and material requirements of SAE Standard J1149 for copper tubing with standard, brass,
flared or ball sleeve fittings, or SAE Standard J844 for nylon tubing if not subject to
temperatures over 200 degrees F. Nylon tubing shall be installed in accordance with the
following color-coding standards:
Green =
Red =
Brown =
Yellow =
Black =
Grey =
Indicates primary brakes and supply
Indicates secondary brakes
Indicates parking/emergency brake
Indicates compressor governor signal
Indicates accessories
Accelerator
Line supports (Hellerman-Tyton clamps, or approved equal) shall prevent movement,
flexing, tension strain, conductivity, and vibration. Copper lines shall be supported to
prevent the lines from touching one another or any component of the bus. To the extent
practicable and before installation, the lines shall be pre-bent on a fixture that prevents
tube flattening or excessive local strain. Copper lines shall be bent only once at any point,
including pre-bending and installation. Rigid lines shall be supported at no more than 5’
intervals. Nylon lines may be grouped and shall be supported at 2’ intervals or less.
The compressor discharge line between the power plant and body-mounted equipment
shall be a flexible, convoluted copper or stainless steel line, or may be flexible Teflon hose
with a braided stainless steel jacket. The air compressor discharge line must be of sufficient
length to properly dissipate heat before entering the air dryer assembly to prevent
clogging. Other lines necessary to maintain system reliability shall be flexible Teflon hose
with a braided stainless steel jacket. End fittings shall be standard SAE or JIC brass or steel,
flanged, swivel type fittings. Flexible hoses shall be as short as practicable and individually
supported. They shall not touch one another or any part of the bus except for the
supporting grommets. Flexible lines shall be supported at 2’ intervals or less.
C-TRAN requires a pressure protection valve on brake system air. Air lines shall be clean
before installation and shall be installed to minimize air leaks. All air lines shall be sloped
toward a reservoir and routed to prevent water traps. Grommets or insulated clamps shall
protect the air lines at all points where they pass through understructure components.
6.3.4.4
Air Reservoirs
All air reservoirs must be tested for leakage prior to delivery. All air reservoirs shall meet
the requirements of FMVSS Standard 121 and SAE Standard J10. Between four (4) and six
(6) drain valves conveniently located at the bottom edge of the skirt panels on either the
roadside or curbside of the bus shall be supplied. Major structural members shall protect
these valves and any automatic moisture ejector valves from road hazards. Reservoirs shall
be sloped toward the drain valve. All air reservoirs shall have brass drain valves which
discharge below floor level with lines routed to eliminate the possibility of water traps
and/or freezing in the drain line. Paint is not to be used on air tank fitting threads.
92
6.3.4.5
Air System Dryer
C-TRAN requires two (2) SKF Turbo 2000 heated air dryers, or approved equal. The air
dryers shall prevent accumulation of moisture and oil in the air system. The air dryer
system shall include a replaceable desiccant bed, electrically heated drain, and activation
device. A 3M mechanic shall replace the desiccant in less than 15 minutes.
A provision shall be included to collect/remove oil (which is placed between the air
compressor and the air dryer) from the air system to prevent effecting function and/or
damaging pneumatic system components. The application and relay valve must have an
automatic drain.
6.4
Body
6.4.1
General
6.4.1.1
Design
The bus shall have a clean, smooth and simple design primarily derived from bus
performance requirements and passenger service criteria established by the Technical
Specifications. The exterior and body features, including grilles and louvers, shall be
shaped to facilitate cleaning by automatic bus washers without snagging washer brushes.
Both the left and right rear corners of each bus ordered shall have a clear protective
coating (similar to window film) applied to them that wraps around each corner to a
sufficient degree to prevent wash rack damage to the rear end of the bus. The product is
manufactured by 3M Scotch Guard and is referenced as paint protective film. Product shall
be 6 to 8 mm, clear, and cover the curvature of each rear corner from top to bottom above
the rear bumper. Water and dirt shall not be retained in or on any feature of the body to
freeze or bleed out onto the bus after leaving the washer. The body and windows shall be
sealed to prevent leaking of air, dust, or water under normal operating conditions and
during cleaning in automatic bus washers for the service life of the bus. Exterior panels
shall be sufficiently stiff to minimize vibration, drumming, or flexing while the bus is in
service. When panels are lapped, the upper and forward panels shall act as a watershed.
However, if entry of moisture into the interior of the vehicle is prevented by other means,
then rear cap panels may be lapped otherwise. The windows, hatches, and doors shall be
able to be sealed. Accumulation of spray and splash generated by the bus' wheels on a wet
road on any window of the bus shall be minimized.
6.4.1.2
Crashworthiness
The bus body and roof structure shall withstand a static load equal to 150% of the curb
weight evenly distributed on the roof with no more than a 6” reduction in any interior
dimension. Windows shall remain in place and shall not open under such a load. These
requirements must be met without components such as roof-mounted air conditioning
installed.
93
The bus shall withstand a 25 mph impact by a 4,000-pound automobile at any point,
excluding doorways, along either side of the bus with no more than 3” of permanent
structural deformation at seated passenger hip height. This impact shall not result in sharp
edges or protrusions in the bus interior.
Exterior panels below 35” from ground level shall withstand a static load of 2,000 pounds
applied perpendicular to the bus by a pad no larger than 5” square. This load shall not
result in deformation that prevents installation of new exterior panels to restore the
original appearance of the bus.
6.4.1.3
Materials
Body materials shall be selected and the body fabricated to reduce maintenance, extend
durability, and provide consistency of appearance throughout the service life of the bus.
Detailing shall be kept simple, add-on devices and trim where necessary shall be minimized
and integrated into the basic design.
6.4.1.4
Corrosion
The bus flooring, rear bench seat, sides, roof, understructure, and axle suspension
components shall resist corrosion or deterioration from atmospheric conditions and road
salts for a period of 12 years or 500,000 miles, whichever comes first. It shall maintain
structural integrity and nearly maintain original appearance throughout its service life,
provided that it is maintained by C-TRAN in accordance with the procedures specified in
the Contractor’s Service Manual. With the exception of periodically inspecting the visible
coatings applied to prevent corrosion and reapplying these coatings in limited spots, the
Contractor shall not require the complete reapplication of corrosion compounds over the
life of the bus.
All fasteners and hardware, both internal and external, shall be constructed of a noncorroding material. Fasteners protruding through the body through inserts will be of
similar materials to prevent corrosion.
All exposed surfaces and the interior surfaces of tubing and other enclosed members below
lower window line shall be corrosion resistant.
All materials that are not inherently corrosion resistant shall be protected with corrosionresistant coatings. All joints and connections of dissimilar metals shall be corrosionresistant and shall be protected from galvanic corrosion. Representative samples of all
materials and connections shall withstand a two (2) week (336 hour) salt spray test in
accordance with ASTM Procedure B-117 with no structural detrimental effects to normally
visible surfaces, and no weight loss of over 1%.
Corrosion and salt spray resistant paints and undercoating with PPG Corashield 7972 are
approved.
94
6.4.1.5
Resonance and Vibration
All structure, body, and panel-bending mode frequencies, including vertical, lateral, and
torsional modes, shall be sufficiently removed from all primary excitation frequencies to
minimize audible, visible, or sensible resonant vibrations during normal service. The
Contractor shall use fastening technology that maintains its clamping force in order to
prevent resonance and vibration during normal service and for maximum bus life
expectancy. The Contractor shall provide information on their fastening technology in
order to meet the requirements of this specification.
6.4.1.6
Fire Protection
The passenger and engine compartments shall be separated by a bulkhead(s) that shall, by
incorporation of fireproof materials in its construction, be a firewall. The engine
compartment shall include areas where the engine and exhaust systems are housed
including the muffler, if mounted above the horizontal shelf. This firewall shall preclude or
retard propagation of an engine compartment fire into the passenger compartment and
shall be in accordance with the Recommended Fire Safety Practices defined in FTA
Docket 90, dated October 20, 1993. Only necessary openings shall be allowed in the firewall
and these shall be fireproofed. Any passageways for the climate control system air shall be
separated from the engine compartment by fireproof material. Piping through the bulkhead
shall have copper, brass, or fireproof fittings sealed at the firewall with copper or steel
piping on the forward side. Wiring may pass through the bulkhead only if connectors or
other means are provided to prevent or retard fire propagation through the firewall.
Engine access panels in the firewall shall be fabricated of fireproof material and secured
with fireproof fasteners. These panels, their fasteners, and the firewall shall be constructed
and reinforced to minimize warping of the panels during a fire that will compromise the
integrity of the firewall.
6.4.1.7
Distortion
The bus, loaded to GVWR and under static conditions, shall not exhibit deflection or
deformation that impairs the operation of the steering mechanism, doors, windows,
passenger escape mechanisms, and service doors. Static conditions shall include the vehicle
at rest with any one (1) wheel or dual set of wheels on a 6” curb or in a 6” deep hole.
6.4.2
Structure
6.4.2.1
General
6.4.2.1.1 Design
The structure of the bus as defined in Section 6.1.2 shall be designed to withstand the
transit service conditions typical of an urban duty cycle. The Design Operating Profile
defined in Section 6.1.2 shall be considered for this purpose.
95
6.4.2.1.2 Altoona Testing
Prior to acceptance of the first or Pilot bus, the structure of the bus shall have undergone
appropriate structural testing and/or analysis, including FTA required Altoona testing, to
ensure adequacy of design for urban transit service. Any items that required repeated
repairs or replacement must undergo the corrective action with supporting tests and
analyses. A report, clearly describing and explaining the failures and corrective actions
taken to ensure any and all such failures will not occur, shall be submitted to C-TRAN.
6.4.2.2
Towing
Towing devices shall be provided on each end of the bus. Towing devices will accommodate
flat-bedding or flat-towing. Each towing device shall withstand, without permanent
deformation, tension loads up to 1.2 times the curb weight of the bus within 20° of the
longitudinal axis of the bus. The rear towing device(s) shall not provide a toehold for
unauthorized riders. Tow-holes shall have a plug.
The front towing devices shall allow attachment of adapters for a rigid tow bar and shall
permit lifting of the bus until the front wheels are clear off the ground in order to position
the bus on the towing equipment by the front wheels.
Rear towing devices shall permit lifting and towing of the bus for a short distance, such as
in cases of an emergency, to allow access to provisions for towing of the bus from the front.
The method of attaching the tow bar or adapter shall require the specific approval of
C-TRAN. Each towing device shall accommodate a crane hook with a 1” throat.
While flat towing when truck brakes are applied they shall activate the bus braking system
including brake lights.
A quick disconnect female fitting AMFLO C-2 (not brass), or approved equal, which fits
standard size male fitting most commonly found on towing equipment and shall be easily
accessible and located in the front bumper area for towing. Retained caps shall be installed
to protect fitting against dirt and moisture when not in use. There shall be no check valve,
because the AMFLO fitting acts as a check valve.
6.4.2.3
Jacking
It shall be possible to safely jack up the bus, at curb weight, with a common 10 ton floor
jack with or without special adapter, when a tire or dual set is completely flat and the bus is
on a level, hard surface, without crawling under any portion of the bus. Jacking from a
single point shall permit raising the bus sufficiently high to remove and reinstall a wheel
and tire assembly. Jacking pads located on the axle or suspension near the wheels shall
permit easy and safe jacking with the flat tire or dual set on a 6” high run-up block not
wider than a single tire. The Contractor may provide jacking points located on the front and
rear axles, rather than jack pads mounted on the axle or suspension near the wheels, as
long as the body can be jacked up separately from the axles. Jacking and changing of any
one (1) tire shall be able to be completed by a 2M mechanic in less than 30 minutes from
the time the bus is approached. The bus shall withstand such jacking at any one (1) or any
combination of wheel locations without permanent deformation or damage.
96
Jacking pads shall be painted safety yellow and decals shall be placed at each location on
the exterior of the bus, for ease of identification.
6.4.2.4
Hoisting
The jacking plates shall be 5” square with turn down flange and corners cut with a 1”
radius. The bus axles or jacking plates shall accommodate the lifting pads of a two (2) post
hoist system. The Contractor may provide jacking plates that are 5” square with positioning
holes in lieu of turn down flanges as long as the body can be jacked-up separately from the
axles. Jacking plates, if used as hoisting pads, shall be designed to prevent the bus from
falling off the hoist. Other pads or the bus structure shall support the bus on jack stands
independent of the hoist.
6.4.2.5
Floor
6.4.2.5.1 Design
The floor shall essentially be a continuous flat plane, except at the wheel housings and
platforms. The floor height shall be as specified in Section 6.1.5.1.4 to eliminate steps and
facilitate boarding and de-boarding of passengers.
The floor design shall consist of two (2) levels (bi-level construction). Aft of the rear door
extending to the rear settee riser, the floor height may be raised to a height no more than
21” above the lower level, with equally spaced steps. An increase slope shall be allowed on
the upper level, not to exceed 3.5° off the horizontal.
Where the floor meets the walls of the bus, as well as other vertical surfaces, such as
platform risers, the surface edges shall be blended with a circular section of radius between
0.25-1” except where cantilevered seats are placed(the wheel well, the rear seat riser, and
the operator’s platform). Similarly, a molding or cove shall prevent debris accumulation
between the floor and wheel housings. The vehicle floor in the area of the entrance and exit
doors shall have a lateral slope not exceeding 5° to allow for drainage.
6.4.2.5.2 Strength
The floor deck may be integral with the basic structure or mounted on the structure
securely to prevent chafing or horizontal movement designed to last the service life of the
bus. Sheet metal screws shall not be used to retain the floor and all floor fasteners shall be
serviceable from one side only. The use of adhesives to secure the floor to the structure
shall be allowed only in combination with the use of bolt or screw fasteners and its
effectiveness shall last throughout the service life of the bus. Tapping plates, if used for the
floor fasteners, shall be no less than the same thickness as a standard nut and all floor
fasteners shall be secured and protected from corrosion for the service life of the bus. The
floor deck shall be reinforced as needed to support passenger loads. At GVWR, the floor
shall have an elastic deflection of no more than 0.60” from the normal plane. The floor shall
withstand the application of 2.5 times gross load weight without permanent detrimental
deformation. Floor, with coverings applied, shall withstand a static load of at least 150
97
pounds applied through the flat end of a 0.5” diameter rod, with 0.031” radius, without
permanent visible deformation.
6.4.2.5.3 Construction
C-TRAN requires the floor shall be constructed of composite materials impervious to wood
boring insects, fungus, and mold. Plywood shall not be used in the floor construction.
The underside shall be primed with PPG Corashield 7972. The cut edges shall be sealed
with white lead, liquid neoprene, liquid urethane, Tuffcote, or Dolchem 606.
The floor shall be laid in such a manner as to be free from squeaks. All edges shall be over
underframe members.
The floor shall be reasonably level throughout and all joints between the floor and vertical
surfaces shall have a cove molding.
Composite flooring shall be securely bolted to frame members. Self-tapping screws may be
used.
The underframe shall be stiff enough to prevent the floor from excessive flexing under
normal loads. The floor shall be supported so that when a person of 150 pounds or more
steps on any area, there will be no discernible flexing or movement.
The area at the farebox shall be of adequate strength to support the farebox safely and
durably.
The entire composite floor shall be thoroughly smoothed in preparation for application of
floor covering material.
6.4.2.6
Platforms
6.4.2.6.1 General
The BRT station platform height will be 12”. The bus entrance/exit door platform height
shall not exceed 13”. Trim shall be provided along top edges of the bus platforms unless
integral nosing is provided. Except where otherwise indicated, covering of platform
surfaces and risers shall be the same material as that specified for floor covering.
The trim and Operator’s heel plate must be stainless steel and treated for slip resistance.
Trim installed along the edges of the platforms shall be constructed of aluminum, ABS,
durable rubber, molded fiberglass, or stainless steel. C-TRAN will approve final trim choice
prior to production.
98
Other raised areas such as for providing space for under floor installation of components
shall be limited. Such raised areas shall be constructed in accordance to these
specifications.
6.4.2.6.2 Operator’s Platform
The operator’s platform shall be of a height such that, in a seated position, the operator can
see an object located at an elevation of 42” above the road surface, 24” from the leading
edge of the bumper. Notwithstanding this requirement, the platform height shall not
position the operator such that the operator’s vertical upward view is less than 15 degrees.
A warning decal or sign shall be provided to alert the operator to the change in floor level.
The figure below illustrates a means by which the platform height can be determined, using
the critical line of sight.
In all cases where a step is designed, it shall be a single step up to the operator’s platform,
measuring no more than 9.5” in height, and still provide access (minimum of 8.5” x 24”) to
the steering components under the operator’s area platform. Step must allow for the heel
and ball of the operator’s foot to come into contact with the step as the operator exits the
operator seat in such a manner as to accommodate the operator’s safety and to avoid falls
and/or slippage.
The Contractor shall install a vertical assist to further help the operator get in and out of
the operator’s seat. The vertical assist shall be located on the operator’s seat right rear
corner.
OPTION #10: Provide information that describes all of the options for assistance in helping
operators get into the operator seat and onto the operator platform. Include pricing for
each option presented.
99
6.4.2.6.3 Farebox
This section is intentionally left blank.
6.4.2.6.4 Intermediate Platform
C-TRAN requests that lighting be supplied to mark the intermediate platform.
If vehicle is of a bi-level floor design, an intermediate platform shall be provided along the
center aisle of the bus to facilitate passenger traffic between the upper and lower floor
levels. This intermediate platform shall be cut into the rear platform and shall be
approximately the aisle width, 18” deep, and approximately one half the height of the upper
level relative to the lower level. A rear intermediate platform with two (2) step risers is
also approved. The horizontal surface of this platform shall be covered with Altro flooring
and shall be sloped slightly for drainage. A permanent warning placard or sign shall be
provided at the immediate platform area to alert passengers to the change in floor level.
6.4.2.7
Wheel Housing
6.4.2.7.1 Design
Access panels for both shock absorbers shall be provided on top of the wheel housing via a
minimum 6” x 6” removable access panel.
Sufficient clearance and air circulation shall be provided around the tires, wheels, and
brakes to preclude overheating when the bus is operating on the design operating profile,
Section 6.1.2.
Interference between the tires and any portion of the bus shall not be possible in
maneuvers up to the limit of tire adhesion with weights from curb weight to GVWR. Wheel
housings shall be adequately reinforced where seat pedestals are installed. Wheel housings
shall have sufficient sound insulation to minimize tire and road noise and meet all
requirements of Section 6.1.5.6.
Design and construction of front wheel housings shall allow for the installation of
radio/electronic equipment storage compartment and a safety box. Typical installation
would have the radio/electronic equipment storage compartment on top of the roadside
wheel well, and the safety box and some passenger storage on the curbside wheel well. The
safety box and passenger storage shall be far enough forward to accommodate two (2) blue
plastic recycling receptacles between the aft rail and the safety box.
The exterior finish of the front wheel housings shall be scratch-resistant, meet the
requirements of Section 6.4.4.1, and complement interior finishes of the bus to minimize
the visual impact of the wheel housing. If fiberglass wheel housings are provided, then they
shall be color-impregnated and/or gel-coated to match interior finishes. The lower portion
extending to approximately 12” above floor shall be equipped with additional marresistant coating or stainless steel trim.
100
6.4.2.7.2 Construction
Wheel housings shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant, fire-resistant material and be
sealed to the floor to prevent water infiltration. Wheel housings, as installed and trimmed,
shall withstand impacts of a 2” steel ball with at least 200 foot-pounds of energy without
penetration.
6.4.2.7.3 Articulating Structure
Vehicles shall be equipped with an articulating joint (hinge) manufactured by ATG, Hubner
or approved equal. The articulating joint permanently joins the lead unit and the trailing
unit sections and allows relative motion on the pitch and yaw axes between the sections.
The turntable shall also accommodate, without damage, a reasonable amount of relative
roll between the lead trailing units. The articulating joint shall be designed to prevent
separation of the lead and trailing units if the vehicle is involved in an accident. A rotating
turntable connection shall be provided between the lead unit and trailing unit to serve as a
floor that permits passenger movement between the units while the vehicle is operating.
The turntable design shall be capable of all horizontal and vertical turns the vehicle is
capable of making without introducing space or irregularity between the turntable surface
and adjacent surface of the vehicle floor. The structures and finishes in the interconnecting
section shall be designed to prevent passenger injury. Configuration of the turntable, floor
plates, and cover plate shall prevent the outer edge of the plate being worn to a knife-edge.
The gap between the turntables shall be minimized in order to prevent a tripping hazard.
The turntable shall be designed for ease of access for inspection and repair of under floor
components and systems. Floor plates shall be easily secured in the open position. The
turntable floor covering shall be a non-skid direct application material, i.e., Linex or
Armacoating. The under floor turntable area shall be completely enclosed by the bellows
and bulkheads to prevent drafts in the passenger compartment. The area between the
turntable floor and the bellows shall be closed to prevent collection of trash in the bellows.
An anti-jack-knife joint shall be provided. This joint, by sensing the vehicle speed, relative
angle between the lead and trailing sections, throttle and braking actions and any other
necessary inputs, will control the degree of stiffness in the joint and limit the engine speed
to insure that the vehicle does not jack-knife or operate in a dangerous or unsafe condition.
Passenger seating is not required in the turntable area. Passenger overhead handrails in
the turntable area are required for passenger safety.
6.4.3
Exterior Panels and Finishes
6.4.3.1
Pedestrian Safety
Exterior protrusions greater than 0.5” and within 80” of the ground shall have a radius of
no less than the amount of the protrusion. The exterior rearview mirrors, required lights
and reflectors and windshield wiper arms on the front of the bus are exempt from the
protrusion requirement. Grilles, doors, bumpers, and other features on the sides and rear
of the bus shall be designed to minimize the ability of unauthorized riders to secure
toeholds or handholds.
101
6.4.3.2
Repair and Replacement
Exterior panels below the lower daylight opening, within 35” above ground level, shall be
divided into sections that are repairable or replaceable by a 3M mechanic in less than 30
minutes for a section up to 5’ long (excludes painting).
Lower exterior panels within 28” above ground level shall be equipped with removable
resilient, impact resistant panels for protection against minor impacts and scratches. The
panels shall withstand impacts of 200 foot-pounds of energy from a steel-faced spherical
missile no less than 9” in diameter without any visible damage to it or underlying panel and
structure. The panels shall be no greater than 8’ in length and shall be easily replaced by a
3M mechanic in less than 30 minutes. The panels shall be color impregnated to
complement color and paint scheme as specified in Section 6.4.3.8.5.
6.4.3.3
Rain Gutters
Rain gutters must be long enough and have “Drip Stops” (JR Products P/N 389pw-a, or
approved equal) on forward ends that divert water down and away preventing water flow
from the roof onto the passenger doors, operator’s side window, and exterior mirrors.
When the bus is decelerated, the gutters shall not drain onto the windshield, or operator's
side window, or into the door boarding area. Cross sections of the gutters shall be adequate
for proper operation. Rain gutter shall also be provided above passenger side windows.
6.4.3.4
License Plate Provisions
Front license plate bracket must be placed to be visible. Provisions shall be made to mount
standard size U.S. license plates per SAE J686 on the front and rear of the bus. These
provisions shall direct mount or recess the license plates so that they can be cleaned by
automatic bus washing equipment without being caught by the brushes. License plates
shall be mounted at the lower center or lower street side of the bus and shall not allow a
toehold or handhold for unauthorized riders. The rear license plate shall be illuminated as
per SAE J587.
6.4.3.5
Fender Skirts
Features to minimize water spray from the bus in wet conditions shall be included in wheel
housing design. Any fender skirts shall be easily replaceable. They shall be flexible if they
extend beyond the allowable body width. Wheels and tires shall be removable with the
fender skirts in place. The fender skirt must allow clearance for installation and removal of
wheel chains.
The exterior rear wheel well shall have hinged access panels which shall be sufficiently stiff
to minimize vibration, drumming, or flexing while the bus is in service.
6.4.3.6
Splash Aprons
Splash aprons, composed of 0.25” minimum composition or rubberized fabric, shall be
installed behind and/or in front of wheels as needed to reduce road splash and protect
102
under floor components. The splash aprons shall extend downward to within 6” of the road
surface at static conditions. Apron widths shall be no less than tire widths, except for the
front apron that shall extend across the width of the bus. Splash aprons shall be bolted to
the bus understructure. Splash aprons and their attachments shall be inherently weaker
than the structure to which they are attached. The flexible portions of the splash aprons
shall not be included in the road clearance measurements. Other splash aprons shall be
installed where necessary to protect bus equipment. C-TRAN requires a splash apron to be
installed under the fuel filler neck.
6.4.3.7
Service Compartments and Access Doors - Exterior
6.4.3.7.1 Access Doors
Conventional or pantograph hinged doors shall be used for the engine compartment, the
particulate trap area (which shall also be lined with screening or sufficiently louvered) and
for all auxiliary equipment compartments including doors for checking the quantity and
adding to the engine coolant. Access openings shall be sized for easy performance of tasks
within the compartment including tool operating space. Access doors shall be of rugged
construction and shall maintain mechanical integrity and function under normal
operations throughout the service life of the bus. They shall close flush with the body
surface. All doors shall be hinged at the top or on the forward edge, unless otherwise
approved in writing, and shall be prevented from coming loose or opening during transit
service or in bus washing operations. Doors with top hinges shall have safety props stored
behind the door or on the doorframe. All access doors shall be retained in the open position
by props or counterbalancing with over-center or gas-filled springs with safety locks and
shall be easily operable by one (1) person. Springs and hinges shall be corrosion resistant.
Latch handles shall be flush with, or recessed behind, the body contour and shall be sized to
provide an adequate grip for opening. Access doors, when opened, shall not restrict access
for servicing other components or systems, unless otherwise approved in writing. Fuel
filler, radiator surge tank, and battery shut-off doors shall be of heavy-duty design and
materials (framework/construction and hinging).
Access doors larger in area than 100 square inches shall be equipped with locks. The locks
shall be standardized as defined by C-TRAN in the Technical Specifications so that only one
(1) tool is required to open all major access doors on the bus.
Only the following exterior access doors require 0.313’’ Square Key locks:




Transmission Door
Radiator Door
Electrical Compartment
Particulate Trap (to allow the filter on the particulate trap to be replaced
without the need to pull the entire muffler out of the bus)
C-TRAN requires pneumatic, hydraulic struts, or gas spring closures for the access doors
for the transmission, radiator, and engine door.
The engine door does not require a lock.
103
The battery compartment or enclosure shall be vented and self-draining. It shall be
accessible only from outside the bus. All components within the battery compartment, and
the compartment itself, shall be protected from damage or corrosion from the electrolyte
and gases emitted by the battery. The inside surface of the battery compartment's access
door shall be electrically insulated, as required, to prevent the battery terminals from
shorting on the door if the door is damaged in an accident or if a battery comes loose. The
Master Battery Switch accessibility requirements are defined in Section 6.5.8 of the
Technical Specifications.
6.4.3.7.2 Service Area Lighting
Three (3) lights shall be provided in the engine and all other compartments, where service
may be required, to generally illuminate the area for night emergency repairs or
adjustments. Sealed LED watertight lamp assemblies and weather tight connections shall
be provided in the engine compartment and shall be controlled by a switch located near the
rear start controls in the engine compartment. Other necessary lights, a minimum of six
(6), located in other service compartments, shall be provided with switches on the light
fixture or convenient to the light.
6.4.3.8
Bumpers
6.4.3.8.1 Location
Bumpers shall provide impact protection for the front and rear of the bus with the top of
the bumper being 28  2” above the ground, unless otherwise approved in writing by
C-TRAN. Bumper height shall be such that when one (1) bus is parked behind another, a
portion of the bumper faces will contact each other.
6.4.3.8.2 Front Bumper
No part of the bus, including the bumper, shall be damaged as a result of a 5 mph impact of
the bus at curb weight with a fixed, flat barrier perpendicular to the bus' longitudinal
centerline. The bumper shall return to its pre-impact shape within ten (10) minutes of the
impact. The bumper shall protect the bus from damage as a result of 6.5 mph impacts at
any point by the Common Carriage with Contoured Impact Surface defined in Figure 2 of
FMVSS 301 loaded to 4,000 pounds parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the bus and 5.5
mph impacts into the corners at a 30° angle to the longitudinal centerline of the bus. The
energy absorption system of the bumper shall be independent of every power system of
the bus and shall not require service or maintenance in normal operation during the
service life of the bus. The bumper may increase the overall bus length specified in Section
6.1.5.1.1 by no more than 7”.
6.4.3.8.3 Rear Bumper
No part of the bus, including the bumper, shall be damaged as a result of a 2 mph impact
with a fixed, flat barrier perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the bus. The
bumper shall return to its pre-impact shape within ten (10) minutes of the impact. When
using a yard tug with a smooth, flat plate bumper 2” wide contacting the horizontal
centerline of the rear bumper, the bumper shall provide protection at speeds up to 5 mph,
104
over pavement discontinuities up to 1” high, and at accelerations up to 2 mph/sec. The rear
bumper shall protect the bus, when impacted anywhere along its width by the Common
Carriage with Contoured Impact Surface defined in Figure 2 of FMVSS 301 loaded to 4,000
pounds, at 4 mph parallel to, or up to a 30° angle to, the longitudinal centerline of the bus.
The rear bumper shall be shaped to preclude unauthorized riders standing on the bumper,
shall be a one-piece unit, unless otherwise approved in writing by C-TRAN. The bumper
shall be independent of all power systems of the bus and shall not require service or
maintenance in normal operation during the service life of the bus. The bumper may
increase the overall bus length specified in Section 6.1.5.1.1 by no more than 7” The
bumper corners must not deform when pushed with a service vehicle less than 5 mph.
6.4.3.8.4 Bumper Material
The front and rear bumpers shall be Romeo bumpers, or approved equal. Bumper material
shall be corrosion-resistant and withstand repeated impacts of the specified loads without
sustaining damage. Visible surfaces shall be black or color-coordinated with the bus
exterior. The bumper qualities shall be sustained throughout the service life of the bus.
6.4.9
Finish and Color
The Contractor shall submit with their initial proposal a detailed drawing/schematic of the
front, rear, curbside, roadside, and roof of the bus the Contractor's proposal identifies as
C-TRAN's proposed bus. Drawing/schematic shall be submitted via hardcopy and via
electronic means and shall be able to be modified by C-TRAN for the purpose of applying
C-TRAN's color/paint scheme to the bus. If the Contractor's proposal is successful, coloring
of the drawing/schematic by C-TRAN will be returned to the Contractor as part of EXHIBIT
2.
The finish shall not peel or be otherwise damaged by correct application and removal of
Direct Application Decals and Striping.
C-TRAN requires low VOC 2.8 paint, DuPont Elite or approved equal. C-TRAN requires a
two-step application: base coat; clear coat paint process. The first step applies base colors
and second step applies a final clear coat finish.
All exterior surfaces shall be smooth and free of wrinkles and dents. Exterior surfaces to be
painted shall be properly prepared as required by the paint system supplier, prior to
application of paint to assure a proper bond between the basic surface and successive coats
of original paint for the service life of the bus. Drilled holes and cutouts in exterior surfaces
shall be made prior to cleaning, priming, and painting to prevent corrosion. Unless
otherwise approved in writing, the bus shall be completely painted prior to installation of
exterior lights, windows, mirrors, and other items that are applied to the exterior of the
bus. Body filler materials may be used for surface dressing, but not for repair of damaged
or improperly fitted panels.
Paint shall be applied smoothly and evenly with the finished surface free of dirt and the
following other imperfections:
A.
Blisters or bubbles appearing in the topcoat film.
B.
Chips, scratches, or gouges of the surface finish.
105
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Cracks in the paint film.
Craters where paint failed to cover due to surface contamination.
Overspray.
Peeling.
Runs or sags from excessive flow and failure to adhere uniformly to the
surface.
Chemical stains and water spots.
To the degree consistent with industry standards for commercial vehicle finishes, painted
surfaces shall have gloss and orange peel shall be minimized. All exterior finished surfaces
shall be impervious to diesel fuel, gasoline, and commercial cleaning agents. Finished
surfaces shall resist damage by controlled applications of commonly used graffiti-removing
chemicals. Protective film (clear Mylar) shall be placed on each rear corner to protect
corner panels from scratching and damage when running the vehicle through an automatic
bus washer. Colors and paint schemes shall be in accordance with EXHIBIT 2.
Except for periodic cleaning, exterior surfaces of the bus shall be maintenance-free,
permanently colored and not require refinish/repaint for the life of the vehicle. In general,
the exterior surfaces shall be white except as specified in EXIBIT 2. Durable, peel-resistant
pressure sensitive appliqués shall be used for any striping and coloring required.
6.4.10
Numbering and Signing
Monograms, numbers, and other special signing specified by C-TRAN shall be applied to the
inside and outside of the bus as required. Signs shall be durable and fade, chip and peelresistant. They may be painted signs, decals or pressure-sensitive appliqués. All decals shall
be sealed with clear, waterproof sealant around all exposed edges if required by the decal
supplier. Signs shall be provided in compliance with the ADA requirements defined in 49
CFR Part, Subpart B, 38.27. The exact wording, size, color, and locations for these signs are
found in EXHIBIT 4.
6.4.11
Exterior Lighting
Unless otherwise specified, all exterior lighting shall be of the LED type with the exception
of high beam bulbs which will be Halogen. Exterior lighting requirements are provided in
EXHIBIT 3.
A double turn signal shall be provided both fore and aft of each wheel well, and are to be
protected from damage via the installation of metal guards.
Turn-signal lights shall be provided on both sides of the bus. Specific number and mounting
requirements are defined in EXHIBIT 3.
C-TRAN requires a rear wheel light, integrated into the turn signal controls, on the curbside
and street side to direct lighting down to illuminate the rear wheel area during turns.
C-TRAN also requires front lights that illuminate the curbs when the turn signals are
activated, while making either a right or left hand turn. Note: The DINEX STAR 90 mm LED
106
headlights (front lights) with built in cornering lights are approved. Daytime running lights
are required with dash indicator.
Lamps at the front and rear passenger doorways shall comply with ADA requirements and
shall activate only when the doors open. These lamps shall illuminate the street surface to a
level of no less than 1 foot-candle for a distance of 3’ outward from the outboard edge of
the door threshold. The lights may be positioned above or below the lower daylight
opening of the windows, but one (1) light shall be positioned over the doors and stay on for
ten (10) seconds after the door closes. Lower lights shall be shielded to protect passengers'
eyes from glare. C-TRAN requires Dialight P/N VSW-CC-19C-35-802 White, or approved
equal exterior step well light.
All exterior lights shall be designed to prevent entry and accumulation of moisture or dust,
and each lamp shall be replaceable in less than five (5) minutes by a 3M mechanic.
Commercially available LED type lamps shall be used. Lights mounted on the engine
compartment doors shall be protected from the impact shock of door opening and closing.
Lamps, lenses, and fixtures shall be interchangeable to the extent practicable. Unless
otherwise approved in writing, two (2) hazard lamps at the rear of the bus shall be visible
from behind when the engine service doors are opened. Light lenses shall be designed and
located to prevent damage when running the vehicle through an automatic bus washer.
Lights located on the roof and sides (directional) of the bus shall have protective shields or
be of the flush mount type to protect the lens against minor impacts.
C-TRAN requires 4” red LED rear tail swing indicator lights, mounted on the left and right
side rear of the bus, to be illuminated with Day/Night run lights.
Visible and audible warning shall inform following vehicles or pedestrians of reverse
operation. Visible reverse operation warning shall conform to SAE Standard J593, and shall
also disable the dome lights and activate the audible hazard (4-way) flashers. Audible
reverse operation warning shall conform to SAE Recommended Practice J994 Type C or D.
OPTION #11: C-TRAN is interested in an audible pedestrian warning system for left and right hand
turns. Please provide information of the system features, programming capabilities including
audible signal options and pricing.
OPTION #12: C-TRAN is interested in an audible signal similar to that of a trolley bus or streetcar
into a digital signal option. The trolley sound (clang) shall be operator controlled and broadcast
through the exterior speakers. The contractor shall provide information and pricing for an audible
signal.
6.4.4
Interior Panels and Finishes
6.4.4.1
General
Materials shall be selected on the basis of maintenance, durability, appearance, safety,
flammability, and tactile qualities. Trim and attachment details shall be kept simple and
unobtrusive. Materials shall be strong enough to resist everyday abuse, vandalism,
scratches and markings. Interior trim shall be secured to avoid resonant vibrations under
normal operational conditions.
107
Interior surfaces more than 10” below the lower edge of the side windows or windshield
shall be shaped so that objects placed on them fall to the floor when the bus is parked on a
level surface. Interior shall be easily cleanable with commercial cleaning agents. Water and
soap should not normally be sprayed directly on the instrument and switch panels.
The Contractor shall use fastening technology that maintains its clamping force in order to
prevent resonance and vibration during normal service and for maximum bus life
expectancy. The Contractor shall provide information on their fastening technology in
order to meet the requirements of this specification.
Interior side trim panels and operator's barrier shall be textured stainless steel, anodized
aluminum, plastic, or melamine-type material. Panels shall be easily replaceable and
tamper-resistant. They shall be reinforced, as necessary, to resist vandalism and other
rigors of transit bus service. Individual trim panels and parts shall be interchangeable to
the extent practicable. Untrimmed areas shall be painted and finished to the quality
described in Section 6.4.3.8.5. All materials shall comply with the Recommended Fire Safety
Practices defined in FTA Docket 90, dated October 20, 1993. Colors, patterns, and materials
for the interior trim are defined in EXHIBIT 2.
6.4.4.2
Front End
The entire front end of the bus shall be sealed to prevent debris accumulation behind the
dash and to prevent the operator's feet from kicking or fouling wiring and other
equipment. The front end shall be free of protrusions that are hazardous to passengers
standing or walking in the front of the bus during rapid decelerations. Paneling across the
front of the bus and any trim around the operator's compartment shall be formed metal or
plastic material. Formed metal dash panels shall be painted and finished to the quality
described in Section 6.4.3.8.5, or may be vinyl covered. Plastic dash panels shall be
reinforced, as necessary, vandal-resistant and replaceable. All colored, painted and plated
parts forward of the operator's barrier shall be finished with a dull matte surface to reduce
glare. (See Section 6.4.6.1.1)
6.4.4.3
Rear End
The rear bulkhead paneling shall be contoured to fit the ceiling, side walls, and seat backs
so that any litter, such as a cigarette package or newspaper, will tend to fall to the floor or
seating surface when the bus is on a level surface. Any air vents in this area shall be
louvered to reduce airflow noise and to reduce the probability of trash or liter being
thrown or drawn through the grille. If it is necessary to remove the panel to service
components located on the rear bulkhead, the panel shall be hinged or shall be able to be
removed and replaced by a 3M mechanic in five (5) minutes. Grilles where access to or
adjustment of equipment is required shall be heavy duty and designed to minimize
damage.
The rear bulkhead and rear interior surfaces shall be made of materials equal to or better
than those materials used on the exterior surfaces of the bus. Surfaces shall be painted and
finished to exterior quality, or paneled with melamine-type material, plastic, and trimmed
with stainless steel, aluminum, or plastic. Colors, patterns, and materials are defined in
EXHIBIT 2.
108
6.4.4.4
Interior Panels
6.4.4.4.1 Operator Barrier
Barrier shall conform to the wall to preclude any light reflection from behind operator.
A barrier or bulkhead between the operator and the street-side front passenger seat shall
be provided. The barrier shall minimize glare and reflections in the windshield directly in
front of the barrier from interior lighting during night operation.
A full height barrier shall be provided directly in back of the operator's station to separate
the operator from the passenger compartment. The barrier shall extend from the left side
bus wall to the stanchion at the right rear of the operator's station and then wrap around
the side of the operator's seat. This panel shall in no way interfere with the safe normal
operation of the bus or restrict movement of the operator's seat. The operator’s barrier
shall incorporate a storage box with a latched door for the operators use. This box shall in
no way inhibit or interfere with the movement of the seat or the operator. The operator’s
barrier shall be provided without a glass panel. The barrier shall include five (5) rack
compartments in which passenger information shall be made available for distribution.
OPTION #13: Please provide option pricing and specifications for an operator’s enclosure.
6.4.4.4.2 Modesty Panels
C-TRAN requires that modesty panels end at a minimum of 1.25” above the floor to allow
our cyclone blower vacuum system to clean the buses.
Sturdy divider panels constructed of durable, unpainted, corrosion-resistant material
complementing the interior trim shall be provided to act as both a physical and visual
barrier for seated passengers. Modesty panels shall be located at doorways to protect
passengers on adjacent seats and along front edge of rear upper level. Design and
installation of modesty panels located in front of forward facing seats shall include a
handhold/grab handle along its top edge. These dividers shall be mounted against the
sidewall and shall project toward the aisle no farther than passenger knee projection in
longitudinal seats or the aisle side of the transverse seats. Modesty panels shall extend no
more than 6” higher than the lower daylight opening of the side windows and those
forward of transverse seats shall extend downward to a level above the floor. Panels
forward of longitudinal seats shall extend to below the level of the seat cushion. Dividers
positioned at the doorways shall provide no less than a 2.5” clearance between the
modesty panel and the opened door to protect passengers from being pinned. Modesty
panels installed at doorways shall be equipped with grab rails (see Section 6.4.5.2). The
modesty panel and its mounting shall withstand a static force of 250 pounds applied to a 4”
by 4” area in the center of the panel without permanent visible deformation.
109
6.4.4.4.3 Headlining
Ceiling panels shall be textured stainless steel, anodized aluminum, melamine-type
materia, or material suitable for exterior skin painted and finished to exterior quality.
Headlining shall be supported to prevent buckling, drumming, or flexing and shall be
secured without loose edges. Headlining materials shall be treated or insulated to prevent
marks due to condensation where panels are in contact with metal members. Moldings and
trim strips, as required to make the edges tamperproof, shall be stainless steel, aluminum,
or plastic, colored to complement the ceiling material. Headlining panels covering
operational equipment that is mounted above the ceiling shall be on hinges for ease of
service but retained to prevent inadvertent opening. Colors, patterns, and materials for the
headlining are defined in EXHIBIT 2.
6.4.4.4.4 Fastening
Tamperproof fasteners must be installed from the rear door to the rear of the bus. All
fasteners and hardware, both internal and external, shall be constructed of a non-corroding
material. Fasteners protruding through the body via an insert, the inserts will both be of
similar materials to prevent corrosion.
Interior panels shall be attached so that there are no exposed unfinished, rough edges or
rough surfaces. Panels and fasteners shall not be easily removable by passengers. Interior
trim fasteners, where required, shall be rivets or cross-recessed head screws.
6.4.4.4.5 Insulation
Any insulation material used between the inner and outer panels shall be sealed or selfsealing to minimize entry and/or retention of moisture. Insulation properties shall be
unimpaired during the service life of the bus. Any insulation material used inside the
engine compartment shall not absorb or retain oils or water and shall be designed to
prevent casual damage that may occur during maintenance operations. All insulation
materials shall comply with the Recommended Fire Safety Practices defined in FTA Docket
90-A, dated October 20, 1993 and/or the requirements mentioned in Section 6.1.5.7,
whichever is the lesser.
The combination of inner and outer panels on the sides, roof, wheel wells, ends of the bus
and any material used between these panels shall provide a thermal insulation sufficient to
meet the interior temperature requirements. The bus body shall be thoroughly sealed so
that the operator or passengers cannot feel drafts during normal operation with the
passenger doors closed.
Option # 14: Please provide options and pricing for cabin air quality monitoring.
6.4.4.5
Floor Covering
Flooring shall meet the specification of the Altro Transflor flooring, or approved equal.
C-TRAN colors and materials are specified in EXHIBIT 2.
110
The floor covering shall have a non-skid walking surface that remains effective in all
weather conditions and complies with all ADA requirements. The floor covering, as well as
transitions of flooring material to the main floor and to the entrance and exit area, shall be
smooth and present no tripping hazards. The standee line shall be at least 2” wide and shall
extend across the bus aisle. This line shall be the same color as the outboard edge of the
entrance/exit areas. Color/pattern shall be consistent throughout the floor covering.
Any areas on floor which are not intended for standees such as areas “swept” during
passenger door operation, shall be clearly and permanently marked.
The floor in the operator's compartment shall be easily cleaned and shall be arranged to
minimize debris accumulation.
The lower floors and bi-level floor shall have center strips with one-piece floor covering at
each level. The covering between the center strip and the wheel housings may be separate
pieces. At the center and rear doors, a separate strip as wide as the door shall extend from
the center strip to the outboard edge of the rear/exit area.
The floor under the seats shall be covered with smooth surface flooring material. The floor
covering shall closely fit the sidewall cove or extend to the top of the cove.
6.4.4.6
Passenger Interior Lighting
Unless otherwise specified, all interior lighting shall be of the LED type. See EXHIBIT 3 for
additional interior lighting requirements.
A red cover shall be installed over the light bank that begins 6 to 8’ from the start of the
lighting measured from the front of the bus.
The interior lighting system shall provide a minimum 15 foot-candle illumination on a one
(1) square foot plane at an angle of 45 degrees from horizontal, centered 33” above the
floor and 24” in front of the seat back at each seat position. Allowable average light level for
the rear bench seats shall be 7 foot-candles. Floor surface in the aisles shall be a minimum
of 10 foot-candles, vestibule area a minimum of 4 foot-candles with the front doors open
and a minimum of 2 foot-candles with the front doors closed. The front entrance area and
curb lights shall illuminate when the front door is open and master run switch is in the
“Lights” positions. Rear exit area and curb lights shall illuminate when rear door is
unlocked.
Step lighting for the intermediate platform between lower and upper floor levels shall be
provided and shall illuminate in all engine run positions. The step lighting shall be low
profile to minimize tripping and snagging hazard for passengers and shall be shielded as
necessary to protect passengers’ eyes from glare.
The light source shall be located to minimize windshield glare with distribution of the light
focused primarily on the passengers' reading plane while casting sufficient light onto the
advertising display.
111
Lens shall be designed to effectively "mask" the light source. Lens shall be sealed to inhibit
incursion of dust and insects yet are easily removable for service. If threaded fasteners are
used they must be held captive in the lens. Access panels shall be provided to allow
servicing of components located behind light panels. If necessary, the entire light fixture
shall be hinged. Fasteners shall be standard #2 Phillips-head fasteners instead of
tamperproof fasteners.
When the master switch is in the RUN or NITE/RUN mode, the first light module on each
side of the bus shall automatically extinguish when the front door is in the closed position
and illuminate when the door is opened. With the master switch in the OFF position, and
the interior light switch in the ON position, the interior dome lights shall remain on for 15
minutes.
The light system may be designed to form part or the entire air distribution duct.
6.4.4.7
Fare Collection
This section is intentionally left blank.
6.4.4.8
Access Panels and Doors - Interior
Stainless steel trim for floor access openings shall have ionized finish (non-skid) for slip
resistance.
Access for maintenance and replacement of equipment shall be provided by panels and
doors that appear to be an integral part of the interior. Access doors shall be hinged with
gas-filled springs or over-center springs, where practical, to hold the doors out of the
mechanic's way. Panel fasteners shall be standardized so that only one (1) tool is required
to service all special fasteners within the bus.
Access doors for the door actuator compartments shall be secured with locks, and shall
prevent entry of mechanism lubricant into the bus interior. The locks shall be standardized
so that only one (1) tool is required to open access doors on the bus as per Section
6.4.3.7.1. All fasteners that retain access panels shall be captive in the cover.
Access openings in the floor shall be sealed to prevent entry of fumes and water into the
bus interior. Flooring material shall be flush with the floor and shall be edge-bound with
stainless steel, or other material that is acceptable to C-TRAN, to prevent the edges from
coming loose. Access openings shall be asymmetrical so that reinstalled flooring shall be
properly aligned. Panels shall tighten flush with the floor, with 0.313” square drive head
cam-locks.
Hybrid buses require access panels in the floor to facilitate disconnection of the driveline
for flat towing.
112
6.4.5
Passenger Accommodations
6.4.5.1
Passenger Seating
C-TRAN requires the American Seating “InSight” seating (or approved equal), non-padded
Docket 90 vinyl. Seat insert colors for both the seat back and seat bottom, throughout the
bus will be defined in EXHIBIT 2. Seat frame and rear insert color will be determined at
pre-production.
6.4.5.1.1 Arrangements and Seat Style
The passenger seating arrangement in the bus shall be such that seating capacity is
maximized and in compliance with the requirements of this section. C-TRAN recognizes
that ramp location, foot room, hip-to-knee room, doorway type and width, seat
construction, floor level type, seat spacing requirements, etc. ultimately affect seating
capacity and layout.
OPTION #15: C-TRAN is interested in higher density seating options. Please provide
information on available options and pricing.
Seating capacity shall be no less than 59 passengers and no seats shall be mounted on top
of the front wheel wells or in the turntable area.
Passenger seats shall be arranged in a transverse, forward facing configuration, except at
the wheel housings where aisle-facing seats may be arranged as appropriate with due
regard for passenger access and comfort. Other areas where aisle-facing seats may be
provided are at mobility device securement areas and platforms (such as for fuel tank
storage space).
Hip-to-knee room measured from the front of one (1) seat back horizontally across the
highest part of the seat to the seat or panel immediately in front, shall be no less than 26”.
All seating positions in paired transverse seats immediately behind other seating positions
hip-to-knee room shall be no less than 26”.
In order to maximize seating capacity without unduly effecting passenger comfort, minor
variations in the required hip-to-knee room will be allowed in limited areas. All such areas
shall be identified to C-TRAN prior to bid for approval.
Foot room, measured at the floor forward from a point vertically below the front of the seat
cushion, shall be no less than 14”. Seats immediately behind the wheel housings and
modesty panels may have foot room reduced, provided the wheelhouse is shaped so that it
may be used as a footrest or the design of modesty panel effectively allows for foot room.
Thickness of the transverse seat backs shall be minimized at the bottom to increase
passenger knee room and passenger capacity. The area between the longitudinal seat backs
and the attachment to the bus sidewalls shall be designed to prevent debris accumulation.
113
The aisle between the seats shall be no less than 20” wide at seated passenger hip height.
Seat backs shall be shaped to increase this dimension to no less than 24” at standing
passenger hip height.
Raised platforms for passenger seats shall not be allowed without C-TRAN’s approval. If the
vehicle is of a sloped floor design, then raised platforms for passenger seats may be
provided in the rear slope section.
6.4.5.1.2 Dimensions
F
Seat dimensions for the various seating arrangements shall have the dimensions as follows
(refer to the figure above):









The width, W, of the seat shall be 35”.
The length, L, shall be 17 ± 1”.
The seat back height, B, shall be a minimum of 15”.
The seat height, H, shall be at least 17”, but no more than 21”. For the rear
lounge (or settee) and longitudinal seats, and seats located above raised
areas for storage of under floor components, a cushion height of at least 18”,
but no more than 21” will be allowed. This shall also be allowed for limited
transverse seats, but only with expressed approval of C-TRAN.
The foot room, F, shall be specified in 6.4.5.1.1.
The seat cushion slope, S, shall be between 5° to 11°.
The seat back slope, C, shall be between 8° to 17°.
The hip to knee room, K, shall be as specified in 6.4.5.1.1.
The pitch, P, is shown as reference only.
6.4.5.1.3 Structure and Design
The passenger seat frame and its supporting structure shall be constructed and mounted so
that space under the seat is maximized to increase mobility device maneuvering room and
is completely free of obstructions to facilitate cleaning. All forward facing passenger seats
114
excepting any center rear seats above the engine access shall have either another set of
seats in front of it or a securely mounted panel.
The transverse seat structure shall be fully cantilevered from the sidewall with sufficient
strength for the intended service. The lowest part of the seat assembly that is within 12” of
the aisle shall be at least 10” above the floor. Folding seats used in mobility device
securement areas, as well as transverse seats mounted in locations at which cantilevered
installation is precluded by design and/or structure, need not be cantilevered. Folding
seats shall have closeouts which restrict access to the areas behind the seats when the seats
are in the deployed position.
In order to reduce cost and/or maximize seating capacity, C-TRAN will allow pedestal
mounted transverse seats. For these type seats, the structure shall be attached to the
sidewall and supported by a pedestal attached to the floor. The lowest part of the seat
assembly that is within 12” of the aisle, excluding the pedestal, shall be at least 10” above
the floor.
The underside of the seat and the sidewall shall be configured to prevent debris
accumulation and the transition from the seat underside to the bus sidewall to the floor
cove radius shall be smooth. All transverse objects, including seat backs, modesty panels,
and longitudinal seats, in front of forward facing seats shall not impart a compressive load
in excess of 1,000 pounds onto the femur of passengers ranging in size from a 5thpercentile female of a 95th-percentile male during a 10g deceleration of the bus. This
deceleration shall peak at .05  .015 seconds from initiation. Permanent deformation of the
seat resulting from two (2) 95th-percentile males striking the seat back during this 10g
deceleration shall not exceed 2”, measured at the aisle side of the seat frame at height H.
Seat back should not deflect more than 14”, measured at the top of the seat back, in a
controlled manner to minimize passenger injury. Structural failure of any part of the seat or
sidewall shall not introduce a laceration hazard.
The seat assembly shall withstand static vertical forces of 600 pounds applied to the top of
the seat cushion in each seating position with less than 0.25”permanent deformation in the
seat or its mountings. The seat assembly shall withstand static horizontal forces of 600
pounds evenly distributed along the top of the seat back with less than 0.25” permanent
deformation in the seat or its mountings. The seat backs at the aisle position and at the
window position shall withstand repeated impacts of two (2) 40 pound sandbags without
visible deterioration. One (1) sandbag shall strike the front 40,000 times and the other
sandbag shall strike the rear 40,000 times. Each sandbag shall be suspended on a 36”
pendulum and shall strike the seat back 10,000 times each from distances of 6, 8, 10, and
12” Seats at both seating positions shall withstand 40,000 vertical drops of a 40 pound
sandbag without visible deterioration. The sandbag shall be dropped 10,000 times each
from heights of 6, 8, 10, and 12”. Seat cushions shall withstand 100,000 randomly
positioned 3.5” drops of a squirming, 150 pound, smooth-surfaced, buttocks-shape striker
with only minimal wear on the seat covering and no failures to seat structure or cushion
suspension components.
The back of each transverse seat shall incorporate a handhold no less than 0.875” in
diameter for standees and seat access/egress. The handhold shall not be a safety hazard
during severe decelerations. The handhold shall extend above the seat back near the aisle
115
so that standees shall have a convenient vertical assist, no less than 4” long that may be
grasped with the full hand. This handhold shall not cause a standee using this assist to
interfere with a seated 50th-percentile male passenger. The handhold shall also be usable
by a 5th-percentile female, as well as by larger passengers, to assist with seat access/egress
for either transverse seating position. The upper rear portion of the seat back and the seat
back handhold immediately forward of transverse seats shall be padded and/or
constructed of energy absorbing materials. Grab handles may be stainless steel if they are
an integral part of the seat frame. During a 10g deceleration of the bus, the HIC number, as
defined by SAE Standard J211a, shall not exceed 400 for passengers ranging in size from a
5th percentile female through a 95th percentile male. The seat back handhold may be
deleted from seats that do not have another transverse seat directly behind and where
vertical assist is provided in accordance with Section 6.4.5.2. Armrests shall not be included
in the design of transverse seats.
Longitudinal seats shall be the same general design as transverse seats but without seat
back handholds. Longitudinal seats may be mounted on the rear wheelhouses only.
Armrests shall be included on the ends of each set of longitudinal seats except on the
forward end of a seat set that is immediately to the rear of a transverse seat, the operator's
barrier, or a modesty panel and these fixtures perform the function of restraining
passengers from sliding forward off the seat. Armrests are not required on longitudinal
seats located in the mobility device parking area that fold up when the armrest on the
adjacent fixed longitudinal seat is within 1.5 to 3.5” of the end of the seat cushion. Armrests
shall be located from 7 to 9” above the seat cushion surface. Unless otherwise approved in
writing, the area between the armrest and the seat cushion shall be closed by a barrier or
panel. The top and sides of the armrests shall have a minimum width of 1” and shall be free
from sharp protrusions that form a safety hazard.
Seat back handhold and armrests shall withstand static horizontal and vertical forces of
250 pounds applied anywhere along their length with less than 0.25” permanent
deformation. Seat back handhold and armrests shall withstand 25,000 impacts in each
direction of a horizontal force of 125 pounds with less than 0.25” permanent deformation
and without visible deterioration.
C-TRAN requires that a test report be provided by the Contractor, which fully documents
compliance with all the requirements defined above. The test report shall contain a record
of all testing activities, test diagrams, testing equipment, as well as test data related to
loads, deflections, and permanent deformation of the seat assembly.
6.4.5.1.4 Construction and Materials
Seat shall be constructed with materials that comply with the physical test. Selected
materials shall minimize damage from vandalism and shall reduce cleaning time. The seats
shall be attached to the frame with tamperproof fasteners. Coloring shall be consistent
throughout the seat material, as specified in EXHIBIT 2, with no visually exposed portion
painted. All visually exposed metal of the standard seat structure including mounting
brackets and other components shall be aluminum or stainless steel. The seat pads and
cushions, if used, shall be contoured for individuality, lateral support, and maximum
comfort and shall fit the framework to reduce exposed edges.
116
The seat back thickness shall not exceed 0.5” in the knee room area.
The minimum radius of any part of the seat back, handhold, or modesty panel in the head
or chest impact zone shall be a nominal 0.25”. Seat covering materials shall be selected on
the basis of durability, ease of maintenance, and pleasing texture and appearance. The seat
back and seat back handhold immediately forward of transverse seats shall be constructed
of energy absorbing materials to provide passenger protection and, in a severe crash, allow
the passenger to deform the seating materials in the impact areas in accordance with the
Knee Impact and Head Impact Criteria requirements of Section 6.4.5.1.3. Complete seat
assemblies shall be interchangeable to the extent practicable.
6.4.5.2
Passenger/Overhead Assists
6.4.5.2.1 General
Passenger assists in the form of full grip, vertical stanchions or handholds shall be provided
for the safety of standees and for ingress/egress. Passenger assists shall be convenient in
location, shape, and size for both the 95th-percentile male and the 5th-percentile female
standee. Starting from the entrance door and moving anywhere in the bus and out the exit
door, a vertical assist shall be provided either as the vertical portion of seat back assist
(Section 6.4.5.1.3) or as a separate item so that a 5th-percentile female passenger may
easily move from one assist to another using one (1) hand and the other without losing
support. All stanchions attached to the grab rail of the seat back shall utilize a clamping
device. One (1) stanchion forward of the standee line will be mounted to the dash
horizontally. Stanchion will not impede or reduce the isle width of the entrance door or
operator area.
With the exception of the seat handholds, all stanchions and door handholds shall be
powder-coated yellow.
Excluding those mounted on the seats and doors, the assists shall have a cross-sectional
diameter between 1.25 and 1.5” or shall provide an equivalent gripping surface with no
corner radii less than 0.25”. All passenger assists shall permit a full hand grip with no less
than 1.5” of knuckle clearance around the assist. Passenger assists shall be designed to
minimize catching or snagging of clothes or personal items and shall be capable of passing
the NHTSA Drawstring Test.
Any joints in the assist structure shall be underneath supporting brackets and securely
clamped to prevent passengers from moving or twisting the assists. Passenger assists shall
be designed to minimize glare in the Operator’s area to the extent possible (see Section
6.4.6.1.1). Seat handholds may be of the same construction and finish as the seat frame.
Door mounted passenger assists shall be of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, or powder
coated metal. Connecting tees and angles may be powder coated metal castings. Assists
shall withstand a force of 300 lbs applied over a 12” lineal dimension in any direction
normal to the assist without permanent visible deformation. All passenger assist
components, including brackets, clamps, screw heads, and other fasteners used on the
117
passenger assists shall be designed to eliminate pin.ing, snagging and cutting hazards and
shall be free from burrs or rough edges.
Except forward of the standee line and at the rear doors, a continuous, full grip, overhead
assist shall be provided. This assist shall be convenient to standees anywhere in the bus
and shall be located over the center of the aisle seating position of the transverse seats. The
assist shall be no less than 70” above the floor.
Overhead straps shall be dark gray plastic. Three (3) shall be provided between each
vertical stanchion with four (4) in the mobility device securement area, for a total of 30
overhead straps; 18 in the low-floor section of the bus that are 13” long, six (6) in the
center section and six (6) in the rear section of the bus that are 11” long.
Straps or other extensions as necessary shall be provided for sections where vertical
assists are not available and for use by those passengers who cannot reach to 70” C-TRAN
shall provide details of type and locations at which such extensions are to be located.
Overhead assists shall simultaneously support 175 lbs on any 12” length. No more than 5%
of the full grip feature shall be lost due to assist supports.
6.4.5.2.2 Front Doorway
Front doors, or the entry area, shall be fitted with ADA compliant assists. Assists shall be as
far outward as practicable, but shall be located on farther inboard than 6” from the outside
edge of the entrance step and shall be easily grasped by a 5th-percentile female boarding
from street level. Door assists shall be functionally continuous with the horizontal front
passenger assist and the vertical assist, and the assists on the wheel housing or on the front
modesty panel. The front door shall be slide glide type doors as specified in Section 6.4.5.3.
C-TRAN requires a front door design that avoids horizontal vision barriers in the operator’s
line of sight.
6.4.5.2.3 Vestibule
The aisle side of the operator's barrier, the wheel housings, and when applicable the
modesty panels shall be fitted with vertical passenger assists that are functionally
continuous with the overhead assist and that extend to within 36” of the floor. These
assists shall have sufficient clearance from the barrier to prevent inadvertent wedging of a
passenger's arm.
A horizontal passenger assist shall be located across the front of the bus and shall prevent
passengers from sustaining injuries on the fare collection device or windshield in the event
of a sudden deceleration. Without restricting the vestibule space, the assist shall provide
support for a boarding passenger from the front door through the fare collection
procedure. Passengers shall be able to lean against the assist for security while paying
fares. The assist shall be no less than 36” above the floor. The assists at the front of the bus
shall be arranged to permit a 5th-percentile female passenger to easily reach from the door
assist, to the front assist, to vertical assists on the operator's barrier, wheel housings, or
front modesty panel.
118
6.4.5.2.4 Center and Rear Doorway
Vertical assists that are functionally continuous with the overhead assist shall be provided
at the aisle side of the transverse seat immediately forward of the center and rear door and
on the aisle side of the rear door modesty panel(s). Passenger assists shall be provided on
modesty panels, or may be part of the frame supporting the modesty panel, as long as they
are functionally continuous with the rear door assists. Center and rear doors, or the exit
areas, shall be fitted with assists no less than 0.75” in width and shall provide at least 1.5”
of knuckle clearance between the assists and their mounting. The assists shall be designed
to permit a 5th-percentile female to easily move from one assist to another during the
entire exiting process. The assists shall be located no farther inboard than 6” from the
outside edge of the rear doorway.
The center and rear doors shall be plug type doors as specified in 6.4.5.3.
6.4.5.2.5 Longitudinal Seats
Longitudinal seats shall have vertical assists located between every other designated
seating position, except for seats that fold/flip up to accommodate mobility device
securement. Assists shall extend from near the leading edge of the seat and shall be
functionally continuous with the overhead assist. Assists shall be staggered across the aisle
from each other where practicable and shall be no more than 52” apart or functionally
continuous for a 5th-percentile female passenger.
6.4.5.2.6 Wheel Housing Barriers/Assists
Unless passenger seating is provided on top of wheel housing, passenger assists shall be
mounted around the exposed sides of the wheel housings (and propulsion compartments if
applicable) which shall also be designed to prevent passengers from sitting on wheel
housings. Such passenger assists shall also effectively retain items, such as bags and
luggage, placed on top of wheel housing.
6.4.5.3
Passenger Doors
6.4.5.3.1 General
Three (3) doorways shall be provided in the curbside of the bus for passenger ingress and
egress. The front doorway shall be forward of the front wheels and located so that the
operator will be able to collect or monitor the collection of fares. Passenger doors and
doorways shall comply with ADA requirements.
The bus will not be able to move when the air to the rear door system is turned off, unless a
brake interlock override switch is activated.
The door style for the front door shall be slide glide with electric sensitive edges, using
electronic pressure wave switch (PN JES090-010-040 Rev-A) JEC Optics, Inc., or approved
equal. The proximity switches front door shall also be electric. No audible alarm is required
for the front door. The front door shall automatically dump its air supply when the master
switch is turned to the OFF or PARK position.
119
The door style for the center and rear door shall be Vapor plug type doors, with the Vapor
Class System, or approved equal, and electric sensitive edges, using electronic pressure
wave switch PN JES090-010-040 Rev-A JEC Optics, Inc., or approved equal. The proximity
switches for the rear door shall also be electric. The contractor shall provide center and
rear outside door opening switches for passenger convenience located on the curbside of
the bus adjacent to the door openings. Location of the switch shall be determined during
the pre-production meeting.
6.4.5.3.2 Materials and Construction
Door linkage and door engine must be accessible for service by an interior access panel.
Structure of the doors, their attachments, inside and outside trim panels, and any
mechanism exposed to the elements shall be corrosion-resistant. Door panel construction
shall be of corrosion-resistant metal or reinforced non-metallic composite materials. The
door shaft bearing mounts and hardware shall be stainless steel. The doors, when fully
opened, shall provide a firm support and shall not be damaged if used as an assist by
passengers during ingress or egress. The front leaves of the passenger doors shall overlap
the rear leaves. The front door design shall be constructed as to avoid horizontal vision
barriers in the operator’s line of sight.
6.4.5.3.3 Dimensions
OPENING
WIDTH
DOOR
HEIGHT
CLEAR
WIDTH
FLOOR
TRANSIT BUS MINIMUM DOOR OPENING
Front door clear width shall be no less than 32” with the doors fully opened.
Center and rear door opening clear width shall be no less than 45.2” with the doors fully
opened.
When open, the doors shall leave an opening between 75 and 76” in height.
120
6.4.5.3.4 Door Glazing
The upper section of both front, center and rear doors shall be glazed for no less than 45%
of the respective door opening area of each section. The lower section of the front door
shall be glazed for no more than 25% of the door opening area of the section.
The front door panel glazing material shall have a nominal 0.25” or 6 mm thick laminated
safety glass conforming to the requirements of ANSI Z26.1 Test Grouping 2 and the
Recommended Practices defined in SAE J673.
Glazing material in the center and rear doorway upper door panels shall be the same
material, thickness and color as the side windows defined in Section 6.4.7.4.2. There are no
lower windows in the center and rear exit door, it is solid.
6.4.5.3.5 Door Projection
Exterior projection of the doors shall be minimized and shall not exceed 13” during the
opening or closing cycles or when doors are fully opened. Projection of the front door,
when open, will not block the upper right hand corner interior mirror. Projection inside the
bus shall not exceed 21”. The closing edge of each door panel shall have no less than 2” of
soft weather stripping. The doors, when closed, shall be effectively sealed and the hard
surfaces of the doors shall be at least 4” apart. Requirements for sensitive door edges are
defined in Section 6.4.5.3.7.
6.4.5.3.6 Door Height above Pavement
It shall be possible to open and close either passenger door when the bus loaded to GVWR
is not knelt and parked with the tires touching an 8” high curb on a street sloping toward
the curb so that the street side wheels are 5” higher than the right side wheels.
6.4.5.3.7 Closing Force
Closing door edge speed shall not exceed 19” per second. Power close center and rear
doors shall be equipped with a sensitive edge, using electronic pressure wave switch PN
JES090-010-040 Rev-A JEC Optics, Inc., or approved equal, such that if an obstruction is
struck by a closing door edge, the doors will stop and/or reverse direction prior to
imparting a 10 lbs force on one (1) square inch of that obstruction. Doors closed by return
spring or counterweight-type device need not be equipped with an obstruction sensing
device but shall be capable of being pushed to the point where the door starts to open with
a force not to exceed 20 pounds applied to the center edge of the forward door panel.
Whether or not the obstruction sensing system is present or functional it shall be possible
to withdraw a 1-1/2” diameter cylinder from between the center edges of a closed and
locked door with an outward force not greater than 35 lbs.
6.4.5.3.8 Actuators
The VAPOR Electric door actuators or approved equal shall be adjustable so that the door
opening and closing speeds can be independently adjustable to satisfy the requirements of
Section 6.4.6.1.4. Actuators and the complex door mechanism shall be concealed from
121
passengers but shall be easily accessible for servicing. The door actuators shall be able to
be rebuilt.
6.4.5.3.9 Emergency Operation
In the event of an emergency, it shall be possible to open the front, center and rear doors
manually from inside the bus using a force of no more than 25 pounds after actuating an
unlocking device at each door. The unlocking devices shall be clearly marked as an
emergency-only device and shall require two (2) distinct actions to actuate. The respective
door emergency unlocking device shall be accessible from the entrance and exit areas.
When the center and rear door emergency device are actuated, the door interlock throttle
system shall return the engine to idle and the door interlock brake system shall apply to
stop the bus. When the front door emergency device is actuated, the door brake interlock
and throttle systems shall be actuated. Locked doors shall require a force of more than 100
pounds to open manually. When the locked doors are manually forced to open, damage
shall be limited to the bending of minor door linkage with no resulting damage to the
doors, engines, and complex mechanism.
The center and rear door emergency release shall be covered with a box that is hinged and
held shut via a magnetic device. See EXHIBIT 10. The front door emergency release shall be
accessible through a frangible panel located on the door engine cover.
6.4.5.4
Accessibility Provisions
6.4.5.4.1 General
Upon request by C-TRAN, the Contractor shall provide a plan, including layout drawings for
entry, maneuvering, parking, and exiting of mobility device passengers, to show
compliance with ADA regulations.
The design and construction of the bus shall be in accordance with all requirements
defined in 49 CFR, Part 38 Subpart B: ADA Accessibility Specifications for Transportation
Vehicles - Buses, Vans and Systems. Space and body structural provisions shall be provided
at the front or rear door of the bus to accommodate the mobility device loading system.
Specific requirements, including the number of mobility devices to be accommodated, the
tie down and securement devices, and fold-down seats, are provided in the Technical
Specifications. The Contractor shall provide a plan, including layout drawings for entry,
maneuvering, parking, and exiting of mobility device passengers, to show compliance with
ADA regulations.
122
6.4.5.4.2 Loading System
C-TRAN is requiring passengers utilizing wheeled mobility devices to use the center door
having a mobility ramp device loading system. The ramp shall be of a simple hinged, flipout type design, and shall have the interior and exterior edges painted Yellow as a safety
precaution. The ramp dimensions shall be 18” and shall fit the larger center and rear doors.
In the event bus passengers using wheel mobility devices need to board or alight the bus at
non-BRT station platforms they shall use the front door ramp.
The contractor shall provide the mobility ramp devices at the center and rear doors for
easy loading of passengers including wheeled mobility devices. The wheel chair level
boarding mobility ramp device loading system shall incorporate platform sides that meet
ADA requirements. The BRT station platform curb height is 12” The BRT station
incorporates the tire-guided rub rail system to dock the bus accurately.
The contractor shall provide a mobility ramp device loading system located at the front
door. The ramp shall be of a simple hinged, flip-out type design, and shall have the interior
and exterior edges painted Yellow as a safety precaution.
The audible alarm tone shall be different in tone and frequency from that of the kneeling
system. Red strobe warning lights shall be mounted flush to the front dash, center and rear
door areas visible to the aisle way and passengers towards the rear of the bus, which warns
them during ramp deployment and stowing. Light shall not strobe when ramp is fully
deployed or stowed.
A skid plate shall be provided to protect ramp cams or operating mechanisms from damage
due to curbs or crowns of the road. Specific design of skid plate shall be approved during
the pre-production audit. The ramp activation switch must be spring-loaded, momentary
and rest in the normal OFF position.
C-TRAN requires a ramp rated at 650 lbs. or greater.
C-TRAN requires a ramp with a minimum 7:1 slope (7” of horizontal travel = 1” of vertical
travel). C-TRAN is interested in ramps with a shallower slope (ratios greater than 7:1).
An automatically-controlled, power-operated ramp system compliant to requirements
defined in 49 CFR Part 38, Subpart B, §38.23c shall provide ingress and egress quickly,
safely, and comfortably, both in forward and rearward directions, for a passenger in a
mobility device from a level street or curb.
When the system is not in use, the passageway shall appear normal. In the stowed position
of the ramp, no tripping hazards shall be presented and any resulting gaps shall be
minimized. The controls shall be simple to operate with no complex phasing operations
required, and the loading system operation shall be under the surveillance and complete
control of the operator. The bus shall be prevented from moving during the loading or
unloading cycle by a throttle and brake interlock system. The mobility device loading
system shall not present a hazard, nor inconvenience any passenger. The loading system
shall be inhibited from retracting or folding when a passenger is on the ramp/platform. A
123
passenger departing or boarding via the ramp shall be able to easily obtain support by
grasping the passenger assist located on the doors or other assists provided for this
purpose. The platform shall be designed to protect the ramp from damage and persons on
the sidewalk from injury during the extension/retraction or lowering/raising phases of
operation. The loading platform shall be covered with a replaceable or renewable, nonskid
material and shall be fitted with devices to prevent the mobility device from rolling off the
sides during loading or unloading. Deployment or storage of the ramp shall require no
more than 15 seconds. The device shall function without failure or adjustment for 500
cycles or 5,000 miles in all weather conditions on the design operating profile when
activated once during the idle phase. A manual override system shall permit unloading a
mobility device and storing the device in the event of a primary power failure. The manual
operation of the ramp shall not require more than 20 lbs. of force. Hydraulic systems
incorporated in the loading system mechanism shall comply with the requirements defined
in Section 6.2.7.3. The ramp assembly components shall be replaceable within 30 minutes
by 3M mechanic.
6.4.5.4.3 Mobility Device Accommodations
Two (2) wheelchair positions shall be close to the mobility device loading system at the
center door and shall provide parking space and securement system compliant with ADA
requirements for a passenger in a mobility device although C-TRAN requires the largest
securement area possible. Each wheelchair position shall be designed to allow forward
facing securement as well as rear facing securement.
Additional equipment, including passenger restraint seat belts, shoulder harnesses, and
mobility device securement shall be provided for each mobility device passenger. All belt
assemblies must stow-up and out of the way when not in use. C-TRAN requires selfratcheting securement belts. The securement system shall be incorporated with the seating
system.
OPTION #16: C-TRAN is interested in the Reliant 3-point or approved equal, mobility
device restraint system. Please provide factory information and pricing.
6.4.5.4.4 Interior Circulation
Maneuvering room inside the bus shall accommodate easy travel for a passenger in a
mobility device from the loading device through the bus to the designated parking area,
and back out, and shall be ADA compliant. No portion of the mobility device or its occupant
shall protrude into the normal aisle of the bus when parked in the designated parking
space(s). As a guide, no width dimension should be less than 34” Areas requiring 90 degree
turns of mobility devices should have a clearance arc dimension no less than 45” and in the
parking area where 180 degree turns are expected, space should be clear in a full 52 to 60”
diameter circle, depending on left or right side. Preferably, a vertical clearance of 12” above
the floor surface should be provided on the outside of turning areas for mobility device
footrest.
124
6.4.5.4.5 Passenger Information
Requirements for a public information system in accordance with 49 CFR, Part 38.35 shall
be provided as required in Section 6.4.9.4.
Requirements for a stop-request passenger signal in accordance with 49 CFR, Part 38.37
shall be provided as required in Section 6.4.9.2.
Requirements for exterior destination signs in accordance with 49 CFR, Part 38.39 shall be
provided as required in Section 6.4.9.1.
6.4.6
Operator Provisions
6.4.6.1
Operator’s Area
6.4.6.1.1 General
A cup holder (32 oz.), two (2) coat hooks, black garbage bin, and two (2) dash fans must be
mounted in the operator area. Actual placement will be confirmed in the design meeting
prior to delivery.
A vented, latched compartment with minimum dimensions of 10x12x12” shall be provided
for the securement of operator personal items. It shall be provided in the operator's cab
area or in an area convenient to the operator.
The operator's work area, and the general arrangement of the bus windshield, mirrors,
body front corner pillars, operator's side window, front passenger door and its windows,
operator's seat, and operator's controls shall be designed to maximize operator's visibility
and minimize operator's visual obstructions, consistent with all other requirements of
these specifications.
The operator’s work area shall be designed to minimize glare to the extent possible.
Objects within and adjacent to this area shall be matte black or dark gray in color wherever
possible to reduce the reflection of light onto the windshield. The use of polished metal and
light-colored surfaces within and adjacent to the operator’s area shall be avoided. Such
objects include dash panels, switches and controls, cowlings, windshield wipers and arms,
barriers and modesty panels, fare stanchions, access panels and doors, fasteners, flooring,
ventilation and heating ducting, window and door frames, and visors. The operator shall
control interior lighting located ahead of the standee line. Additional provisions for
operator’s area are included in EXHIBIT 11.
6.4.6.1.2 Visors
Adjustable, solid vinyl, no webbing or netting sun visors shall be provided for the
windshield and the operator's side window. Visors shall be shaped to minimize light
leakage between the visor and windshield pillars. Visors shall store out of the way and shall
not obstruct airflow from the climate control system or interfere with other equipment
such as the radio handset or the destination control. Deployment of the visors shall not
restrict vision of the rearview mirrors. Visor adjustments shall be made easily by hand with
125
positive locking and releasing devices and shall not be subject to damage by overtightening. Sun visor construction and materials shall be strong enough to resist breakage
during adjustments. Visors may be transparent, but shall not allow a visible light
transmittance in excess of 10%. Visors, when deployed, shall be effective in the operator's
field of view at angles more than 5 degrees above the horizontal.
Dependent upon sun visor design, C-TRAN may require a visor extension that can be
deployed (flipped) on the underside of the existing visor. Should C-TRAN determine the
need for this visor extension at the design meeting, the extension shall be made of
polycarbonate 20% gray.
6.4.6.1.3 Operator's Controls
Accelerator pedal shall be angled at 37 degrees, and the brake pedal shall be angled at 3035 degrees. Both accelerator and brake pedals surfaces shall be on the same plane and shall
be a minimum of 1.5” to a maximum of 2.5” apart, with at least 4” of clearance above the
top of the pedals. The brake shall be at least 2” to the right of the base of the steering
column in order that the operators’ legs are unencumbered.
Operator platform shall be equipped with Teleflex Operator-Controlled Motorized
Adjustable Pedals, or approved equal. The rocker control switch shall be installed on the
dash, to the right of the steering column within easy reach of the operator. The pedal
system shall incorporate an interlock which will lock-out the motorized adjustment portion
of the system while the vehicle is in motion.
All switches and controls necessary for the operation of the bus shall be conveniently
located in the operator's area and shall provide for ease of operation. Switches and controls
shall be essentially within the hand reach envelope described in SAE Recommended
Practice J287, “Driver Hand Control Reach.” Controls shall be located so that boarding
passengers may not easily tamper with control settings.
At a location convenient to the operator and subject to final approval by C-TRAN, the
Contractor shall provide and install a Silent Alarm Switch. The switch shall not be marked
or illuminated and be of durable design. The switch shall accommodate connection to the
Silent Alarm feature of the radio. Two (2) 12 gauge wires shall be provided from the switch
to the transceiver.
Controls for engine operation shall be closely grouped within the operator's compartment.
These controls shall include separate master run switch and start switch or button. The run
switch shall be a four-position rotary switch with the following functions:
a. Off or Stop Engine:
All electrical systems off, except power available for the passenger interior lighting,
stoplights, turn lights, hazard lights, radio, silent alarm, horn, fare box, fire detection
equipment, engine compartment lights, auxiliary heater, if provided and electronic
equipment that require continuous energizing. The electrical load resulting from
C-TRAN’s devices, such as, farebox, GPS, radio, etc., shall not exceed five (5) amps
for a period of one (1) hour with the master run switch in OFF position.
126
b. Night Park:
All electrical systems off, except those listed in OFF and power to destination signs,
ASA (including its PA system), interior lights, and marker lights.
c. Day/Run:
All electrical systems and engine on, except the headlights, parking lights and
marker lights.
d. Night/Run:
All electrical systems and engine on.
The door control, kneel control, windshield wiper/washer controls, and run switch shall be
in the most convenient operator locations. They shall be identifiable by shape, touch, and
permanent markings. Doors shall be operated by a single control, conveniently located and
operable in a horizontal plane by the operator's left hand. The setting of this control shall
be easily determined by position and touch. Turn signal control, high beam, headlight,
dimmer control, and PA microphone operating control switches shall be floor-mounted,
foot-controlled, waterproof, heavy-duty, and momentary contact. The turn signal control,
high beam, headlight, and dimmer control switches mounting plate shall mounted on the
same plane and be angled from 30-35 degrees heel-to-toe. Foot switches are to be electric
or have a mushroomed end to prevent operators from damaging the soles of their shoes.
For a picture of where the controls are, see EXHIBIT12.
All panel-mounted switches and controls shall be marked with easily read identifiers and
shall be replaceable, and the wiring at these controls shall be serviceable from the vestibule
or the operator's seat. Switches, controls, and instruments shall be dust and water-resistant
consistent with the bus washing practice described in Section 6.4.4.1.
6.4.6.1.4 Door Control
Doors shall open or close completely in not more than 3.5 seconds from the time of control
actuation regardless of the bus being on a flat or graded (upward or downward up to 16%
grade) surface, and shall be subject to the closing force requirements of Section 6.4.5.3.7
and the adjustment requirements of Section 6.4.5.3.8. The door control shall be a lever that
rotates around a vertical staff. The lever shall be located on the street side of the operator’s
area approximately 16” to the street side of the operator’s seat centerline, forward of the
seat, and approximately 23” above the floor in the operator’s area. Front door shall remain
in commanded state position even if power is removed or lost.
Power to open the front, center and rear doors shall be controlled by operator. The opening
of center and rear doors shall be controlled by passengers via the Vapor Class System or
approved equal. Doors shall automatically close when the Vapor Class System no longer
senses passengers. An alarm shall sound whenever the rear door is opened or attempted to
be opened when rear doors are not powered. A two (2) position toggle switch shall be
provided to enable the operator to obtain full control of the center and rear doors.
A control or valve in the operator's compartment shall shut off the power to, and/or dump
the power from, the front door mechanism to permit manual operation of the front door
with the bus shut down. A master door switch which is not within reach of the seated
127
operator when set in the OFF position shall close the doors, deactivate the door control
system, release the interlocks, and permit only manual operation of the doors.
Rear door shall not open until the bus is stopped and the brake interlock is engaged. To
preclude movement of the bus, an accelerator interlock shall lock the accelerator in the
closed position and a brake interlock shall engage the service brake system when the rear
door control is activated. The braking effort shall be adjustable with hand tools. Rear doors
shall not open until bus speed is below 2 mph.
An accelerator interlock shall lock the accelerator in the closed position whenever rear
doors are open.
6.4.6.1.5 Instrumentation
C-TRAN requires that the dash be shielded from glare.
A complete list of indicators, gauges, lights, and signals are included in EXHIBIT 5. Kneeler
switch should be above the ramp switch.
The speedometer, air pressure gauge(s), and certain indicator lights shall be located on the
front cowl immediately ahead of the steering wheel. The steering wheel spokes, rim, center
shaft, horn button, etc. shall not obstruct the operator's vision of the instruments when the
steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position. Illumination of the instruments shall be
simultaneous with the marker lamps. Glare or reflection in the windshield, side window, or
front door windows from the instruments, indicators, or other controls shall be minimized.
Instruments and indicators shall be easily readable in direct sunlight. Indicator lights
immediately in front of the operator are identified in the following table.
Visual Indicator
Back-Up
Hazard
High Beam
Kneel
Left Turn Signal
Parking Brake
Rear Door
Right Turn Signal
Stop Request
Mobility Device
Request
Stop Lights
Ramp Deploy
Audible Alarm
Condition
Back-Up Alarm
Click
None
Kneel Horn/Beeper
None
None
None
None
Chime
Reverse gear is selected
4-way flashers activated
Headlamp high beams activated
Suspension kneeling system activated
Left turn signal activated
Parking brake is activated
Rear passenger door is not closed and locked
Right turn signal activated
Passenger stop request has been activated
Passenger mobility device stop request has been
activated
Brake lights operational
Double Chime
None
Different than
Kneeling
Ramp deploying and retracting
Option #17 – Please provide pricing on the Side Rear Indicator lights
128
The instrument panel shall include an electronic speedometer indicating no more than 80
mph and calibrated in maximum increments of 5 mph. The speedometer shall be a rotating
pointer type, with a dial deflection of 220 to 270 degrees and 40 mph near the top of the
dial. The speedometer shall be sized and accurate in accordance with SAE Recommended
Practice J678. The audible 4-way hazard flasher switch shall have an extended toggle.
C-TRAN requires a 24 Volt square wave odometer SIGNAL that will be provided from the
transmission ECU to the AVL.
The instrument panel shall also include air brake reservoir pressure gauge(s) with
indicators for primary and secondary air tanks and voltmeter(s) to indicate the operating
voltage across the bus batteries. The instrument panel and wiring shall be easily accessible
for service from the operator's seat or top of the panel. Wiring and air lines shall have
sufficient length and be routed to permit service without stretching or chafing the wires or
lines. Parallel battery voltage/amperage gauges shall be mounted in the engine
compartment.
When both turn signal switches are depressed at the same time, all exterior lights shall
operate. When the bus is in the night run position and the shift selector is placed into
reverse, the dome lights, if illuminated, will go off and the exterior back-up alarm will
operate. When the shift selector is placed in the neutral position, the dome lights will again
illuminate, the hazard flashers and audible signal will turn off.
6.4.6.1.6 On-Board Diagnostics
On-board diagnostic lights shall be LED.
The bus shall be equipped with an on-board diagnostic system that will indicate conditions
that require immediate action by the operator to avoid an unsafe condition or prevent
further damage to the bus. This diagnostic system shall have visual and audible indicators.
The diagnostic indicator lamp panel shall be located in clear sight of the operator but need
not be immediately in front of the operator. The intensity of indicator lamps shall permit
easy determination of on/off status in bright sunlight but shall not cause a distraction or
visibility problem at night. All indicators shall have a method of momentarily testing the
operation of the lamp. The audible alarm shall be tamper resistant and shall have an outlet
level between 80 and 83 dBa when measured at the location of the operator's area.
Wherever possible, sensors shall be of the closed circuit type, so that failure of the circuit
and/or sensor shall activate the malfunction indicator. Malfunction and other indicators
listed in the following table shall be supplied on all buses.
Space shall be provided on the panel for future installation of five (5) additional indicators
as the capability of on-board diagnostic systems improves.
Visual Indicator
Audible Alarm
Condition or Malfunction
ABS
None
A/C Stop
None
ABS System Malfunction
Compressor stopped due to high/low pressure or loss of
refrigerant
129
Visual Indicator
Audible Alarm
Condition or Malfunction
Check Engine
Check
Transmission
Fire
Generator Stop
Hot Engine
None
Engine Electronic Control Unit detects a malfunction
None
Bell or Buzzer
None
Buzzer
Low Air
Low Oil
Low Hydraulic
Fluid
Ramp
Stop Engine
Buzzer
Buzzer
Transmission Electronic Control Unit detects a malfunction
Over-temperature condition in engine compartment
Loss of generator output
Excessive engine coolant temperature
Insufficient air pressure in either primary or secondary
reservoirs
Insufficient engine oil pressure
Buzzer
Beeper
Buzzer
Low hydraulic fluid
Mobility device ramp is not stowed and disabled
Engine Electronic Control Unit detects a malfunction
6.4.6.2
Windshield Wipers
C-TRAN requires electric wiper motors Bosch or Sprague brands or approved equal.
The bus shall be equipped with a variable speed electric windshield wet arm wiper for each
half of the windshield. The wipers will be controlled with separate control for each side. A
variable intermittent feature shall be provided to allow adjustment of wiper speed for each
side between approximately five (5) to 25 cycles per minute. No part of the windshield
wiper mechanism shall be damaged by manual manipulation of the arms. At 60 mph, no
more than 10% of the wiped area shall be lost due to windshield wiper lift. Both wipers
shall park along the edges of the windshield glass. Windshield wiper motors and
mechanisms shall be easily accessible for repairs or service from inside or outside the bus
and shall be removable as complete units. The fastener that secures the wiper arm to the
drive mechanism shall be corrosion resistant.
6.4.6.3
Windshield Washers
The windshield washer system shall deposit washing fluid on the windshield and, when
used with the wipers, shall evenly and completely wet the entire wiped area. All fluid shall
be purged from the lines after each use of the washers.
A check valve shall be located in the windshield washer nozzle supply tubing so that the
fluid will not drain back into the reservoir. The windshield washer system shall have a two
(2) gallon reservoir, located for easy refilling from outside of the bus and protected from
freezing. Reservoir pumps, lines, and fittings shall be corrosion-resistant, and the reservoir
itself shall be translucent for easy determination of fluid level. Reservoir and pump
assembly shall be positioned and secured in order to allow easy removal and servicing.
6.4.6.4
Operator’s Lighting
Operator lights shall be LED and controlled through an ON/OFF switch.
130
The operator's area shall have a light to provide general illumination and it shall illuminate
the half of the steering wheel nearest the operator to a level of 10 to 15 foot-candles. This
light shall be operator controlled by a switch on the front or side console. The light will
continue when the master switch is in the “OFF” or “PARK” position.
6.4.6.5
Operator’s Seat
C-TRAN requires the operator's seat shall be the USSC Evolution G-2A with ABS back shell,
lap belt auto lock retractors, air operated fore/aft, slide release, with headrest, or approved
equal.
6.4.6.5.1 Dimensions
The operator's seat shall be comfortable and adjustable so that persons ranging in size
from the 95th-percentile male to the 5th-percentile female may safely operate the bus. The
operator's seat cushion shall have a minimum width of 18”, a length of 16 to 18” and
rearward slope of 0 to 10 degrees (non-adjustable). The operator's seat back height,
measured from the point of intersection of the uncompressed seat cushion with the seat
back to the top of the back, shall be 20  2”. The angle formed between the seat back and
the seat cushion shall be adjustable in the range of 95 to 110 degrees. Height of the seat
shall be adjustable so that the distance between the top of the uncompressed seat cushion
and the floor may vary between 17 and 21”. The seat shall be adjustable forward and
rearward for a minimum travel of 7.5”. While seated, the operator shall be able to make all
of these adjustments by hand without complexity, excessive effort, or being pinned.
Adjustment mechanisms shall hold the adjustments and shall not be subject to inadvertent
changes.
The operator’s seat shall have an audible seat alarm Sonalert P/N SC616N, or approved
equal, with a significantly different sound or pitch than all other alarms on the bus. The seat
alarm switch Safety Brake Systems P/N 0389-E, or approved equal, shall be located
between the seat pan and the seat cushion, and shall be protected from damage via padding
placed between the seat alarm and seat pan.
C-TRAN’s current configuration:
The operator's seat shall be adjustable to provide comfort for operators within the range of
sizes given in the previous subsection. It shall have a full 9” of adjustment in the fore and
aft direction without contacting any bus part. The seat back and seat cushion shall be
adjustable, and the seat height shall be adjustable. The seat shall be installed in the same
location in all buses. All adjustments shall be easily made without the possibility of
crushing or pinning the operator's hand or fingers. A dynamic load damper shall be
provided on the seat to augment the springing and padding in the cushions. Rubber
bumpers shall be provided to prevent metal-to-metal contact if the seat "bottoms out." Any
electrical connections to the seat shall have quick disconnect provisions to allow easy
removal and replacement of the seat.
The entire face of the operator's seat and back cushions shall be fabric and no welt cord
shall be used. Seat cushion edges shall be vinyl. Seat cushions shall be of long lasting, fire
131
resistant foam. Particular attention shall be given to providing a seat which is comfortable
in warm, humid weather and which gives full consideration to long period of occupancy.
The seat shall be supplied with an inertia locked retractable and adjustable seat belt. The
seat belt shall extend from left to right and shall have a usable travel of at least 60”
measured from the open end of the protective boot to the end of the buckle or latch plate.
Vehicle shall be equipped with electrically adjustable operators throttle and brake pedals.
The adjustable pedal system shall be of a durable design that should last the life of the
vehicle with minimum maintenance. The controls for the system shall be incorporated into
the console in a clean and unencumbered installation within easy reach of the operator.
Wiring for the seat alarm shall be protected using a loom and grommets.
6.4.6.5.2 Structure and Materials
The operator's seat shall be contoured to provide maximum comfort for extended period of
time. Cushions shall be fully padded with at least 3” of neoprene foam, or material with
equal properties, in the seating areas at the bottom and back. Upholstery shall be
ventilated, transportation grade vinyl, with the exception of the seat back and bottom
which shall be fabric.
An air cylinder or air diaphragm shall provide supplemental cushion of the operator’s seat.
These devices may also provide the seat height adjustments. Damping shall be provided as
required.
All visually exposed metal on the operator's seat, including the pedestal, shall be powder
coated black.
Required Type I seat belts shall be fastened to the seat so that the operator may adjust the
seat without resetting the seat belt. Seat belt shall be stored in an automatic retractor on
the roadside.
Seat belt shall be able to be extended to 74” in length, with a 9” receptor to accommodate
operators of all sizes.
The seat and seatbelt assemblies as installed in the bus shall withstand static horizontal
forces as required in FMVSS 207 and 210. The seat shall withstand 10,000 impacts of a
40lbs sandbag dropped from a height of 12” without visible deterioration. The seat shall be
tested in the lowest vertical position and repeated with the seat in the top vertical position.
The 40 lbs sandbag shall be suspended on a 36” pendulum and shall strike the seat back
10,000 times from distances of 6, 8, 10, and 12”. Seat cushion shall withstand 100,000
randomly positioned 3.5” drops of a squirming, 150 lbs, smooth-surfaced, buttocks-shape
striker with only minimal wear on the seat covering.
At the request of C-TRAN, the Contractor shall provide a certified test report fully
documenting compliance with all the requirements defined above upon request. The test
132
report shall contain a record of all testing activities, test diagrams, testing equipment, as
well as test data related to loads, deflections, and permanent deformation of the seat
assembly.
6.4.6.6
Mirrors
6.4.6.6.1 Exterior Mirrors
Mirror size, location, and mounting are contained in EXHIBIT 6.
The bus shall be equipped with a corrosion-resistant, outside rearview mirror on each side
of the bus, with LED turn signals built into the mirror glass. The convex portion of the
mirror on the streetside mirror shall be mounted towards the bottom portion of the mirror.
Mirrors shall permit the operator to view the highway along both sides of the bus,
including the rear wheels. The curbside rearview mirror, B & R X41CS-1, or approved
equal, shall be mounted so that its lower edge is no less than 76” above the street surface,
so long as the mirror mounting does not endanger the waiting passengers. Roadside mirror
shall be B & R X41RS-1, or approved equal.
The operator shall be able to adjust the curbside mirror remotely while seated in the
driving position. The control for remote positioning of the mirror shall be a single switch or
device. Curbside mirror shall be able to be adjusted to within 1” of the A-post.
Mirrors shall be firmly attached to the bus to prevent vibration and loss of adjustment, but
not so firmly attached that the bus or its structure is damaged when the mirror is struck in
an accident. Mirrors shall retract or fold sufficiently to allow bus washing operations.
OPTION #18: Please provide information on options and pricing for all mirror design types.
6.4.6.6.2 Interior Mirrors
Mirror size, location, and mounting are contained in EXHIBIT 6.
Mirrors shall be provided for the operator to observe passengers throughout the bus
without leaving their seat and without shoulder movement. With a full standee-load,
including standees in the vestibule, the operator shall be able to observe passengers in the
front entrance, center and rear exit areas, anywhere in the aisle, and in the rear seats.
Inside mirrors shall not be in the line of sight to the right outside mirror. The rearview
mirror shall be flush with the overhead sign door to prevent injuries to passengers, and
shall not interfere with any other accessories on the bus.
6.4.7
Windows
6.4.7.1
General
Windows shall be mounted flush to the side of the bus and top tip in. A minimum of 10,000
square inch curbside and 8,000 square inch streetside of window area, including operator’s
133
and door windows, shall be required for the standard configuration (40’) bus. A quickchange feature for window replacement shall also be provided.
6.4.7.2
Windshield
The windshield shall permit an operator's field of view to be of the fullest extent possible,
but no less than as referenced in SAE Recommended Practice J1050. The vertically upward
view shall be a minimum of 15 degrees, measured above the horizontal and excluding any
shaded band. The vertically downward view shall permit detection of an object 3.5’ high no
more than 2’ in front of the bus. The horizontal view shall be a minimum of 90 degrees
above the line of sight. Any binocular obscuration due to a center divider may be ignored
when determining the 90 degree requirement, provided that the divider does not exceed a
3 degree angle in the operator's field of view. Windshield pillars shall be as narrow as
possible but will not exceed 10 degrees of binocular obscuration. The windshield shall be
designed and installed to minimize external glare as well as reflections from inside the bus.
The windshield shall be easily replaceable by removing zip-locks from the windshield
retaining moldings. Bonded-in-place windshield shall not be used. The windshield glazing
material shall have a 0.25” or 6mm nominal thickness laminated safety glass conforming to
the requirements of ANSI Z26.1 Test Grouping 1A and the Recommended Practices defined
in SAE J673. The glazing material shall have single density tint. The upper portion of the
windshield above the operator's field of view may have a dark, shaded band with a
minimum luminous transmittance of 6% when tested in accordance to ASTM D-1003.
6.4.7.3
Operator’s Side Window
Operator side window shall not have a horizontal divide that interferes with operator
vision. Side window shall require a minimum effort to unlock and open with one (1) hand.
The operator's side window shall open sufficiently to permit the seated operator to easily
adjust the street side outside rearview mirror. This window section shall slide forward and
rearward in tracks or channels designed to last the service life of the bus, at a minimum
distance in both directions that shall be determined during the pre-production meeting.
The rear window shall have a handle in the forward frame. The operator's side window
shall not be bonded in place and shall be easily replaceable. The glazing material shall have
a single density tint.
The operator’s side window glazing material shall have a 0.25” nominal thickness
laminated safety glass conforming to the requirements of ANSI Z26.1 Test Grouping 2 and
the Recommended Practices defined in SAE J673.
Both operator window sliders shall meet the maximum 16 pound pull test.
134
6.4.7.4
Side Windows
6.4.7.4.1 Configuration
All side windows shall be easily replaceable without disturbing adjacent windows and shall
be mounted so that flexing or vibration from engine operation or normal road excitation is
not apparent.
The windows shall be designed and constructed to enable a 3M mechanic to remove and
replace a window in less than ten (10) minutes.
6.4.7.4.2 Materials
C-TRAN requires all passenger windows shall be manufactured by Excel, or approved
equal.
Windows shall have black anodized aluminum frames. All windows shall be 0.75 lower
egress and all windows of the same size shall be interchangeable. All egress handles shall
be located towards the front of the bus. Windows shall be designed to prevent the entrance
of air and water when windows are closed. Near each window there shall be instructions
on decals or aluminum plates that sufficiently explain emergency exit procedures. Location
of the metal decal shall be determined by C-TRAN.
The lower section of the window, approximately 30" shall be fixed. The upper portion of
approximately 9" shall be inwardly open able to provide adequate outside air ventilation
and shall have locking latches.
Windows shall be 0.25" laminated safety glass. Glazing color shall be 72-73% Gray
Laminate and consistent from window to window with the exception of the upper
destination sign window. Upper destination sign’s window shall be clear in color.
All side windows from the exit door to the rear of the bus, and from and including the
bonded window directly across the aisle from the exit doors on the street-side to the rear
of the bus, shall be protected with a triple-layer anti-graffiti window film (dimensions
42.75” X 35.563”), 3M 1004 Scotchguard, or approved equal.
6.4.8
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning
C-TRAN requires a rooftop HVAC system manufactured by Mobile Climate Control
(formerly Carrier) using refrigerant R134A, or approved equal. A non-skid, clearly marked
walkway or steps shall be incorporated on the roof areas to provide access to equipment
without damaging any system or bus paneling.
6.4.8.1
Capacity and Performance
The HVAC climate control system shall be capable of maintaining the interior of the bus at
the temperature and humidity levels defined in the following paragraphs.
135
Accessibility and serviceability of components shall be provided.
With the bus running at the design operating profile with corresponding door opening
cycle, and carrying a number of passengers equal to 150% of the seated load, the HVAC
system shall maintain an average passenger compartment temperature within a range
between 65° and 80°F, while controlling the relative humidity to a value of 50% or less. The
system shall maintain these conditions while subjected to any outside ambient
temperatures within a range of 10° to 105°F and at any ambient relative humidity levels
between 5% and 50%.
When the bus is operated in outside ambient temperatures of 95° to 115°F, the interior
temperature of the bus shall be permitted to raise 0.5°F for each degree of exterior
temperature in excess of 95°F.
When bus is operated in outside ambient temperatures in the range of -10° to +10°F, the
interior temperature of the bus shall not fall below 55°F while bus is running on the Design
Operating Profile.
System capacity testing, including pulldown/warm-up, stabilization, and profile, shall be
conducted in accordance to the APTA Recommended Instrumentation and Performance
Testing for Transit Bus Air Conditioning System. Temperature measurements shall be
made in accordance to this document with the following modifications:
The three (3) primary locations used for temperature probes are (1) -6” aft of front
wheelhousing, (2) centered between the three (3) axles and (3) 6” aft of rear wheel
housing. At each primary location, the nine (9) temperature sensing devices shall be (a)
72” above floor level, (b) 6” above top surface of seat cushion and (c) 6” above floor.
The recommended locations of temperature probes are only guidelines and may require
slight modifications to address actual bus design. Care must be taken to avoid placement of
sensing devices in the immediate path of an air duct outlet, or near the intake/exhaust of
any fans. In general, the locations are intended to accurately represent the interior
passenger area.
Additional testing shall be performed as necessary to ensure compliance to performance
requirements stated herein.
The air conditioning portion of the HVAC system shall be capable of reducing the passenger
compartment temperature from 110° to 90°F in less than 20 minutes after engine start-up.
Engine temperature shall be within the normal operating range at the time of start-up of
the cool-down test and the engine speed shall be limited to fast idle. During the cool-down
period the refrigerant pressure shall not exceed safe high-side pressures and the condenser
discharge air temperature, measured 6” from the surface of the coil, shall be less than 45°F
above the condenser inlet air temperature. The appropriate solar load as recommended in
the APTA “Recommended Instrumentation and Performance Testing for Transit Bus Air
Conditioning System,” representing 4:00 p.m. on August 21, shall be used. There shall be no
passengers on board and the doors and windows shall be closed.
136
Additional HVAC system and performance requirements are contained in the Technical
Specification. The air conditioning system shall meet these performance requirements
using R134a.
The climate control blower motors and fan shall be designed such that their operation
complies with the interior noise level requirements as specified in Section 6.1.5.6.1.
HVAC system ducting shall be engineered and assembled to reduce or eliminate air
turbulence and the noise it produces. In addition, installation of wires, tubing, and other
devices on the ducts should be minimized or eliminated. If devices are installed, they will
be walled off from the airflow to eliminate turbulence.
All shut-off valves in the HVAC/cooling systems shall be standard refrigerant valves with
service ports, coolant valves, ethylene glycol, and will be ball and cock type.
The Contractor shall provide a certified test report fully documenting compliance with all
the requirements defined above. The test report shall contain a record of all testing
activities, test diagrams, testing equipment, as well as test data related to the HVAC system.
OPTION #19: C-TRAN is interested in an AC Refrigerant Recycling System that can handle
R134a with a 50 pound bottle. Please provide factory information and pricing. The product
line item is located in the tools and equipment section of the specification.
6.4.8.2
Controls and Temperature Uniformity
The HVAC system, excluding the operator’s heater/defroster, shall be centrally controlled
with an advanced electronic/diagnostic control system with provisions for
extracting/reading data. The system shall be compliant with J1708 and J1939
Communication Protocol for receiving and broadcasting of data.
The climate control system shall be fully automatic and control the interior average
temperature to within ±2°F of specified temperature control set point.
The temperature control set point for the system shall be 72°F.
Operator control for the HVAC system shall be a toggle auto/off switch and the HVAC
system shall operate in the full-time reheat mode.
The operator shall have full control over the defroster and operator's heater. The defroster
switches shall be of a heavy-duty type. The operator shall be able to adjust the temperature
in their area through air distribution and fans. The interior climate control system shall
switch automatically to the ventilating mode if the refrigerant compressor or condenser fan
fails.
Interior temperature distribution shall be uniform to the extent practicable to prevent hot
and/or cold spots. After stabilization with doors closed, the temperatures between any two
points in the same vertical plane in the passenger compartment, from 6” to 72” above the
137
floor, shall not vary by more than 5°F with doors closed. The interior temperatures,
measured at the same height above the floor, shall not vary more than ± 5°F, from the front
to the rear, from the average temperature determined in accordance to APTA
Recommended Instrumentation and Performance Testing for Transit Bus Air Conditioning
System. Variations of greater than ± 5°F will be allowed for limited, localized areas
provided the majority of the measured temperatures fall within the specified requirement.
6.4.8.3
Air Flow
6.4.8.3.1 Passenger Area
The cooling mode of the interior climate control system shall introduce air into the bus at
or near the ceiling height at a minimum rate of 25 cubic feet per minute (cfm) per
passenger based on the standard configuration bus carrying a number of passengers equal
to 150% of the seated load. Airflow shall be evenly distributed throughout the bus with air
velocity not exceeding 100 feet per minute on any passenger. The ventilating mode shall
provide air at a minimum flow rate of 20 cfm per passenger.
Airflow may be reduced to 15 cfm per passenger (150% of seated load) when operating in
the heating mode. The fans shall not activate until the heating element has warmed
sufficiently to assure at least 70°F air outlet temperature. The heating air outlet
temperature shall not exceed 120°F under any normal operating conditions.
C-TRAN does not want “fresh air” ports.
6.4.8.3.2 Operator's Area
The bus interior climate control system shall deliver at least 100 cfm of air to the operator's
area when operating in the ventilating and cooling modes. Adjustable nozzles shall permit
variable distribution or shutdown of the airflow. Airflow in the heating mode shall be
reduced proportionally to the reduction of airflow into the passenger area. The windshield
defroster unit shall meet the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J382, Windshield
Defrosting Systems Performance Requirements, and shall have the capability of diverting
heated air to the operator's feet and legs. The defroster or interior climate control system
shall maintain visibility through the operator's side window.
6.4.8.4
Air Filtration
Air shall be filtered before discharge into the passenger compartment, except for windows,
doors, and roof vents mentioned elsewhere in these specifications as sources for outside
air. The filter shall meet the ANSI/ASHRAE 52.1 requirement for 5% or better atmospheric
dust spot efficiency, 50% weight arrestance, and a minimum dust holding capacity of 120
gram per 1,000 cfm cell. More efficient air filtration may be provided to maintain efficient
heater and/or evaporator operation. Air filters shall be easily removable for service and
shall be provided for the rear interior grill, defroster cabinet, and floor heaters of each bus.
Filters for the HVAC system shall be a single piece, located on the intake access panel, and
not be mounted on top of the condenser coil.
138
The HVAC unit return air grill will be mounted in the ceilings in the front and rear sections.
The Contractor shall provide the highest efficiency rated return air filters for both
locations.
6.4.8.5
Roof Hatch
Two (2) roof hatches shall be provided in the roof of the bus, one (1) approximately over
or just forward of the front axle and the other, approximately over the rear axle.
Each hatch shall be easily opened and closed manually by a 50th percentile female. If roof
hatches cannot be reached by a 50th percentile female, then a tool shall be provided to
allow this. When open with the bus in motion, this hatch shall provide fresh air inside the
bus. Hatch shall cover an opening area no less than 425 square inches and shall be capable
of being positioned as a scoop with either the leading or trailing edge open no less than 4”,
or with all four (4) edges raised simultaneously to a height of no less than 3.5” An escape
hatch shall be incorporated into the roof hatch. A handle to open the escape hatch shall be
provided and placed in the accessory box, not behind the Operator’s seat. Roof hatches
shall be sealed to prevent entry of water when closed.
6.4.8.6
Maintainability
Manually controlled shutoff valves in the refrigerant lines shall allow isolation of the
compressor and dehydrator filter for service. To the extent practicable, self-sealing
couplings utilizing O-ring seals shall be used to break and seal the refrigerant lines during
removal of major components, such as the refrigerant compressor. Shut-off valves may be
provided in lieu of self-sealing couplings.
Note: C-TRAN may include the following sections if an alternative for colder ambient
performance is specified above.
6.4.8.7
Entrance/Exit Area Heating
All floor level heating shall be protected from vandalism.
Entrance and exit area heating is required. Heat shall be supplied to the entrance and exit
areas to prevent accumulation of snow, ice, or slush with bus operating under design
operating profile and corresponding door opening cycle.
6.4.8.8
Floor Level Heating
Sufficient floor level heaters shall be provided that evenly supply heated air across the
length of the bus. Floor ducts may be discontinued at the upper level but additional
provisions to prevent cold floor and ensure temperature uniformity shall be included.
Activation of the floor heaters shall be through the main HVAC system, but shall be
controlled via their independent thermostats, located forward of the floor heaters. Floor
heater housings, securements, fasteners, etc. shall be manufactured of non-corroding
materials.
139
OPTION #20: C-TRAN is interested in floor level heating options and designs. Provide
availability and pricing for the front and rear door areas.
6.4.9
Signage Communication
6.4.9.1
Exterior Route Displays
6.4.9.1.1 Destination Signs
C-TRAN requires LED destination signs, “Silver” overhead and “Amber” dash sign and side
and rear, Twin Vision or approved equal, compliant with Transit J1708 and J1939.
A complete listing of destination sign readings for initial sign programming by the
manufacturer will be provided at the design review meeting prior to the first delivery.
Destination messages, route designations, and public relations messages shall be
independently selectable via a single Operator's Control Panel (OCP), which shall include a
display monitor. The rear route number sign shall be controlled by the same OCP that
operates the destination signs. The OCP display monitor readout shall show either the
exact, or separately programmable, information displayed on the destination signs and
route number sign. The OCP shall be conveniently located for the operator and mounted in
such a manner that will not pose any safety hazard. The OCP shall utilize a durable
weatherproof keypad with tactile feel for destination message control functions.
The bus’ MASTER RUN switch shall control power to the sign system. The sign system shall
be operable in all switch positions except OFF.
The destination sign compartments shall be designed to prevent condensation and entry of
moisture and dirt. Additional provisions shall be included, if necessary, to prevent fogging
of both destination sign compartment window and glazing on unit itself. Access shall be
provided to allow cleaning of inside of destination sign compartment window and unit
glazing. Access shall be provided for maintenance inside the destination signs.
6.4.9.2
Passenger Stop Request/Exit Signal
Touch tape will be fixed on the bottom of flip seats for accessibility for mobility device
parking positions.
C-TRAN requires 0.25 diameter yellow pull cord for the passenger signal with a maximum
pull of THREE (3) pounds pressure.
A passenger Stop Requested signal system that complies with applicable ADA requirements
defined in 49 CFR, Part 38.37 shall be provided. The system shall consist of a heavy-duty
pull cable, chime, and interior sign message. Pull cable(s) shall be yellow in color and
0.188” in diameter, and attached using 0.188” clamps, Tiller or approved equal. Pull
cable(s) shall be attached to end eyelets and to horizontal cord where the cable cover is
removed. Bare cable ends will be flush with the ends of the clamps. Alternate stop request
systems, such as bell push systems, may also be approved. The pull cable shall be located
140
the full length of the bus on the sidewalls at the level where the transom is located. If no
transom window is required, height of pull cable shall approximate this transom level and
shall be no greater than 63” as measured from floor surface. It shall be easily accessible to
all passengers, seated or standing. Pull cable(s) shall activate a solid state or magnetic
proximity switch(es). At each mobility device parking position and priority seating
positions, additional provisions shall be included to allow a passenger in a mobility aid to
easily activate the Stop Requested signal.
Heavy-duty push button Stop Request switches shall be installed on modesty panel
stanchions immediately forward of center and rear doors and clearly identified as Stop
Request.
Exit signals located in the mobility device parking area shall be no higher than 4’ above the
floor. Instructions shall be provided to clearly indicate function and operation of these
signals
A single Stop Requested chime/bell shall sound when the system is first activated. A
different audible signal such as a double chime shall sound when the system is first
activated from mobility device passenger areas. Sound levels shall be from 72-78 dBa.
Two (2) Stop Requested interior sign messages shall be installed. One (1) sign shall be
located on the front destination sign access door visible for passengers in the front bus
section. A second sign shall be installed behind the turntable ceiling visible for passengers
in the rear section of the bus. Both signs shall remain illuminated until one (1) or both
passenger doors are opened. A Stop Request indicator shall be visible to the seated
operator. Location of indicator light shall be discussed at Pre-production. The operator
shall be able to deactivate the signal system from the operator's area. A green light shall be
mounted above the center and rear doors, approximately on center of the actuator
compartment access panel, to indicate when the center and rear doors have been unlocked.
6.4.9.3
Radio Communication System/GPS, AVL, TSP, and APC
A separate electrical circuit, initiated at the batteries and terminating at the radio box shall
be supplied. This circuit shall be independent of the electrical main switch, be capable of
delivering 25 continuous amperes at 12 V and be protected at the source with an adequate
circuit breaker. No other electrical equipment shall be attached to this circuit. It shall be
connected and placed to minimize electrical noise, hash and transients. If a 24 volt bus
electrical system is used for the bus, a converter shall be provided in the radio box to
supply 12 volt power to the radio, Electric Transit Laboratories Inc., or approved equal.
The locations and mounting arrangements for components referenced in this section shall
be reviewed by C-TRAN at the design review and approved at the pilot review.
The radio compartment shall be supplied with a 40 amp, 24 volt, protected service with
positive and negative leads. C-TRAN’s current configuration of the radio box is pictured in
EXHIBIT 7.
141
The radio compartment shall be equipped with a maintenance light controlled via a toggle
switch.
The radio box shall be secured with 0.313” square key locks (two (2) each). Latch shall be
keyed with BH-010. The box shall be located behind the operator, over the roadside wheel
housing, and shall contain three (3) slide-out drawers with dimensions as specified in
EXHIBIT 7.
A location convenient to the operator shall be provided for the radio speaker, handset, and
cradle. The location shall conform to SAE Recommended Practice J287 “Driver Hand
Control Reach.” However, the radio handset shall be on the right hand side of the
Operator’s dash. Antenna shall be routed through a 0.75” inside diameter conduit. The
antenna mounting and lead termination shall be accessible from the bus interior, with the
ground plane (16”x20”) required to be mounted on top of a non-metallic roof. An
electronics compartment shall be mounted above the roadside wheel well.
The bus manufacturer shall provide and install any special brackets, reinforcements,
and/or other hardware necessary to install the radio equipment in the bus. The
compartment shall be fabricated in a durable fashion and all seams of the compartment
shall be sealed. It shall be accessible from the bus interior aisle and also from the external
roadside of the vehicle, and shall be splash proof when the service door is secured.
Securement shall be provided by means of a keyed lock. If the compartment is located
inside the bus, it shall not provide any encumbrance to the operator or passengers. If
located at floor level, it shall be sealed against moisture from washing equipment, including
but not limited to, power washers, garden hoses, etc. The radio box shall be ventilated in
order to keep the electronic components within industry standards for maximum
temperature. A thermostat controlled fan will be placed in the box that will remove hot air
from inside the box.
One (1) Swartz converter is required. The Swartz converter shall be provided with a 12V
terminal strip, along with a ground terminal strip, mounted near the converter.
Additional requirements for the radio system are defined in EXHIBIT 8.
The Contractor shall install Global Positioning System (GPS), Automated Vehicle Location
(AVL), Automatic Stop Annunciation (ASA), Transit Signal Priority (TSP), and Automated
Passenger Counter (APC) technology provided by INIT into each vehicle. Details and
locations shall be provided at pre-production.
6.4.9.4
Public Address System
PA system components are described in EXHIBIT 8.
There should be ten (10) speakers installed; inside speakers, four (4) on each side of the
bus, and two (2) external speakers, one (1) curbside and one (1) roadside. Both external
speakers shall broadcast in a clear tone (manufacturer to provide the Contractor options
on speaker selection with clarity in particular) announcements that are clearly perceived
from all seat positions at approximately the same volume level. The external speakers shall
provide announcements that can be clearly heard by passengers standing outside near the
142
front of the bus. An operator-controlled switch shall select inside or outside
announcements. The system shall be muted when not in use. The microphone shall be
vandal resistant, mounted on a heavy-duty, flexible gooseneck, which is secured with
tamper-proof fasteners and will allow operators to comfortably speak into it without using
their hands. A provision shall be provided to secure the microphone in a stored position
when not in use. Additional requirements for the public address system are defined in
EXHIBIT 8.
OPTION #21: C-TRAN is interested in the highest quality speakers located at all doors.
Provide option, design, availability and pricing.
6.4.9.5
Security Cameras
C-TRAN requires an Apollo Video Technology RoadRunner digital visual audio CCTV
system.
The Contractor shall furnish and install the following system components on each of the
buses supplied under this contract:
Part number
Qty
Description
RR-MRH16-2000
1
RoadRunner HD 16 Camera Mobile Recorder,
RsM™ Software, Power Cable, Event Switch,
Accelerometer and Removable 2.0TB Hard Disk
Drive
RR- C236
1
Camera C Series 3.6 mm LENS
RR-CMIRS7
1
RR-CTM
5
RR-CTMIRA
10
AVT-VIM-AL
1
Mount 7” C2 camera
Camera, Color Vandal Resistant, Exterior, High
Resolution, Miniature Tapered UV Coated Dome,
2.9mm. Orientation Options: Ceiling; RR-CTM-C.
Side: RR-CTM-S
Camera, Color Vandal Resistant Interior High
Resolution, Day/Night Mini Tapered Dome w/ IR
Illumination & Audio Recording. Lens Options:
2.5mm: RR-CTMIRA25 | 3.6mm: RR-CTMIRA36;
Orientation Options: Ceiling: RR-******-C; Side:
RR-******-S
Vehicle Information Management (VIM) Software,
AutoClip Single-Vehicle License*
1
(VIM) Software, DVR Health Single-Vehicle
License*
AVT-VIM-HL
143
Part number
Qty
Description
VIM Software, Clip Management Single-Vehicle
License*
VIM Software, Clip Management Single-Vehicle
License*
AVT-VIM-CL
1
AVT-VIM-LL
1
RR-VA1
1
IMTOMG540-01-W
1
RoadRunner External Accelerometer
On Board Mobile Gateway 540 (2x Verizon 3G/4G
LTE) Mobile Access Router (MAR)
IMTANT4701
1
Antenna/MobileMark LTM501
Camera placement will be at the pre-production meeting with the successful vendor(s). See
the attached camera system layout, 60’ Bus Rapid Transit Onboard Camera System.
6.5
Electrical System
6.5.1
General Requirements
Circuit breakers shall be manual reset circuit breakers, except as otherwise specified by
law and where circuit breakers are monitored and controlled by the PLC system.
The bus shall be equipped with a PLC system that is computer based and completely
modular. The PLC collects information received from input devices throughout the bus and
then communicates with its system components or other output devices in remote areas of
the bus through a multiplex wiring system. The entire system will reduce the amount of
wiring over a conventional wiring/harness electrical system. Versatility and future
expansion shall be provided for by expandable system architecture. The system
components shall be capable of operating in an environment of between -20° and 170° F
while encountering mobile shock and vibrations. The system shall store and retrieve data
for the mechanical and electrical functions of the bus. All components in the system will be
interchangeable. The multiplex power source shall be isolated to avoid any ground noise.
The electrical system shall provide and distribute power to ensure satisfactory
performance of all electrical components. The system shall supply a nominal 12 and/or
24V of direct current (DC) and employ alternating current up to 220V that does not present
an electrical shock hazard. Electrical power provided for the fare collection device and the
radio compartment shall be 12 and/or 24V DC as specified in the Technical Specifications.
Precautions shall be taken to minimize hazards to service personnel. Transient voltages
above 220V may be used in a fluorescent lighting system. The power generating system
shall be rated sufficiently higher than the total possible electrical load to maintain the
charge on the batteries at all operating conditions including the engine at idle. Circuit
breakers or fuses, except for those involved in propulsion system start-up, shall protect all
circuits. Fuses shall be used only where it can be demonstrated that circuit breakers are not
practicable, and they shall be easily accessible for replacement.
144
Redundant grounds shall be used for all electrical equipment, except where it can be
demonstrated that redundant grounds are not feasible or practicable. One (1) ground may
be the bus body and framing. Grounds shall not be carried through hinges, bolted joints,
except those specifically designed as electrical connectors, or power plant mountings.
Electrical equipment shall not be located in an environment that will reduce the
performance or shorten the life of the component or electrical system. To the extent
practicable, wiring shall not be located under the bus floor. Wiring and electrical
equipment necessarily located under the bus shall be insulated from water, heat, corrosion,
chemical solvents, and mechanical damage.
C-TRAN requires that a 110 Shore Power connection be located in both the front and rear
to supply external “shop” power to charge the bus batteries when all electric accessories
are on, but the engine is off.
6.5.2
Modular Design
Design of the electrical system shall be modular so that each major component, apparatus
panel, or wiring bundle is easily separable with standard hand tools or by means of
connectors. Each module, except the main body wiring harness, shall be removable and
replaceable in less than one (1) hour by a 3M mechanic. Power plant wiring shall be an
independent wiring module. Replacement of the engine compartment wiring module(s)
shall not require pulling wires through any bulkhead or removing any terminals from the
wires.
6.5.3
Wiring and Terminals
All connectors must be easily accessible. An access hole, a minimum diameter of 6”, shall be
provided if necessary to access wiring service.
Connectors must be Weatherpak style, Delphi or approved equal.
All wiring between electrical components and terminations shall have double electrical
insulation, be waterproof, and shall conform to specification requirements of SAE
Recommended Practice J1127 and J1128. Except as interrupted by the master battery
disconnect switch, battery and starter wiring shall be continuous cables, grouped,
numbered, and/or color-coded with connections secured by bolted terminals, and shall
conform to specification requirements of SAE Standard J1127-Type SGT or SGX and SAE
Recommended Practice J541. GLX wiring may be substituted. Wiring harnesses shall not
contain wires of different voltages unless all wires within the harness are sized to carry the
current and insulated for the highest voltage wire in the harness.
Double insulation shall be maintained as close to the terminals as possible. The
requirement for double insulation shall be met by wrapping harnesses with plastic
electrical tape or by sheathing all wires and harnesses with non-conductive, rigid, or
flexible conduit. Strain-relief fittings shall be provided at points where wiring enters all
electrical components. Grommets of elastomeric material shall be provided at points where
wiring penetrates rigid structures. Wiring supports shall be protective and non-conductive
at areas of wire contact and shall not be damaged by heat, water, solvents, or chafing.
145
C-TRAN requires that for all cables, wires, lines, and hoses, a Hellerman-Tyton clamp, or
approved equal be used.
All wiring harnesses over 5’ long and containing at least five (5) wires shall include 10%
excess wires for spares that are the same size as the largest wire in the harness, excluding
the battery cables. Wiring length shall allow end terminals to be replaced twice without
pulling, stretching, or replacing the wire. Except for large wires such as battery cables,
terminals shall be crimped to the wiring and may be soldered only if the wire is not
stiffened above the terminal and no flux residue remains on the terminal. Terminals shall
be corrosion-resistant and full ring type or interlocking lugs with insulating ferrules. “T”
splices may be used when there is less than 25,000 circular mills of copper in the cross
section and a mechanical clamp is used in addition to solder on the splice; the wire
supports no mechanical load in the area of the splice; and the wire is supported to prevent
flexing.
All cable connectors shall be locking type, keyed, and watertight, unless enclosed in
watertight cabinets. Pins shall be removable, crimp contact type of the correct size and
rating for the wire being terminated. Unused pin positions shall be sealed with sealing
plugs. Adjacent connectors shall either use different inserts or different insert orientations
to prevent incorrect connections.
6.5.4
Junction Boxes
All relays, controllers, flashers, circuit breakers, and other electrical components shall be
grouped according to voltage; and mounted in easily accessible junction boxes. The boxes
shall be sealed to prevent moisture from normal sources, including engine compartment
cleaning, from reaching the electrical components and shall prevent fire that may occur
inside the box from propagating outside the box. The components and circuits in each box
shall be identified and their location permanently recorded on a schematic drawing glued
to or printed on the inside of the box cover or door. The drawing shall be protected from
oil, grease, fuel, and abrasion. The front junction box shall be completely serviceable from
the operator's seat, vestibule, or from outside. A rear start and run control box shall be
mounted in an accessible location in the engine compartment.
6.5.5
Electrical Components
C-TRAN’s requirements for the Vanner Equalizer may be replaced by a DC-to-DC Converter
if approved in the specified applications by C-TRAN.
All electrical components, including switches, relays, flashers, and circuit breakers shall be
of a heavy-duty design. These components shall be the longest lasting commercially
available and shall be replaceable in less than five (5) minutes by a 3M mechanic. Sockets
of plug-in components shall be polarized where required for proper function and the
components shall be positively retained. Any manually resettable circuit breakers critical
to the operation of the bus shall be mounted in a location convenient to the operator and
provide visible indication of open circuits. All electric motors, except cranking motors, shall
be the heavy-duty brushless type with a constant duty rating of no less than 40,000 hours.
Electric motors shall be located for easy replacement, and except for the cranking motor,
shall be replaceable in approximately 15 minutes by a 3M mechanic. Electronic circuit
146
protection for the cranking motor shall be provided to prevent engaging of the motor for
more than 30 seconds at a time to prevent overheating.
6.5.6
Multiplex Wiring System
All modules or nodes that are mounted in areas that may be exposed to moisture and
beverage spills shall be provided with additional protection.
The components of the multiplex system shall be of modular design, thereby providing for
ease of replacement by maintenance personnel. The modules shall be easily accessible for
troubleshooting electrical failures and performing system maintenance. Each module shall
be shielded to prevent interference by EMI and RFI, shall utilize LEDs to indicate circuit
integrity, assist in rapid circuit diagnostics, and verification of load and wiring integrity. In
conjunction with relays when necessary, each circuit shall be capable of providing a
current load of up to ten (10) Amperes. The internal controls shall be a solid state device
providing an extended service life. Wiring for data bus and node module power shall
consist of three (3) twisted pairs, 22 gauge or larger, UL approved if applicable, and
shielded.
10% spare input and output shall be provided at each I/O location. Wiring used for the
multiplexing shall be stamped with the address of the corresponding I/O location, or
alternately, color and number coded wiring.
Protection to each individual circuit shall be provided. An automatic test system, integral to
the multiplexing, shall be provided. The system shall be hosted on a Windows compatible
personal computer and a hand held field diagnostic unit, including but not limited to, a
laptop computer capable of reading the network data, control function, address data, or
function code. The mechanic shall be able to use either unit to check multiplex functions.
6.5.7
Batteries
C-TRAN requires four (4) group 31 batteries with 0.375” stud terminals (four (4) per bus),
Odyssey 31-PC2150 or approved equal. Each battery shall have a purchase date of no more
than 60 days from date of release for shipment to C-TRAN.
OPTION #22: Provide pricing and option for lithium battery pack module.
C-TRAN requires batteries with high reserve capacity because at certain times the bus will
be at idle or parked while all accessory systems are in use. The minimum cold cranking
amps (CCA’s) as set forth below are required due to the potential for parasitic draw when
the buses are parked overnight.
If the bus is not operated for a period of three (3) days, the total electric load due to devices
that require continuous energizing shall not cause the battery to be discharged below the
level necessary to start the engine.
Batteries shall be easily accessible for inspection and service only from the outside of the
bus. The batteries shall be securely mounted on a stainless steel tray that can accommodate
147
the size and weight of the batteries. The battery tray shall pull out easily and properly
support the batteries while they are being serviced. The tray shall allow each battery cell to
be serviced and filled with either manual or automatic equipment. A positive lock shall
retain the battery tray in the stowed and out position.
Positive and negative terminal ends shall have different size studs to prevent incorrect
installation. The battery terminal ends and cables shall be color-coded with red for the
primary positive, black for negative, and another color for any intermediate voltage cables.
Battery terminals shall be located for access in less than 30 seconds with jumper cables.
Battery cables shall be flexible and sufficiently long to reach the batteries with the tray in
the extended position without stretching or pulling on any connection, and shall not lie
directly on top of the batteries. Battery cables must be of sufficient size to carry the load
required by the starting motor.
A jumpstart connector (Anderson 350) shall be provided in the engine compartment,
equipped with a dust cap, and adequately protected from moisture, dirt, and debris.
Sufficient clearance shall be maintained between the battery dust cover and the engine
bulkhead to be able to remove the battery dust cover.
6.5.8
Master Battery Switch
C-TRAN requires a master battery switch. The access door for the master battery switch
shall be on the curbside of the vehicle, marked with a large 3” to 4” “X.” Door shall be frontside hinged with rounded edges. Roadside placement of the master battery switch is
approved as long as an auxiliary emergency battery cutoff switch is located in the engine
compartment, be wired in series with the standard master battery switch, and completely
disconnect battery power when activated.
A master switch on the battery positive shall be provided in the battery compartment near
the batteries for complete disconnecting from all bus electrical systems, except for safety
devices such as fire suppression system and other systems as specified. The location of the
master battery switch shall be clearly identified on the access panel and be accessible in
less than ten (10) seconds for activation. The master switch shall be capable of carrying
and interrupting the total circuit load. Any equipment that requires power without
reference to the master battery switch shall be listed in the Technical Specifications.
Opening the master switch with the power plant operating shall not damage any
component of the electrical system. The location of the master battery switch shall prevent
corrosion from fumes and battery acid when the batteries are washed off. The battery
master switch circuit shall be designed to shut down the engine when the switch is turned
off.
6.5.9
Fire Detectors
At least two (2) temperature-sensitive sensors shall be provided. They shall be located in
the engine compartment under all horizontal bulkheads, above and downwind of the major
heat sources, and in areas likely to be wetted by leaking flammable fluids. Additional
sensors shall be located in other potentially critical areas. The sensors shall detect overtemperature in the critical areas and shall activate the fire alarm bell and warning light in
the operator's compartment, and shut off fans in the engine compartment and HVAC
148
system. The sensors shall return to their normal settings and deactivate alarms when the
temperature returns to normal.
6.5.10
Fire Suppression
The vehicle shall be equipped with an AMEREX ABC dry chemical pre-engineered fire
suppression system model V25 or approved equal. The system shall be approved and listed
for use at -65° to 150°F by Factory Mutual Research Corporation. The automatic actuation
system shall provide 24 hour fire detection of the engine compartment. The system shall
include the following features:

A minimum 25 pound capacity agent cylinder of the stored pressure type shall be
furnished and be constructed of welded steel and must confirm to DOT specification
4BW, and be rated for 12 year minimum hydrostatic retest. The cylinder shall be
outfitted with a gauge and a forged brass valve assembly.

Four (4) temperature sensitive weather proof miniature spot thermostats shall be
located in the engine compartment for fire detection. Thermostat set points shall be
programmable. Detectors shall be approved for use by Factory Mutual Research
Corporation as heat actuated fire detectors. The detectors shall be normally open
and capable of carrying sufficient amperage for the purposes of firing the electric
actuator. The electrical control head shall also be activated manually by depressing
an electric switch (button with pull pin labeled FIRE) mounted in operator’s dash
area.

A control panel shall be provided to electrically supervise the automatic fire
suppression system following wiring circuits: POWER, HEAT DETECTION, and
SYSTEM ACUATION. The monitor shall provide a display indicating NORMAL, FIRE
or FAULT conditions, and the panel will shut the engine down within 20 seconds or
less of detecting a fire. An engine shutdown reset button on panel will be included.

A minimum of four (4) brass nozzles shall be located in the engine compartment
fitted with dust caps that upon actuation are displaced to allow full ABC chemical
flow.
The Contractor shall provide a written sign off from the fire suppression manufacturer that
all installation requirements have been met on the pilot bus system.
An inspection door will be provided by the Contractor on the bus body allowing for visual
site inspection of the agent cylinder gauge(s).
6.5.11
Radio Noise Attenuation
A proper suppression system will be provided by the Manufacturer. Any electrical
equipment installed on the bus by the Manufacturer during production, and/or any
subcontractor(s) of the Manufacturer during or after production, shall be designed to
eliminate any possible interference with radio and television transmission and reception.
This equipment shall not cause interference with any other electronic system on the bus
149
including, but not limited to, CAD/AVL, APC, GPS/WLAN, CCTV, BDS, TSP, J1708, J1939,
Motorola Radio, Signage, etc.
6.6
Bicycle Rack
6.6.1
Rear Door Bike Rack
Bicycle storage racks of stainless steel or finished to match the bus interior supplied by
manufacturer and shall be installed and conform to these specifications.
The bike racks shall be installed at the interior of the vehicle forward of the rear doors. The
contractor shall provide the various interior seating layouts for bike racks with locations
on the curbside as well as street side.
The bike racks shall accommodate three (3) bicycles with two (2) wheels.
Load capacity shall be a minimum of 55 pounds in a central location of the bike rack. All
hinges and pivot pins shall be stainless steel in construction. There shall be no sharp
corners that will pose a safety problem to the passenger
The bike rack shall be able to be utilized by the passenger with one (1) hand and without
additional assistance.
Any support arms or locking device to hold the bike rack shall be constructed in such a way
that when the bike rack is being stored in the upright position, it will not be necessary for
the customer to orient it beforehand.
The bike rack shall accommodate all bicycles with a wheel size equal to or greater than 16”
in diameter to include children’s and mountain bikes.
The bike racks shall not cause aisle interference when bike is stowed.
A 62”x1½” SS grab railing is required attached to the wall just below the streetside
passenger window to allow for holding straps to be attached to it for securing the bicycles
in the rack.
Bike rack location will be determined during the seat layout selection. The three (3)
position bike rack shall be Sportworks or approved equal.
6.7
Safety Equipment
Safety equipment shall be placed in the safety box on the curbside wheel well.
6.7.1
Fire Extinguisher
One (1) equal dry chemical fire extinguisher shall be provided for each bus, Amerex Corp
Model A500T or approved. The fire extinguisher shall be red and be placed in the safety
box. An approved Fire Extinguisher Inside decal shall be placed on the outside of the box.
150
6.7.2
Reflector Triangles
Buses shall be equipped with a safety triangle reflector kit with a durable protective
container. This triangle kit must fit in the safety box.
6.7.3
Wheel Chocks
Two (2) wheel chocks, Muncie P/N D0234249 or approved equal, constructed of aluminum
and cast with C-TRAN’s logo, shall be supplied with each bus. Wheel chocks will fit within
the safety box.
6.7.4
Hazard Warning Tape Dispenser
The Contractor shall provide a hazard warning tape dispenser, Tap Plastics P/N 42277, of
which the Contractor shall install prior to revenue service.
6.8
Yield Light
Provide option and pricing information for a yield indicator light system wired and
installed in the rear of the bus. If selected, placement will be finalized during the preproduction meeting and based on the bus design chosen.
OPTION #24: Provide pricing and option for a yield indicator light system.
6.9
Height Gauge
The Contractor shall supply a height gauge near the front and rear doors so that the
cameras can pick up the height of anyone entering or departing the bus. The gauges shall
be visible with either or both of the doors opened or closed.
151
7
C-TRAN GENERAL CONDITIONS
7.1
Approval by C-TRAN
The work shall be executed under the direction and supervision of the C-TRAN Executive
Director/CEO and his/her properly authorized agents, on whose inspection all work shall
be accepted or condemned. The C-TRAN Executive Director/CEO shall have the full power
to reject or condemn any materials furnished or work performed under the Contract which
does not conform to the terms and conditions set forth in the RFP.
7.2
Conformance to Specifications and Drawings
Materials furnished and work performed by the Contractor shall conform to the
requirements of the Technical Specifications and other contract documents.
Notwithstanding the provision of drawings, technical specifications or other data by the
Agency, the Contractor shall have the responsibility of supplying all parts and details
required to make the bus complete and ready for service even though such details may not
be specifically mentioned in the drawings and specifications. Items that are installed by
C-TRAN shall not be the responsibility of the Contractor unless they are included in this
Contract.
Omissions from the contract specifications, or the inaccurate description of details of work
that are manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the contract specifications, or that
are customarily performed, shall not relieve the Contractor from performing such omitted
work or inaccurately described details of the work, and they shall be performed as if fully
and correctly set forth and described.
7.3
Brand Name or Approved Equal
The Contractor shall meet C-TRAN’s requirements and specifications. The Contractor is not
required to provide any particular brand. Where C-TRAN has listed a brand name, it has
done so to inform the Contractor that C-TRAN has determined that the listed brand will
meet C-TRAN’s requirements and specifications. C-TRAN will determine, in its sole
discretion, whether a product provided by the Contractor meets C-TRAN’s requirements
and specifications or is equal to a listed brand. Therefore, the words “and/or approved
equal” shall be deemed by C-TRAN to follow any listed brand names item.
7.4
Compliance
All equipment and components shall be in complete compliance with all requirements of
the laws of the State of Washington and federal regulations.
Should the federal government reinstitute wage-price regulations which are applicable to
the sale of this equipment pursuant to this bid, bidder/contractor shall comply with the
provisions of such laws and regulations that may be adopted.
152
7.5
Title
Adequate documents for registering the bus in Washington shall be provided to C-TRAN
not less than 30 calendar days before delivery to C-TRAN. The Contractor shall provide
adequate documents for securing title in the name of Clark County Public Transportation
Benefit Area.
Following final acceptance of each bus, the Contractor warrants that the title shall pass to
C-TRAN. The title shall be free and clear of all liens, mortgages, encumbrances, financing
statements, security agreements, claims and demands of any character.
7.6
Assumption of Risk of Loss
C-TRAN shall assume risk of loss of the equipment on delivery to C-TRAN, 2425 NE
65th Avenue, Vancouver, WA. Prior to this delivery or release, the Contractor shall have the
risk of loss of the equipment, including any damages sustained during shipment.
7.7
Inspection, Testing and Acceptance
C-TRAN’s Representative shall at all times have access to the work, the Contractor and,
through the Contractor, its suppliers. The Contractor and its suppliers shall furnish every
reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and the workmanship are in
accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. All work done shall be
subject to C-TRAN’s Representative inspection and approval in accordance with the
approved work products developed as a result of the contract documents.
The pre-delivery tests and inspections shall be performed at the Contractor’s plant. They
shall be performed in accordance with the procedures defined in Section 8 and they may be
witnessed by the resident inspector. When a bus passes these tests and inspections, the
resident inspector shall authorize release of the bus.
Within 15 calendar days after arrival at the designated point of delivery, the bus shall
undergo C-TRAN tests defined in Post-Delivery Tests. If the bus passes these tests, or if
C-TRAN does not notify the Contractor of non-acceptance within 15 calendar days after
delivery, then acceptance of the bus by the Agency occurs on the 15th day after delivery. If
the bus fails these tests, it shall not be accepted until the repair procedures defined in
Repairs after Non-Acceptance have been carried out and the bus retested until it passes.
Acceptance occurs earlier if the Agency notifies the Contractor of early acceptance or places
the bus in revenue service.
7.7.1
First Article Inspection – Production
The purpose of a first article inspection is to confirm that any components, systems,
subsystems, major assemblies, subassemblies, products, parts, apparatuses, articles and
other materials comply with the Technical Specifications and other contract documents.
153
Where required by the contract documents or requested by C-TRAN, the Contractor shall
cause first article inspections to be conducted. A first article inspection may include both a
physical configuration inspection and a functional demonstration. First article inspections
shall be conducted at the Contractor or Subcontractor’s facility. The Contractor shall
furnish to C-TRAN, prior to each first article inspection, a written inspection and
demonstration plan for each item for review. C-TRAN inspectors will attend each first
article inspection unless C-TRAN provides a written waiver of its right to attend any such
inspection. The results of each first article inspection shall be documented by the
Contractor in a format deemed acceptable by C-TRAN, and all documents relating to the
inspection shall be forwarded to C-TRAN.
7.7.2
Post-Delivery Tests
The Agency will conduct acceptance tests on each delivered bus. These tests shall be
completed within 15 days after bus delivery and shall be conducted in accordance with
written test plans. The purpose of these tests is to identify defects that have become
apparent between the time of bus release and delivery to the Agency. The post-delivery
tests shall include visual inspection and bus operations. No post-delivery test shall apply
criteria that are different from the criteria applied in an analogous pre-delivery test, if any.
Buses that fail to pass the post-delivery tests are subject to non-acceptance. The Agency
shall record details of all Defects on the appropriate test forms and shall notify the
Contractor of acceptance or non-acceptance of each bus according to Inspection, Testing
and Acceptance after completion of the tests. The defects detected during these tests shall
be repaired according to the procedures defined in Repairs after Non-Acceptance.
7.7.3
Repairs after Non-Acceptance
The Contractor, or its designated representative, shall perform the repairs after nonacceptance. If the Contractor fails or refuses to begin the repairs within five (5) days, then
the work may be done by C-TRAN’s personnel with reimbursement by the Contractor.
7.8
Intellectual Property Warranty
C-TRAN shall advise the Contractor of any impending patent suit related to this Contract
against the Agency and provide all information available. The Contractor shall defend any
suit or proceeding brought against C-TRAN based on a claim that any equipment, or any
part thereof, furnished under this Contract constitutes an infringement of any patent, and
the Contractor shall pay all damages and costs awarded therein, excluding incidental and
consequential damages against C-TRAN. In case said equipment, or any part thereof, is in
such suit held to constitute infringement and use of said equipment or parts is enjoined, the
Contractor shall, at its own expense and at its option, either procure for C-TRAN the right to
continue using said equipment or part, or replace same with non-infringing equipment, or
modify it so it becomes non-infringing.
154
The Contractor’s obligations under this section are discharged and C-TRAN shall hold the
Contractor harmless with respect to the equipment or part if it was specified by C-TRAN
and all requests for substitutes were rejected, and the Contractor advised C-TRAN under
Inquiries on RFP of a potential infringement, in which case the Contractor shall be held
harmless.
7.9
Proprietary Rights/Rights in Data
The term “subject data” used in this clause means recorded information, whether or not
copyrighted, that is delivered or specified to be delivered under the Contract. It includes
the proprietary rights of the following:




Shop drawings and working drawings.
Technical data including manuals or instruction materials, computer or
microprocessor software.
Patented materials, equipment, devices or processes.
License requirements.
C-TRAN shall protect proprietary information provided by the Contractor to the fullest
extent of the law. The Contractor shall grant a non-exclusive license to C-TRAN to utilize
such information in order to maintain the vehicles. In the event that the Contractor no
longer provides the information, C-TRAN has the right to reverse engineer patented parts
and software.
C-TRAN reserves a royalty-free, non-exclusive and irrevocable license to reproduce,
publish or otherwise use, and to authorize others to use, the following subject data for its
purposes: (1) any subject data required to be developed and first produced in the
performance of the Contract and specifically paid for as such under the Contract, whether
or not a copyright has been obtained; and (2) any rights of copyright to which the
Contractor, subcontractor or supplier purchases ownership for the purpose of performance
of the Contract and specifically paid for as such under the Contract. The Contractor agrees
to include the requirements of this clause, modified as necessary to identify the effected
parties, in each subcontract and supply order placed under the Contract.
7.10
Modifications
This Agreement shall not be altered, changed, or amended except by an instrument in writing
executed by the parties hereto. Any changes in the scope of work or compensation shall be
mutually agreed upon between C-TRAN and the Contractor as outlined below.
Any proposals that vary or add to the proposal or contract documents shall be construed as
additional terms or modifications and shall not become a part of the proposal or contract
unless accepted in writing. Notice is hereby given of C-TRAN’s objection to such additional
terms or modifications unless they are specifically accepted in writing by C-TRAN.
In the event C-TRAN orders changes from the Scope of Work described in the contract
documents, increases or decreases in compensation shall be allowed for such changes in
155
work. C-TRAN shall promptly notify the Contractor in writing by Contract Amendment of
all changes in scope and/or amount for services. Amendments shall specify a cost limit.
Contractor shall not commence work on any changes to the scope of services or exceed the
amount of the contract until a written authorization, identifying cost limit, is signed by
C-TRAN’s Executive Director/ CEO and received by the Contractor. Furthermore, C-TRAN
shall not be liable for any costs incurred prior to a duly authorized written authorization.
The C-TRAN Executive Director/CEO may at any time, by a written order and without
notice to the sureties make changes within the general scope of the final contract as related
to this bid document, in the loss of work described in Part 4 of this RFP. Increases or
decreases in compensation shall be allowed for such changes in work according to the
method defined in the Terms of Payment Section. Any claim by the successful Contractor
for adjustment under this clause may be asserted within 30 days of the date of receipt by
the successful Contractor of the notification of change, provided, however, that if the
C-TRAN Executive Director/CEO decides that the facts justify such action, C-TRAN may
receive and act upon any such claim asserted at any time prior to final payment under the
Contract.
Granting of, or acceptance of, extensions of time to complete the work or furnish the
services requested will not operate as a release to the successful proposer (Contractor).
The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, convey, sublet, or otherwise dispose of the
subsequent Contract or the Contractor’s right, title, or interest in or to the same or any part
thereof without previous consent in writing of the C-TRAN Executive Director/CEO
endorsed thereon or attached thereto.
7.11 Availability of Funds
C-TRAN has adequate funds to meets its obligations under this agreement during the
current fiscal year and intends to maintain this agreement for the full period set forth.
C-TRAN has no reason to believe that lack of funding will render it unable to fulfill the
financial commitment due under the terms of this agreement. However, funding for
subsequent fiscal periods shall be contingent upon actual appropriations for the following
years.
It shall be understood that the availability of funds depends upon varied sources, including
maintenance of tax levies and other governmental funding. If C-TRAN, at any time, fails to
have adequate funds to provide all or a portion of the service described in this agreement,
the obligations under this agreement are suspended on the date the Contractor is notified
of such occurrence.
The suspended obligations will become binding and enforceable from the date adequate
funds are appropriated, regardless of the funding source.
156
7.12
Choice of Law
This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington, and any action
brought in regard hereto shall be brought in Clark County, Washington.
7.13
Changes of Law
Changes of Law that becomes effective after the Proposal Due Date may result in price
changes. If a price adjustment is indicated, either upward or downward, it shall be
negotiated between C-TRAN and the Contractor, and the final contract price will be
adjusted upward or downward to reflect such changes in Law. Such price adjustment may
be audited, where required.
7.14
Prohibited Interest
C-TRAN’s officers, employees, agents, or any family members of same shall neither solicit
nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors, potential
contractors, or parties to sub agreements. Additionally, no member, officer, or employee of
C-TRAN during his/her tenure or one (1) year thereafter shall have any interest, direct or
indirect, in this contract or the proceeds thereof.
7.15
Liens
The Contractor shall not permit any lien or claim to be filed or prosecuted against C-TRAN,
its property, or its right-of-way on account of any labor or material furnished or any other
reason for work arising out of this Contract. If any lien shall be filed, the Contractor shall
satisfy and discharge or cause such lien to be satisfied and discharged immediately at the
Contractor’s sole expense.
7.16
Independent Contractor
The Contractor shall be deemed an independent Contractor for all purposes and the
employees of the Contractor or any of its contractors, subcontractors, and the employees
thereof shall not in any manner be deemed to be the employees of C-TRAN.
As such, the employees of the Contractor, its contractors, and subcontractors shall not be
subject to any withholding for tax, social security, or other purposes by C-TRAN, nor shall
such the Contractor, subcontractor, or employee be entitled to sick leave, pension benefits,
vacation, medical benefits, life insurance, workers or unemployment compensation, or the
like from C-TRAN.
7.17
Assignment and Subletting
The Contractor shall not assign or sublet the service provided under this Agreement, or any
part thereof, without the previous written consent of C-TRAN, nor shall it assign, by power
of attorney or otherwise any of the monies payable under this Agreement unless by and
with the like consent of C-TRAN.
157
In the event consent by C-TRAN is given to permit subletting, no such consent shall be
construed as making C-TRAN a party to such subcontractor or assignee, or of subjecting
C-TRAN to liability of any kind whatsoever, to any subcontractor. No subcontractor shall,
under any circumstances, relieve the Contractor of his liability and obligation under this
Agreement and all transactions with C-TRAN shall be made through the Contractor. In the
event consent is given to assign all, or any part of any money due or to become due under
this Agreement, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the
effect that it is agreed that the rights of the assignee in and to any monies due or to become
due to the Contractor shall be subject to all prior liens or all persons, firms, corporations
for services rendered or materials supplied for the performance called for by the
Contractor in this Agreement.
7.18 Taxes
Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents, the Contractor shall pay all sales, use
and similar taxes, which are legally enacted at the time proposals, are received and shall
secure and pay for all permits and governmental fees, licenses, and inspection necessary
for the proper execution and completion of the work.
The Contractor shall set forth, as a separate line item, all Washington State retail sales taxes
or use taxes that may apply to contract proposal prices or other contract invoiced amounts.
The separately itemized taxes shall include all taxes the Contractor pays on purchases of
materials, equipment, and supplies used or consumed in doing the work, cost of which is
invoiced to C-TRAN.
7.19 Indemnification
The Contractor shall indemnify, keep, and save harmless C-TRAN, its agents, officials, and
employees from any and every claim and risk including, but not limited to all suit or claims
that may be based on any injury to persons, including the Contractor’s employees, patent,
trademark, copyright or franchise infringement, damages to property that may occur in
connection with the performance of the contract by the Contractor or its subcontractors,
their property, employee or agents, upon or in proximity to the property of C-TRAN, or any
other property upon which the Contractor is performing any work called for in connection
with this contract, except only for those losses resulting solely from the negligence of
C-TRAN, its officers, employees, or agents. The Contractor shall, at its own expense, defend
any and all such claims, including but not limited to, payment of all charges of attorneys
and all costs and other expenses arising there from or incurred in connection therewith;
and if any judgment shall be rendered against C-TRAN in any such action, the Contractor
shall, at its own expense, satisfy and discharge the same. If the injured claimant is one (1)
of the Contractor’s employees, the Contractor agrees to waive its immunity under the
Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW. This indemnification clause has been mutually
negotiated by the Contractor and C-TRAN.
158
7.20
Duty to Inform
If at any time during the performance of this contract or at any time in the future, the
Contractor becomes aware of actual or potential problems, fault, or defect in the project,
any nonconformance with any contract document or federal, state, or local law, rule, or
regulation or has any objection to any decision or order made by C-TRAN, the Contractor
shall give prompt written notice thereof to C-TRAN. Any delay in or failure on the part of
C-TRAN to provide a written response to the Contractor shall neither constitute agreement
with or acquiescence to the Contractor’s statement or claim, nor constitute a waiver of any
of C-TRAN’s rights.
7.21
Notices
All notices required to be given under the contract shall be in writing and may be delivered
personally or by regular, registered, or certified mail to C-TRAN’s Project Manager as
specified in the contract.
7.22
Liability and Insurance
The Contractor shall agree to the following requirements relating to insurance coverage.
7.22.1
Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall obtain, and keep in force during the entire term of the contract,
general liability and personal injury insurance against any and all claims for damages to
person or property which may arise from operations under the contract, whether such
operations are by the Contractor, a subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by either the Contractor or a subcontractor.
The amount of coverage provided by such insurance shall be not less than $1,000,000
combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage.
All liability insurance required herein shall be under a comprehensive or commercial
general liability and business automobile policy or policies and shall provide coverage as
to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Premises and operations of the Contractor
Products/completed operations
Owner’s and Contractor’s protective
Contractual liability
Explosion (x), collapse (c), and underground hazards (u) coverage
Broad-form property damage
Employer’s liability/stop-gap
Automobiles, including all owned, hired, and leased vehicles, and employer’s auto
nonownership liability
159
The Contractor shall not commence work under the contract until it has obtained all
insurance required and until such insurance policies have been approved by C-TRAN.
All policies shall be issued by an insurance company licensed to do business in the State of
Washington. At least seven (7) days prior to commencing any operations under the
contract, C-TRAN must receive an insurance certificate outlining the Contractor’s insurance
coverage. Said certificate must be provided on a standard “Acord” form and must include
C-TRAN and its employees as additional insured with respect to the contract, must provide
that coverage shall not be canceled or modified without 30 days prior written notice to
C-TRAN, and must specify whether policies are “occurrence” or “claims made”.
If the Contractor’s insurance is on a “claims made” basis, the following provisions apply:
Retroactive Date: The retroactive date must be on or before the first day, work begins
under the contract. If the Contractor’s policy renews during the life of the contract, the
retroactive date may not be advanced.
Extended Reporting Period Endorsement (Tail-End Coverage): The supplemental tail must
be purchased before work may begin. This is done by purchasing and attaching to the
policy Endorsement CG 27 01. This endorsement ensures coverage for claims arising up to
five (5) years from the expiration date of the policy. The tail-end coverage must apply to
both premises/operations and products/completed operations.
Policy/Endorsements: In addition to the “Acord” Certificate, a copy of the policy(ies) and
endorsements must be delivered to C-TRAN a minimum of ten (10) days before work
begins.
If the Contractor’s insurance is written on the 1986 ISO Commercial General Liability Form,
either on an “occurrence” or “claims-made” basis, the following provisions apply:
Endorsement CG 25 01 must be attached establishing aggregate limits of $1,000,000
premises/operations and products/completed operations this specific contract.
7.22.2
Workers’ Compensation
The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract workers’
compensation insurance for all its employees engaged in work under or pursuant to this
contract who are required to be so covered by the laws of the state in which the
Contractor’s employees are working, and in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall
require the subcontractor to provide workers’ compensation insurance for all its
employees, unless or to the extent that such employees are covered by the protection
provided by the Contractor. Coverage for Contractor’s employees must be afforded on a
reciprocal basis when the employees are working in the State of Washington.
160
7.23
Defective or Damaged Work and Damages
If any work is delivered incomplete or contains any defective or damaged parts, said parts
shall be removed and new parts shall be furnished. The new parts furnished, including
transportation charges for the same, plus the labor for the removal of said parts, shall be
free of all costs to C-TRAN. If C-TRAN finds it necessary to perform any work on any
equipment which should have been done by the Contractor within the intent of these
specifications, the Contractor agrees to reimburse C-TRAN all costs incident thereto,
including materials, labor, and overhead.
If the Contractor shall fail to comply promptly with any order by C-TRAN to repair, replace
or correct damaged or defective work, then the C-TRAN Executive Director/CEO shall, upon
written notice to the Contractor, have the authority to deduct the cost thereof from any
compensation due or become due to the Contractor.
All loss or damage arising from any unforeseen obstructions or difficulties, either natural or
artificial, which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work or the furnishing of
the supplies, materials, or equipment, or from any action of the elements prior to the final
acceptance of the work of or the supply of materials or equipment or from any act or
omission not authorized by the Contract or by the Contractor or any agent or person
employed by the Contractor, shall be sustained by the Contractor.
Acceptance of any equipment or components shall not release the Contractor from liability
for faulty workmanship or materials appearing, even after the final payment has been
made. C-TRAN reserves the right and shall be at liberty to inspect all materials and
workmanship at any time during the manufacturing process, and shall have the right to
reject all materials and workmanship, which do not conform to the specifications. However,
C-TRAN is under no duty to make such inspection and if no such inspection is made, the
Contractor shall not be relieved of any obligation to furnish materials and workmanship
strictly in accordance with specifications.
7.24
Warranty of Work
The Contractor warrants to C-TRAN that all materials and equipment furnished under this
Contract will be of the highest quality and new, unless otherwise specified by C-TRAN,
free from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All work not
so conforming to these standards shall be considered defective. If required by the Project
Manager, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of
materials and equipment.
The work furnished must be of first quality and the workmanship must be the best
obtainable in the various trades. The work must be of safe, substantial and durable
construction in all respects. The Contractor hereby guarantees the work against defective
materials or faulty workmanship for a minimum period of three (3) years after final
161
payment by C-TRAN and shall replace or repair any defective materials or equipment or
faulty workmanship during the period of the guarantee at no cost to C-TRAN.
When and as often as C-TRAN determines that the work done or being done under the
Contract, or the kind or quality of components, equipment or materials supplied in
connection therewith, is not fully and completely in accordance with any requirement of
the contract documents, it may give notice of such noncompliance to the Contractor in
writing, and the Contractor shall immediately upon receipt of such notice do all things
required to remedy such noncompliance at no additional cost to C-TRAN.
7.25 Penalty for Failure to Complete Contract
In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to complete the Contract, the Contract may
be terminated, and in such event C-TRAN shall complete such Contract without further
liability to the Contractor for compensation for any labor, supplies, or materials furnished
by the Contractor under said Contract.
7.26
Excusable Delays
Except with respect to defaults of subcontractors, the Contractor shall not be considered in
default by reason of any failure to perform in accordance with the Contract if such failure
arises out of causes beyond the control and without the fault of negligence of the
Contractor. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to:









Acts of God or of the public enemy;
Acts of the government in its sovereign or contractual capacity;
Fire beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor:
Floods:
Epidemics:
Quarantine restrictions;
Strikes or other labor disruptions, except for the first five (5) working days of any
strike or labor disruption;
Freight embargoes;
Extraordinary conditions of weather for the area and time of year. Extraordinary
conditions of weather shall not be deemed extraordinary if they fall within two (2)
standard deviations from the mean of data recoded by the U.S. Weather Bureau for
the Portland Metropolitan area over the last 20. Impacts of on-going weather
conditions shall be updated weekly the Contractor and provided to the project
manager.
In every case the failure to perform must be beyond the control and without the fault or
negligence of the Contractor. If the failure to perform is caused by the default of a
subcontractor(s), and if such default arises from causes beyond the control of both the
Contractor and the subcontractor(s) and without the fault of negligence of either of
them, the Contractor shall not be in default by reason of any failure to perform, unless
162
the supplies or services to be furnished by the subcontractor(s) were reasonably
obtainable from other sources on similar terms and in sufficient time to permit the
Contractor to meet the contract requirements.
Should the Contractor fail to perform because of cause(s) described in this paragraph,
C-TRAN shall make a mutually acceptable revision in the project schedule.
7.27
Liquidated Damages
Time is of with respect to the completion of the work and that in case of any failure on the
part of the Contractor to complete the work within the time specified in the Contract,
except for any excusable and/or agreed upon delays between C-TRAN and the Contractor.
The amount of liquidated damages provided in this contract is neither a penalty nor
forfeiture and shall compensate C-TRAN solely for C-TRAN’s inability to use the supplies or
services. The amount of said damages being difficult, if not impossible, of definite
ascertainment and proof is herby agreed that the amount of such damages due to C-TRAN
shall be fixed at $200.00 per calendar day per bus delivered beyond the dates/schedules as
finally agreed upon.
These damages shall be deducted from any monies due the Contractor under the contract.
If the monies due the Contractor are insufficient or no monies are due the Contractor, the
Contractor shall pay C-TRAN the difference or the entire amount, whichever is appropriate,
within 30 calendar days after receipt of a written demand by C-TRAN.
C-TRAN specifically reserves the right, without limitation of any other rights, to terminate
the Contract in accordance with termination of the Contract as outlined in the contract.
C-TRAN reserves the right to waive the imposition of the liquidated damages which may
arise from conditions which are beyond the control of the Contractor without limitation of
any other rights.
7.28
Suspension of Work
C-TRAN may at any time and for any reason within its sole discretion issue a written order
to the Contractor suspending, delaying or interrupting all of any part of the work for a
specified period of time.
The Contractor shall comply immediately with any such written order and take all
reasonable steps to minimize costs allocable to the work covered by the suspension during
the period of work stoppage. The Contractor shall continue the work that is not included in
the suspension and shall continue such ancillary activities as are not suspended. The
Contractor shall resume performance of the suspended work upon expiration of the notice
of suspension, or upon direction from the Agency.
The Contractor shall be allowed an equitable adjustment in the contract price (excluding
profit) and/or an extension of the contract time, to the extent that cost or delays are shown
by the Contractor to be directly attributable to any suspension. However, no adjustment
163
shall be made under this section for any suspension, delay or interruption due to the fault
or negligence of the Contractor, or for which an equitable adjustment is provided for, or
excluded under any other term or condition of the Contract. As soon as reasonably
possible, but no later than 45 calendar days, or any other prior of time agreed to by the
parties, after receipt of the written suspension of work notice, the Contractor shall submit
to the Contracting Officer a detailed price and schedule proposal for the suspension, delay
or interruption.
7.29
Termination of Contract
7.29.1
Termination for Convenience
C-TRAN may terminate this contract, in whole or in part, at any time with written notice to
the Contractor when it is in C-TRAN’s best interest. The Contractor shall be paid its costs,
including contract close-out costs, and profit on work performed up to the time of
termination. The Contractor shall promptly submit to C-TRAN its termination claim to be
paid. If the Contractor has any property in its possession belonging to C-TRAN, the
Contractor will account for the same, and dispose of it in the manner C-TRAN directs.
7.29.2
Termination for Default
In the event the Contractor is, or has been, in violation of the terms of this contract,
including the request for proposals, C-TRAN reserves the right, upon written notice to the
Contractor, to cancel, terminate, or suspend this contract in whole or in part for default.
Termination shall be effected by serving a notice of termination on the Contractor setting
forth the manner in which the Contractor is in default. The Contractor will be paid only the
contract price for services performed in accordance with the manner of performance set
forth in the contract.
Any failure to make progress which significantly endangers performance of the project
within a reasonable time shall be deemed to be in violation of the terms of this contract.
If it is later determined by C-TRAN that the Contractor had an excusable reason for not
performing, such as a strike, fire, flood, or events which are not the fault of or are beyond
the control of the Contractor, C-TRAN, after setting up a new delivery or performance
schedule, may allow the Contractor to continue work or treat the termination as a
termination for convenience.
7.29.3
Opportunity to Cure
C-TRAN in its sole discretion may in the case of a termination for breach or default, allow
the Contractor 30 days in which to cure the defect. In such case, the notice of termination
will state the time period in which cure is permitted and other appropriate conditions.
If the Contractor fails to remedy to C-TRAN’s satisfaction the breach or default of any of the
terms, covenants, or conditions of this Contract with ten (10) days after receipt by
164
Contractor of written notice from C-TRAN setting forth the nature of said breach or default,
C-TRAN shall have the right to terminate the contract without any further obligation to the
Contractor. Any such termination for default shall not in any way operate to preclude
C-TRAN from also pursuing all available remedies against the Contractor and it’s sureties
for said breach or default.
7.30
Breaches and Dispute Resolution
7.30.1
Disputes
Disputes arising in the performance of this Contract, including but not limited to the
indemnification provision, which are not resolved by agreement of the parties shall be
decided in writing by the authorized representative of C-TRAN, unless the Consultant
initiates the following internal appeal process. This C-TRAN decision shall be final and
conclusive unless within ten (10) days from the date of receipt of its copy, the Consultant
mails or otherwise furnishes a written appeal to C-TRAN. In connection with any such
appeal, the Consultant shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard and to offer evidence in
support of its position. If this appeal process fails then either party may pursue its
remedies as set forth in Remedies below.
7.30.2
Performance during Dispute
Unless otherwise directed by C-TRAN, Consultant shall continue performance under this
Contract while matters in dispute are being resolved.
7.30.3
Claims for Damages
Should either party to the contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because
of any act or omission of the party or of any of its employees, agents or others for whose
acts s/he is legally liable, a claim for damages therefore shall be made in writing to such
other party within a reasonable time after the first observance of such injury or damage.
7.30.4
Remedies
All claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between C-TRAN and the
Consultant arising out of or relating to this agreement or its breach will be decided by
arbitration if the parties mutually agree, or in a court of competent jurisdiction within the
state in which C-TRAN is located.
7.30.5
Rights and Remedies
The duties and obligations imposed by the contract documents and the rights and remedies
available there under shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations,
rights, and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. No action or failure to act by
C-TRAN or Consultant shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them
under the contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or
acquiescence in any breach there under, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.
165
7.31
Claims
Claims arising under this contract shall be submitted in writing. C-TRAN shall respond to
the Contractor’s claim within 45 calendar days of its receipt of the claim by either:
(1)
Approving the claim.
(2)
Denying the claim.
(3)
Requesting necessary information from the Contractor to enable C-TRAN to
resolve the claim within 45 calendar days of its receipt of the requested
information.
(4)
Determine that the claim presents a disputed issue of fact, which must be
resolved in accordance with the Disputes section of this contract.
Contractor agrees to consolidate any claim or dispute involving multiple parties involved in
this project and shall require the inclusion of the Disputes section and this section in other
interrelated contracts to which they become a party in this project.
166
8
FTA GENERAL CONDITIONS
8.1
Incorporation of FTA Terms
The following provisions include, in part, certain Standard Term and Conditions required
by U.S. DOT, whether or not expressly set forth in the preceding contract provisions. All
contractual provisions required by DOT, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1F, dated
November 1, 2008, and are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything to the contrary
herein notwithstanding, all FTA-mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of
a conflict with other provisions contained in this agreement. The Contractor shall not
perform any act, fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any C-TRAN requests
which would cause C-TRAN to be in violation of the FTA terms and conditions.
FTA Approval
The successful Contractor will be required to comply with all terms and conditions
prescribed for third party contracts by the DOT, FTA, and C-TRAN. Third party contracting
conditions can be found in the FTA circular 4220.1F, available on the FTA’s Web site.
8.3
No Government Obligation to Third Parties
The C-TRAN and the Contractor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any
concurrence by the federal government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the
underlying contract, absent the express written consent by the federal government, the
federal government is not a party to this contract and shall not be subject to any obligations
or liabilities to C-TRAN, the Contractor, or any other party (whether or not a party to that
contract) pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying contract.
The Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or
in part with federal assistance provided by the FTA. It is further agreed that the clause shall
not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to its provisions.
8.4 Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements or Related Acts
The Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act
of 1986, as amended 31 USC §§ 3801 et seq. and U.S. DOT regulations, “Program Fraud Civil
Remedies,” 49 CFR Part 31, apply to its actions pertaining to this project. Upon execution of
the underlying contract, the Contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of
any statement it has made, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made, pertaining to the
underlying contract or the FTA-assisted project for which this contract work is being
performed. In addition to other penalties that may be applicable, the Contractor further
acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim,
statement, submission, or certification, the federal government reserves the right to impose
the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on the Contractor to the
extent the federal government deems appropriate.
167
The Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious,
or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification to the federal government
under a contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with federal
assistance originally awarded by the FTA under the authority of 49 USC § 5307, the
government reserves the right to impose the penalties of 18 USC § 1001 and 49 USC §
5307(n)(1) on the Contractor, to the extent the federal government deems appropriate.
The Contractor agrees to include the above two (2) clauses in each subcontract financed in
whole or in part with federal assistance provided by the FTA. It is further agreed that the
clauses shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to
the provisions.
8.5
Audit and Inspection of Records
The Contractor shall permit any authorized representative of C-TRAN, the U.S. DOT, the
Comptroller General of the United States, and the State of Washington access to all books,
documents, papers, and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to this
contract for the purpose of making audit examination, excerpts, and transcriptions during
performance of the contract and for a period of three (3) years after C-TRAN has made final
payment and all other pending matters are closed.
The Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the
effect that the subcontractor agrees that C-TRAN, the DOT, the Comptroller General of the
United States, and the State of Washington or any of their duly authorized representatives
shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have
access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and
records of such subcontractor, involving transactions related to the subcontractor.
The period of access and examination described above, for records which relate to (1)
appeals under the Disputes clause of this contract, (2) litigation of the settlement of claims
arising out of the performance of this contract, or (3) costs and expenses of this contract to
which exception has been taken by C-TRAN, the DOT, the Comptroller General or the State
of Washington, or any of their duly authorized representatives, shall continue until such
appeals, litigation, claims, or exceptions have been disposed.
8.6
Federal Changes
The Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies,
procedures, and directives, including, without limitation, those listed directly or by
reference in the Agreement (Form FTA MA (15) dated October 2008) between C-TRAN and
FTA, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this
contract.
8.7
Civil Rights
The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable civil rights laws and regulations, in
accordance with applicable Federal directives, except to the extent that the Federal
168
Government determines otherwise in writing. The requirements including, but not limited
to, those listed below are applicable to this contract and any sub-contracts for work
specified as a part of this contract:
(1) Nondiscrimination - In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42
U.S.C. § 2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42
U.S.C. § 6102, section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §
12132, and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees that it will not
discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
creed, national origin, sex, age, or disability. In addition, the Contractor agrees to
comply with applicable Federal implementing regulations and other implementing
requirements FTA may issue.
(2) Equal Employment Opportunity - The following equal employment opportunity
requirements apply to the underlying contract:
a) Race, Color, Creed, National Origin, Sex - In accordance with Title VII of the Civil
Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, and Federal transit laws at 49 U.S.C. §
5332, the Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable equal employment
opportunity requirements of U.S. Department of Labor (U.S. DOL) regulations,
"Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity,
Department of Labor," 41 C.F.R. Parts 60 et seq., (which implement Executive Order
No. 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity," as amended by Executive Order No.
11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment
Opportunity," 42 U.S.C. § 2000e note), and with any applicable Federal statutes,
executive orders, regulations, and Federal policies that may in the future effect
construction activities undertaken in the course of the Project. The Contractor
agrees to take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that
employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color,
creed, national origin, sex, or age. Such action shall include, but not be limited to,
the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or
recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of
compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. In addition, the
Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue.
b) Age - In accordance with section 4 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of
1967, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § § 623 and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the
Contractor agrees to refrain from discrimination against present and prospective
employees for reason of age. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any
implementing requirements FTA may issue.
c) Disabilities - In accordance with section 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act,
as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12112, the Contractor agrees that it will comply with the
requirements of U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, "Regulations to
Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities
Act," 29 C.F.R. Part 1630, pertaining to employment of persons with disabilities. In
169
addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements
FTA may issue.
(3) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract financed
in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA, modified only if necessary
to identify the effected parties.
8.8
Disadvantaged Business Enterprises
8.8.1
Required FTA Provisions
This contract is subject to the requirements of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part
26, Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in Department of Transportation
Financial Assistance Programs. The national goal for participation of Disadvantaged
Business Enterprises (DBE) is 10%. C-TRAN’s overall goal for DBE participation is 4.54%. A
separate contract goal has not been established for this procurement.
The Contractor and any subcontractor(s) shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color,
national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The Contractor shall carry out
applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of this DOTassisted contract. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material
breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other
remedy as C-TRAN deems appropriate. Each subcontract the Contractor signs with a
subcontractor must include the assurance in this paragraph (see 49 CFR 26.13(b)).
8.8.2
Prompt Payment
The Contractor is required to pay its subcontractors performing work related to this
contract for satisfactory performance of that work no later than 30 days after the
Contractor’s receipt of payment for that work from C-TRAN. In addition, the Contractor
may not hold retainage from its subcontractors.
8.8.3
Contractor’s List
All Contractors shall list the names of all subcontractors participating in the project and
include this list with their proposal. The successful Contractor shall supply the addresses of
its subcontractors prior to the issuance of the notice to proceed with the project.
8.8.4
DBE Obligation
The Contractor must promptly notify C-TRAN, whenever a DBE subcontractor performing
work related to this contract is terminated or fails to complete its work, and must make
good faith efforts to engage another DBE subcontractor to perform at least the same
amount of work. The Contractor may not terminate any DBE subcontractor and perform
that work through its own forces or those of an affiliate without prior written consent of
C-TRAN.
170
8.9
Debarred Proposers
The Contractor will be required to certify that neither it nor its principals are currently
debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded
from participation in the contract resulting from these specifications by any federal
department or agency.
The Contractor is required to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C and must include the
requirement to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C in any lower tier covered transaction it
enters into.
8.10
Cargo Preference
Cargo Preference - Use of United States-Flag Vessels - The Contractor agrees:
a.
To use privately owned United States-Flag commercial vessels to ship at least
50% of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo
liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or
commodities pursuant to the underlying contract to the extent such vessels are
available at fair and reasonable rates for United States-Flag commercial vessels;
b. To furnish within 20 working days following the date of loading for shipments
originating within the United States or within 30 working days following the
date of leading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy
of a rated, "on-board" commercial ocean bill-of -lading in English for each
shipment of cargo described in the preceding paragraph to the Division of
National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration,
Washington, DC 20590 and to the FTA recipient (through the Contractor in the
case of a subcontractor's bill-of-lading).
c. To include these requirements in all subcontracts issued pursuant to this
contract when the subcontract may involve the transport of equipment, material,
or commodities by ocean vessel.
8.11
Fly America Requirements
The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 40118 (the “Fly America” Act) in
accordance with the General Services Administration’s regulations at 41 CFR Part 301-10,
which provide that recipients and sub recipients of Federal funds and their contractors are
required to use U.S. Flag air carriers for U.S Government-financed international air travel
and transportation of their personal effects or property, to the extent such service is
available, unless travel by foreign air carrier is a matter of necessity, as defined by the Fly
America Act. The Contractor shall submit, if a foreign air carrier was used, an appropriate
certification or memorandum adequately explaining why service by a U.S. flag air carrier
was not available or why it was necessary to use a foreign air carrier and shall, in any
event, provide a certificate of compliance with the Fly America requirements. The
171
Contractor agrees to include the requirements of this section in all subcontracts that may
involve international air transportation.
8.12
Lobbying
Contractors who apply or bid for an award of $100,000 or more shall file the certification
required by 49 CFR Part 20, “New Restrictions on Lobbying.” Each tier certifies to the tier
above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or
organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any
agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a
member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other
award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier shall also disclose the name of any registrant
under the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 who has made lobbying contacts on its behalf
with non-Federal funds with respect to that Federal contract, grant or award covered by 31
U.S.C. 1352. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the recipient (See
Attachment A-3).
8.13
Clean Air Requirements
The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued
pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C §§ 7401 et seq. The Contractor agrees
to report each violation to C-TRAN and understands and agrees that C-TRAN will, in turn,
report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA
Regional Office.
The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding
$100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.
8.14
Clean Water Requirements
The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued
pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et. The
Contractor agrees to report each violation to C-TRAN and understands and agrees that
C-TRAN will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the
appropriate EPA regional office.
The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding
$100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.
8.15
Recycled Products
The Contractor agrees to comply with all the requirements of Section 6002 of the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 6962), including but not
limited to the regulatory provisions of 40 CFR Part 247, and Executive Order 12873, as they
apply to the procurement of the items designated in Subpart B of 40 CFR Part 247.
172
8.16
Energy Conservation Requirements
The Contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy
efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation pan issued in compliance
with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act.
8.17
Privacy Act
The following requirements apply to the Contractor and its employees who administer any
system of records on behalf of the federal government under any contract:
(1)
The Contractor agrees to comply, and assures the compliance of its employees, with
the information restrictions and other applicable requirements of the Privacy Act of
1974, 5 USC § 552(a). Among other things, the Contractor agrees to obtain the
express consent of the federal government before the Contractor or its employees
operate a system of records on behalf of the federal government. The Contractor
understands that the requirements of the Privacy Act, including the civil and
criminal penalties for violation of that Act, apply to those individuals involved and
that failure to comply with the terms of the Privacy Act may result in termination of
the underlying contract.
(2)
The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract to
administer any system of records on behalf of the federal government financed in
whole or in part with federal assistance provided by the FTA.
8.18
Conformance with ITS National Architecture
Information Technology Services (ITS) projects shall conform to the National ITS
Architecture. Conformance with the National ITS Architecture is interpreted to mean the
use of the National ITS Architecture to develop a regional ITS architecture in support of
integration and the subsequent adherence of all ITS projects to the regional ITS
architecture. Development of the regional ITS architecture should be consistent with the
transportation planning process for Statewide and Metropolitan Transportation Planning
(49 CFR Part 613 and 621).
8.19
Intellectual Property
In addition to any provisions regarding Rights in Data and Property as set forth in FTA
Circular 4220.1F, the Contractor shall grant to C-TRAN a perpetual, irrevocable,
nonexclusive, royalty-free, and nontransferable right to use and reproduce any intellectual
property provided or disclosed under this project for the purpose of implementing,
operating and maintaining the system. In the case of any documents or other information
relating to interfaces to third party (not part of this Contract) devices or systems, C-TRAN
shall be provided a license to disclose such interface information to third parties subject to
execution of a reasonable nondisclosure agreement between C-TRAN and the third party.
173
8.20
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards
(1)
Overtime requirements - No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of
the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or
mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in
which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such
workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less
than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40
hours in such workweek.
(2)
Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages - In the event of any
violation of the clause set forth in paragraph one (1) of this section the contractor
and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In
addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for
liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to
each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in
violation of the clause set forth in paragraph one (1) of this section, in the sum of
$10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to
work in excess of the standard workweek of 40 hours without payment of the
overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph one (1) of this section.
(3)
Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages - The grantee shall upon its
own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the
Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on
account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such
contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other
federally assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards
Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to
be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid
wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph two
(2) of this section.
(4)
Subcontracts - The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the
clauses set forth in paragraphs one (1) through four (4) of this section and also a
clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier
subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any
subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs
one (1) through four (4) of this section.
8.21
Bus Testing
The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. A 5323(c) and FTA's implementing
regulation at 49 CFR Part 665 and shall perform the following:
1) A manufacturer of a new bus model or a bus produced with a major change in
components or configuration shall provide a copy of the final test report to the
174
recipient at a point in the procurement process specified by the recipient which
will be prior to the recipient's final acceptance of the first vehicle.
2) A manufacturer who releases a report under paragraph one (1) above shall
provide notice to the operator of the testing facility that the report is available to
the public.
3) If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle was previously tested, the vehicle
being sold should have the identical configuration and major components as the
vehicle in the test report, which must be provided to the recipient prior to
recipient's final acceptance of the first vehicle. If the configuration or
components are not identical, the manufacturer shall provide a description of
the change and the manufacturer's basis for concluding that it is not a major
change requiring additional testing.
4) If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle is "grandfathered" (has been
used in mass transit service in the United States before October 1, 1988, and is
currently being produced without a major change in configuration or
components), the manufacturer shall provide the name and address of the
recipient of such a vehicle and the details of that vehicle's configuration and
major components.
8.22
Pre-Award and Post-Delivery Audit Requirements
The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. § 5323(l) and FTA's implementing
regulation at 49 C.F.R. Part 663 and to submit the following certifications within seven (7)
days of it being requested by C-TRAN:
(1) Buy America Requirements: The Contractor shall complete and submit a declaration
certifying either compliance or noncompliance with Buy America. If the
Bidder/Offeror certifies compliance with Buy America, it shall submit
documentation which lists:
a. Component and subcomponent parts of the rolling stock to be purchased
identified by manufacturer of the parts, their country of origin and costs;
b. The location of the final assembly point for the rolling stock, including a
description of the activities that will take place at the final assembly point
and the cost of final assembly.
(2) Solicitation Specification Requirements: The Contractor shall submit evidence that it
will be capable of meeting the bid specifications.
(3) Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS): The Contractor shall submit 1)
manufacturer's FMVSS self-certification sticker information that the vehicle
complies with relevant FMVSS or 2) manufacturer's certified statement that the
contracted buses will not be subject to FMVSS regulations.
175
8.23
Buy America
The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661, which
provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured
products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver
has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are
listed in 49 C.F.R. 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for 15 passenger
vans and 15 passenger wagons produced by Chrysler Corporation, and microcomputer
equipment and software. Separate requirements for rolling stock are set out at 49 U.S.C.
5323(j) (2) (C) and 49 C.F.R. 661.11. Rolling stock must be assembled in the United States
and have a 60% domestic content.
A bidder or offeror must submit to the FTA recipient the appropriate Buy America
certification (below) with all bids or offers on FTA-funded contracts, except those subject
to a general waiver. Bids or offers that are not accompanied by a completed Buy America
certification must be rejected as nonresponsive. This requirement does not apply to lower
tier subcontractors.
176
Attachment A-1
GENERAL INFORMATION
RFP #2014-24 Bus Rapid Transit 60-Foot Articulated Bus Purchase
This form must be signed by a person authorized to make proposals and enter into contract
negotiations on behalf of your agency. To be considered for this project, the submittals
must be completed in accordance with this RFP and this cover sheet must be attached. By
signing this form the firm acknowledges that their proposal will remain in effect for at least
90 days after submission. Failure to submit this form will result in your proposal being
deemed non-responsive.
Authorized Official (Signature)
Date
Printed Name of Authorized Official
Title of Authorized Official
Company Name
Telephone Number
Address
City, State, Zip
E-Mail Address
Federal Employee ID
Receipt of the following Addendum(s) to the Plans and/or Specification is hereby
acknowledged:
Addendum No.
Date of Receipt
Signed Acknowledgement
1
2
3
4
5
6
NOTE: Failure to acknowledge receipt of Addenda will render the proposal nonresponsive and therefore void.
177
Attachment A-2
Page 1 of 2
CLARK COUNTY PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION BENEFIT AREA
(dba C-TRAN)
AFFIDAVIT CONCERNING CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
AND NONCOMPETITIVE PRACTICES
STATE OF _________________)
ss.
COUNTY OF________________)
The undersigned, being first duly sworn, on oath states on behalf of the Contractor:
A.
Conflict of Interest
That the Contractor, by entering into this Contract with C-TRAN to perform or provide
work, services, or materials to C-TRAN, has thereby covenanted, and by this affidavit does
again covenant and assure that it has no direct or indirect pecuniary or proprietary interest
and that it shall not acquire any such interest which conflicts in any manner or degree with
the services required to be performed under this Contract and that it shall not employ any
person or agent having any such interest. In the event that the Contractor or its agents,
employees, or representatives hereafter acquire such a conflict of interest, it shall
immediately disclose such interest to C-TRAN and take action immediately to eliminate the
conflict or to withdraw from this Contract, as C-TRAN may require.
B.
Contingent Fees and Gratuities
That the Contractor, by entering into this Contract with C-TRAN to perform or provide
services or materials for C-TRAN, has thereby covenanted and by this affidavit does again
covenant and assure:
1.
That no person or selling agency except bona fide employees or designated
agents or representatives of the Contractor have been employed or retained
to solicit or secure this Contract with an agreement or understanding that a
commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee would be paid; and
178
Attachment A-2
Page 2 of 2
2.
That no gratuities, in the form of entertainment, gifts, or otherwise, were
offered or given by the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, or
representatives to any official member or employee of C-TRAN or other
governmental agency with a view toward securing this Contract or securing
favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending or the making
of any determination with respect to the performance of this Contract.
Signature:
Typed Name:
Title:
Firm:
Date:
Subscribed and sworn to before me this ________day of ____________________, 20____.
________________________________________________
Notary’s Signature
Notary Public in and for the state of _______________, residing at
____________________________________.
179
Attachment A-3
CERTIFICATION REGARDING INELIGIBLE CONTRACTORS
, certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals are
presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this transaction by any federal department or agency.
Where the Proposer is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such
Proposer shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
The Proposer certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of the contents of the
statement submitted on or with this certification and understands that the provisions of 31
USC Section 3801, et seq., is applicable thereto.
Authorized Official
Typewritten Name
Title of Authorized Official
Date
180
Attachment A-4
CERTIFICATION REGARDING INELIGIBLE CONTRACTORS
(LOWER-TIER COVERED TRANSACTION)
The prospective lower-tier participant (Proposer) certifies, by submission of this Proposal,
that neither it nor its “principals” as defined at 49 CFR § 29.105(p) is presently debarred,
suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this transaction by any federal department or agency.
If the prospective Proposer is unable to certify to the statement above, it shall attach an
explanation, and indicate that it has done so by placing an “X” in the following space: ______
The Propose certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of each statement of its
certification and explanation, if any. In addition, The Proposer understands and agrees that
the Provisions of 31 USC §§ 3801 ET SEQ apply to this certification and explanation if any.
Authorized Official
Typewritten Name
Title of Authorized Official
Date
181
Attachment A-5
CERTIFICATION
OF RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING
I, ___________________________________, hereby certify on behalf of ________________________________
that:
(1)
No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the
undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or
employee of an agency, a member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an
employee of a member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any federal contract,
the making of any federal grant, the making of any federal loan, the entering into of any
cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or
modification of any federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
(2)
If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to
any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency,
a member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of
Congress in connection with this federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement,
the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to
Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instructions.
(3)
The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in
the award documents for all sub awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, sub grants, and
contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all sub recipients shall
certify and disclose accordingly.
This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance is placed when
this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite
for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, USC. Any
person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not
less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
Executed this _____ day of ______________________, 20__.
Authorized Official
Typewritten Name
Title of Authorized Official
182
Attachment A-6
NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF _____________________)
COUNTY OF ___________________)
___________________________________, being first fully sworn, on oath says that (_)he certifies that
the proposal above submitted is a genuine and not a sham or collusion proposal, nor made
in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named; and (_)he further says that the
said proposer has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any proposer on the above
work or supplies to put in a sham proposal nor any other person or corporation to refrain
from proposing; and that said proposer has not in any manner sought by collusion to
secure to self advantage over any other proposer or proposers.
Authorized Official
Title of Authorized Official
Typewritten Name
Date
Subscribed and Sworn to Before Me this
day of
Notary Public in and for the State of
, 20
, residing in
183
.
.
Attachment A-7
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH FTA'S BUS TESTING REQUIREMENTS
The undersigned certifies that the vehicle offered in this procurement complies and will,
when delivered, comply with 49 USC § 5323(c) and FTA’s implementing regulation at 49
CFR Part 665 according to the indicated one of the following three alternatives.
Mark one and only one of the three blank spaces with an “X.”
1. _____
The buses offered herewith have been tested in accordance with 49 CFR Part
665 on _____________ (date). If multiple buses are being proposed, provide
additional bus testing information below or on attached sheet. The vehicles
being sold should have the identical configuration and major components as
the vehicle in the test report, which must be submitted with this Proposal. If
the configuration or components are not identical, then the manufacturer
shall provide with its Proposal a description of the change and the
manufacturer’s basis for concluding that it is not a major change requiring
additional testing. If multiple buses are being proposed, testing data on
additional buses shall be listed on the bottom of this page.
2. _____
The manufacturer represents that the vehicle is “grandfathered” (has been
used in mass transit service in the United States before October 1, 1988, and
is currently being produced without a major change in configuration or
components), and submits with this Proposal the name and address of the
recipient of such a vehicle and the details of that vehicle’s configuration and
major components.
3. _____
The vehicle is a new model and will be tested and the results will be
submitted to the Agency prior to acceptance of the first bus.
The undersigned understands that misrepresenting the testing status of a vehicle acquired
with federal financial assistance may subject the undersigned to civil penalties as outlined
in the Department of Transportation’s regulation on Program Fraud Civil Remedies, 49 CFR
Part 31. In addition, the undersigned understands that FTA may suspend or debar a
manufacturer under the procedures in 49 CFR Part 29.
Authorized Official
Typewritten Name
Title of Authorized Official
Company Name
Date
184
Attachment A-8
BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENT
FOR PROCUREMENT OF BUSES, OTHER ROLLING STOCK AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
Certificate of Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) (2) (C).
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C.
5323(j) (2) (C) and the regulations at 49 C.F.R. Part 661.11.
Date:
Signature:
Company Name:
Title:
OR
Certificate of Non-Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) (2) (C)
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49
U.S.C. 5323(j) (2) (C) and 49 C.F.R. 661.11, but may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49
U.S.C. 5323(j) (2) (A), 5323(j) (2) (B), or 5323(j) (2) (D), and 49 CFR 661.7.
Date:
Signature:
Company Name:
Title:
185
Attachment A-9
TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS REGULATIONS
This procurement is subject to the provisions of 49 CFR Part 26. Accordingly, the following
certification must be signed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer and
submitted with the proposal as a condition of submitting a proposal. A proposal which does
not include the signed certification will not be considered.
TVM CERTIFICATION
This proposer, if a transit vehicle manufacture, herby certifies that it has complied with the
requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 by submitting an annual DBE and WBE goal to the FTA. The
goal has either been approved or not disapproved or not disapproved by FTA.
The Proposer, if a non-manufacturing supplier, herby certifies that the manufacturer of the
transit vehicle to be supplied has complied with the above referenced requirements of 49
CFR Part 26.
Date:
Signature:
Company Name:
Title:
186
Attachment A-10
FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS
The Proposer and (if selected) Contractor shall submit (1) manufacturer’s FMVSS selfcertification sticker information that the vehicle complies with relevant FMVSS or (2)
manufacturer’s certified statement that the contracted buses will not be subject to FMVSS
regulations.
Authorized Official
Typewritten Name
Title of Authorized Official
Company Name
Date
187
Attachment B
Page 1 of 3
RATE PROPOSAL FORM
2014-24 Bus Rapid Transit 60-Foot Articulated Bus Purchase
Item
No.
1.
Approx.
Quantity
10 EA
Items with Unit Price Bid
Base Order Vehicle Lengths
Unit
Price
Total
Price
60-Foot Articulated Bus
Proposed Model #
Systems and Components Pricing – Include in complete bus price above, as well as provide
individual pricing. C-TRAN reserves the right to adjust the base bus utilizing the pricing
provided below.
Item
No.
1.
Item
BAE Series hybrid configuration, including
the hybrid components, diesel engine and
accessory power system capable of
powering high voltage systems on an all
electric bus. (Section 6.2.3.1.1)
2.
Disc Brake System (Section 6.3.3.1.3)
3.
Directional Headlights (Section 6.4.3.11)
4.
Exterior LED Lights (Section 6.4.3.11)
5.
Rear Axle Lights (Section 6.4.3.11)
6.
Exterior Door Lights (Section 6.4.3.11)
7.
Vinyl Seats (Section 6.4.5.1)
Tail Swing Indicator Light (Section
6.4.3.11)
Surveillance Camera Systems (Section
6.4.9.5)
110V Shore Power Circuit Plug (Section
6.5.1)
8.
9.
10.
188
60-Foot Unit
Price
Attachment B
Page 2 of 3
Options Pricing – Not included in the bus price.
60 Foot
Unit Price
Item
Option #1 – Pilot Bus Options
Option #2 – Extended Warranties
Option #3 - Extended Life
Option #4 – Start/Stop capabilities and an override
feature for required idle times
Option #5 - Oil Sampling Port
Option #6 - EV Mode setting for the hybrid
propulsion system
Option #7 - Polished Steel Wheels
Option #8 - 16” Diameter Steering Wheel Option
Option #9 – Automated Brake Monitoring System
Option #10 – Operator Platform
Option #11 – Audible Passenger Warning System
Option #12 – Audible Signal
Option #13 – Operator Enclosure
Option #14 – Cabin Air Quality Monitoring
Option #15 – Higher Density Seating
Option #16 – Reliant Securement System
Option #17 – Side Rear Indicator Lights
Option #18 – Mirror Designs
Option #19 – AC Refrigerant Recycling System
189
Attachment B
Page 3 of 3
Option #20 – Floor Level Heating
Option #21 –Quality Speakers
Option #22 – Lithium Battery Pack Module
Option #23 –Yield Indicator Light System
Parts
Discount off of list price – New Fleet
190
Attachment C
Total Cost of Ownership
Fuel Economy
Proposed Vehicle
CBG mpg
Arterial mpg
Commuter mpg
Overall Average
Altoona Report No.
Spare Parts Costs
Part Description
Double Check Valve – Air System
Air Governor
Valve – Leveling
Steering Gear Box
Front Shock Absorber
Fire Extinguisher #5
Drive Shaft Assembly
Pressure Switch – 4 psi
Rear Bumper
Wiper Control Switch
Tie Rod End
DEF Tank – 10 gal
Voltage Regulator – 24 Volt
Lo-beam Headlight – LED 90 mm
Speaker – Exterior
Interior Mirror – 6”
Booster Pump Assembly
HVAC – High Pressure Cutout Switch
Back Up Alarm
Pushbutton Switch
Triangle Kit
Unit Price
Spare Parts Availability
Parts Information:
Total Unique Parts
191
Consumable Items
Normal Wear Items
Lifetime Parts
Proprietary Parts
Parts Available from Other Sources
Parts Stock Information:
In Stock Proprietary Parts
Non Stocked Proprietary Parts
In Stock from Other Sources
Non Stocked from Other Sources
Number of
Parts
Lead Time
Mean Repair Labor & Time
Repair
Alternator, Replacement
Air Bag (bellows) Replacement, Front and Rear
Air Drier, Cartridge
Radiator Replacement
Brake Application Valve, Replacement
Brake Relay Valve Replacement, Front and Rear
Engine Turbo Charger, Replacement
Engine Fuel Pump, Replacement
Air Compressor, Replacement
Windshield, Replacement
Side Passenger Window, Replacement
Power Steering Hydraulic Pump, Replacement
Drive Axle
Rear Brake
Driveline
Steering Gear
Transmission R/R
Man Hours
Other Operating Costs
Miles between Road Calls: ________________________________________
Total Annual PM Costs:
________________________________________
192
Attachment D
TECHNICAL SUMMARY FORM - 60-FOOT ARTICULATED BUS
BUSES
DIESEL/HYBRID
The Offeror shall submit for review by C-TRAN a completely filled-in Vehicle Technical
Information Form to confirm their proposed vehicle and components are in compliance
with the requirements of the Technical Specifications.
A.
BUS MANUFACTURER
Bus Model
B.
UNDERSTRUCTURE MANUFACTURER
Model Number
C.
BASIC BODY CONSTRUCTION
Type
Tubing or Frame Member Thickness and Dimensions
1. Overstructure
2. Understructure
Skin Thickness and Material
1. Roof
2. Sidewall
3. Skirt Panel
4. Front End
193
5. Rear End
D.
DIMENSIONS
1. Overall Length
a. Over Bumpers
________Ft.________In.
b. Over Body
________Ft.________In.
c. Front Bumper to Center of Front Door
________Ft.________In.
d. Center of Front Door to Center of Rear Door________Ft.________In.
2. Overall Width
3.
a. Over Body excluding Mirrors
_________In.
b. Over Body including Mirrors - driving position
_________In.
c. Over Tires Front Axles
_________In.
d. Over Tires Rear Axles
_________In.
a. Overall Height (maximum)
_________In.
b. Overall Height (main roof line)
_________In.
4. Angle of Approach
_________Deg.
5. Breakover Angle
_________Deg.
6. Angle of Departure
_________Deg.
7. Doorway Curbside Dimensions
Front
Center
Rear
a. Width Between Door Posts
______In.
_____In.
_____In.
b. Door Width Between Panels
______In.
_____In.
_____In.
c. Clear Door Width
______In.
_____In.
_____In.
d. Doorway Height
______In.
_____In.
_____In.
e. Knuckle Clearance
______In.
_____In.
_____In.
194
b
a
R1
R2
8. Step Height from Ground (measured at center of doorway)
Front Doorway
Rear Doorway
Empty
(Kneeled)
Ramp Angle
Empty
a.___________In. R1________ deg.
a.____________In.
(Unkneeled) b.___________In. R2 ________deg.
b. ___________ In.
(Raised)
c. ___________ In.
c.___________In. R2 ________deg.
9. Interior Head Room (center of aisle)
a. Front Axle Location
In.
b. Center Axle Location
In.
c. Drive Axle Location
In.
10. Aisle Width Between Transverse Seats (minimum)
11. Floor Height Above Ground (centerline of bus)
a. At Front Door
In.
b. At Front Axle
In.
c. Center Doors
In.
d. At Drive Axle
In.
e. At Rear Door
In.
195
In.
12. Minimum Ground Clearance (between bus and ground, with bus unkneeled)
a. Excluding Axles
In.
b. Including Axles
In.
13. Horizontal Turning Envelope (see diagram below)
a. Outside Body Turning Radius (TR0)(including bumper)
______Ft. ______In
b. Front Inner Corner Radius (TR1)
______Ft. ______In.
c. Front Wheel Inner Turning Radius (TR2)
______Ft. ______In.
d. Front Wheel Outer Turning Radius (TR3)
______Ft. ______In.
e. Inside Body Turning Radius (TR4) (Including bumper)
______Ft._______In
196
14. Wheelbase
________In.
15. Overhang, Centerline of Axle Over Bumper
a. Front
________Ft. _________In.
b. Rear
________Ft. _________In.
16. Floor
a. Interior Length
________Ft. _________In.
b. Interior Width (excluding coving)
________Ft. _________In.
c. Total Standee Area
_________Sq. Ft.
d. Minimum Distance between Wheelhouses:
1) Front:
_________In.
2) Rear:
_________In.
e. Maximum Interior Floor Slope (from horizontal)_______Deg.
17. Passenger Capacity Provided
a. Total Maximum Seating
_________
b. Standee Capacity
_________
c. Minimum Knee to Hip Room
_________In.
d. Minimum Foot Room
_________In.
197
E.
WEIGHT OF BUS
No. of
People
Left
Front Axle
Right Total
Left
Rear Axle
Right Total
Empty Bus,
Full Fuel,
and Farebox
Fully Seated,
Full Fuel,
and Farebox
Fully
Loaded
Standee and
Fully Seated,
Full Fuel,
and Farebox
+
Driver
+
Driver
Crush Load
(1.5xFully
Loaded)
GVWR
GAWR
F.
ENGINE, MAIN
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. Model Number
4. Number of Cylinders
5. Bore
In.
6. Stroke
In.
7. Displacement
Liters
8. Compression Ratio
198
TOTAL
BUS
9. Injector Type and Size
a. Net S.A.E. Horsepower
HP
b. Net S.A.E. Torque
Lb. Ft. @
10. Crankcase Oil Capacity
a. New Engine, dry
Gals.
b. New Engine, wet
Gals.
11. Turbocharger, Make & Model
12. Maximum Speed, no load
__________RPM
13. Maximum Speed, full load
__________RPM
14. Speed at Idle
__________RPM
15. Speed at Fast Idle
__________RPM
16. Engine Information/graphs to be attached with this form:
a. Engine speed vs. road speed
b. Torque vs. engine speed
c. Horsepower vs. engine speed
d. Fuel consumption vs. engine speed
e. Vehicle speed vs. time (both loaded and unloaded)
f. Vehicle speed vs. grade (both loaded and unloaded)
g. Acceleration vs. time
h. Change of acceleration vs. time
199
@
RPM
RPM
G.
HYBRID ELECTRIC DRIVE UNIT
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. Model Number
4. Speeds
5. Gear Ratios
Forward
Reverse
6. Shift Speeds (if applicable) or Variable Speed Hybrid Drive (VSHD)
a. 1st - 2nd (if applicable)
MPH
7. Fluid Capacity [including heat exchanger and filter(s)]
H.
ACCESSORIES POWER SYSTEM LEVEL 2
1. Manufacturer
2. Model
3. Output at Idle
Amps
4. Output at Maximum Speed
Amps
5. Maximum Warranted Speed
RPM
6. Speed at Idle
RPM
7. Drive Type
I.
VOLTAGE EQUALIZER
1. Manufacturer
2. Model
200
/
J.
STARTER MOTOR
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. Model
K.
ELECTRIC DRIVE AIR COMPRESSOR
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. Rated Capacity
CFM
4. Capacity, at Idle
CFM
5. Capacity, at Maximum Speed
CFM
6. Maximum Warranted Speed
RPM
7. Speed Idle
RPM
8. Drive Type
RPM
9. Governor
L.
a. Cut-in Pressure
PSI
b. Cut-Out Pressure
PSI
AXLE, FRONT
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. Model Number
4. Gross Axle Weight Rating
Lbs.
201
5. Axle Load
M.
Lbs.
AXLE, CENTER
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. Model Number
N.
4. Gross Axle Weight Rating
Lbs.
5. Axle Load
Lbs.
AXLE, REAR
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. Model Number
4. Gross Axle Weight Rating
Lbs.
5. Axle Load
Lbs.
6. Axle Ratio
O.
SUSPENSION SYSTEM
1. Manufacturer
2. Type:
Front
Center
Rear
3. Springs:
Front
202
Center
Rear
P.
WHEELS AND TIRES
1. Wheels
a. Make
b. Size
c. Capacity
Lbs.
d. Material
2. Tires
a. Manufacturer
b. Type
c. Size
d. Load Range/Air Pressure
Q.
/
Lbs./PSI
STEERING, ELECTRIC DRIVEN POWER
1. Pump/Electric Motor
a. Manufacturer & Model No.
b. Type
c. Relief Pressure
PSI
2. Booster/Gear Box
a. Manufacturer & Model No.
b. Type
203
c. Ratio
3. Power Steering Fluid Capacity
Gals.
4. Maximum Effort at Steering Wheel
Lbs.
(unloaded stationary coach on dry asphalt pavement)
5. Steering Wheel Diameter
R.
in.
DISC BRAKES
1. Make of Fundamental Brake System
2.
Part No.
a. Front
b. Center
c.
Rear
3. Brake Operation Effort
4. Brake Disc Rotors
a. Front
1) Manufacturer
2) Part Number
3) Diameter
In.
b. Center
1) Manufacturer
2) Part Number
3) Diameter
In.
204
c. Rear
1) Manufacturer
2) Part Number
3) Diameter
In.
5. Brake Pad Manufacturer
a. Type
6. Brake Pad Identification
a. Front
1) Forward (outer)
2) Reverse (inner)
b. Center
1) Forward (outer)
2) Reverse (inner)
c. Rear
1) Forward (outer)
2) Reverse (inner)
7. Brake Pad Thickness
In.
8. Brake Pad Area per Axle
a. Front
Sq. In.
b. Center
Sq. In.
c. Rear
Sq. In.
205
S.
ELECTRIC COOLING SYSTEM
1. Radiator/Charge Air Cooler
a. Manufacturer
/
b. Type
/
c. Model Number
/
d. Number of Tubes
/
e. Tubes Outer Diameter
f. Fins per Inch
g. Fin Thickness
In./
In.
Fins/
Fins
In./
In.
2. Total Cooling and Heating System Capacity
Gals
3. Radiator Fan Speed Control
Type
4. Surge Tank, Capacity
Qts.
5. Engine Thermostat Temperature Setting
T.
a. Initial Opening
F
b. Fully Closed
F
6. Overheat Alarm Temperature Sending Unit Setting
F
7. Shutdown Temperature Setting
F
AIR RESERVOIR CAPACITY
1. Supply Reservoir
Cu. In.
2. Primary Reservoir
Cu. In.
3. Secondary Reservoir
Cu. In.
206
U.
4. Parking Reservoir
Cu. In.
5. Accessory Reservoir
Cu. In.
6. Other Reservoir Type
Cu. In.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
(ELECTRIC AC COMPRESSOR)
1. Heating System Capacity
B.T.U.
2. Air Conditioning Capacity
B.T.U.
3. Ventilating Capacity
CFM
4. Compressor Screw Type Electric Drive
a. Manufacturer & Model
b. Number of Cylinders (if applicable)
c. Drive Ratio
d. Maximum Warranted Speed
e. Operating Speed
RPM
__
RPM
f. Weight
Lbs.
g. Oil Capacity
1) Dry
Gals.
2) Wet
Gals.
h. Refrigerant
Type
5. Condenser
a. Manufacturer & Model
b. Number of Rows
207
Lbs.
c. Number of Fins/In.
d. O.D. of Tube
In.
e. Fin Thickness
In.
6. Condenser Fan
a. Manufacturer & Model
b. Fan Diameter
In.
c. Speed Maximum
RPM
d. Flow Rate (maximum)
CFM
7. Receiver
a. Manufacturer & Model
b. Capacity
Lbs.
8. Condenser Fan Drive Motors (Brushless)
a. Manufacturer
b. Model
c. Type
d. Horsepower
HP
e. Operating Speed
RPM
9. Evaporator Fan Drive Motors (Brushless)
a. Manufacturer
b. Model
c. Type
d. Horsepower
HP
e. Operating Speed
RPM
208
10. Evaporator(s)
a. Manufacturer & Model
b. Number of Rows
c. Number of Fins/In.
d. Outer Diameter of Tube
In.
e. Fin Thickness
In.
f. Number of Evaporator
11. Expansion Valve
a. Manufacturer & Model
12. Filter-Drier
a. Manufacturer & Model
13. Heater Cores
a. Manufacturer & Model
b. Capacity
B.T.U.
c. Number of Rows
d. Number of Fins/In.
e. Outer Diameter of Tube
In.
f. Fin Thickness
In.
g. Number of Heater Cores
14. Floor Heater Blowers (Brushless)
a. Heater Blower Motors
1) Manufacturer & Model
2) Horsepower
HP
209
3) Speed(s)
RPM
b. Heater Blower Wheel
1) Manufacturer & Model
2) Capacity
CFM
c. Cores
1) Manufacturer & Model
2) Capacity
B.T.U.
3) Number of Rows
4) Number of Fins/In.
Fins
5) Outer Diameter of Tube
In.
6) Fin Thickness
In.
7) Number of Heater Cores
15. Controls
a. Manufacturer & Model
b. Type
16.
a. Manufacturer
b. Model No.
c. Capacity
B.T.U.
17. Ventilation System
a. Type
18. Coolant Heater
a. Make & Model
210
b. Capacity (B.T.U)
V.
LED INTERIOR LIGHTING
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. Number of Fixtures
4. Size of Fixtures
5. Power Pack
W.
ELECTRIC DOORS
1. Front
a. Manufacturer of Operating Equipment
b. Type of Door
c. Type of Operating Equipment
d. Opening width
2. Center
a. Manufacturer of Operating Equipment
b. Type of Door
c. Type of Operating Equipment
d. Opening width
3. Rear
a. Manufacturer of Operating Equipment
b. Type of Door
211
c. Type of Operating Equipment
d. Opening width
X.
PASSENGER WINDOWS
1. Manufacturer
2. Model
3. Type
4. Number: (Side)
(Rear)
5. Sizes:
6. Glazing:
a. Type
b. Thickness
c. Color of Tint
d. Light Transmission
Y.
MIRRORS
Size
Type Manufacturer Mfg. Part # Model No.
Right Side Exterior
____ ____ __________ __________ __________
Left Side Exterior
____ ____ __________ __________ __________
Center Rearview
____ ____ __________ __________ __________
Front Entrance Area
____ ____ __________ __________ __________
Upper Right-Hand Corner ____ ____ __________ __________ __________
212
Z.
Center Exit Area
____ ____ __________ __________ __________
Rear Exit Area
____ ____ __________ __________ __________
SEATS
1. Manufacturer
2. Model
3. Type
AA.
PAINT
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. System
BB.
Base Coat/Clear coat
FRONT DOOR WHEELCHAIR RAMP
1. Manufacturer & Model No.
2. Type
3. Capacity
Lbs.
4. Dimensions
a. Width of Platform
In.
b. Length of Platform
In.
5. System Fluid Capacity
Qts.
6. Type Fluid Used
7. Operating Hydraulic Pressure
213
8. Hydraulic Cylinders
PSI
a. Size
b. Number
CC. LEFT AND RIGHT CENTER DOORS: RAMP /CUSTOM RAMP:
1. Manufacturer & Model No.
2. Type
3. Capacity
Lbs.
4. Dimensions
a. Width of Platform
In.
b. Length of Platform
In.
5. System Fluid Capacity
Qts.
6. Type Fluid Used
7. Operating Hydraulic Pressure
8. Hydraulic Cylinders
PSI
a. Size
b. Number
DD.
WHEELCHAIR SECUREMENT EQUIPMENT
1. Manufacturer & Model No.
EE.
DESTINATION SIGNS
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
214
3. Character Length
a. Front Destination
In.
b. Front Run Number
In.
c. Side Destination
In.
d. Rear Route
In.
4. Character Height
FF.
a. Front Destination
In.
b. Front Run Number
In.
c. Side Destination
In.
d. Rear Route
In.
BICYCLE RACK
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. Capacity Number of bicycle positions
4. Dimensions
GG.
a. Width of Bicycle Rack
In.
b. Length of Bicycle Rack
In.
ELECTRICAL
1. Multiplex system
a. Manufacturer
215
b. Model No.
2. Batteries
a. Manufacturer
b. Model No.
c. Type
HH.
PASSENGER INTERIOR LIGHTING
1. Manufacturer
2. Model No.
II.
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
1. P.A. System
Manufacturer
a. Microphone
b. Int. Speakers
c. Ext. Speaker
d. Mic. Foot Switch
JJ.
ARTICULATED JOINT ASSEMBLY
1. Manufacturer
2. Model No.
216
Model No.
DRIVER'S STATION DIMENSIONS
Contractor Dimension
Horizontal seat travel measured from the seat forward side of the seat back to the
heel rest point of the accelerator pedal.
Contractor Dimension
Steering column in full upright vertical position with telescope feature collapsed.
Measurement taken from seat back to the steering wheel center point.
Contractor Dimension
Steering column fully tilted back (35o) with telescope feature fully extended.
Measurement taken from seat back to the steering wheel center point.
Contractor Dimension
Steering column fully tilted back (35o) with telescope feature fully collapsed.
Measurement taken from seat back to the steering wheel center point.
Contractor Dimension
Steering column fully upright vertical position to fully tilted back (35o) with
telescope feature fully extended. Measurement taken from heel rest point on the
accelerator to the steering wheel center point.
Contractor Dimension
Steering column fully upright vertical position to fully tilted back (35 o) with
telescope feature fully collapsed. Measurement taken from heel rest point on the
accelerator to the steering wheel center point.
217
Contractor Dimension
Seat pedestal vertical up and down travel measured from the driver's platform
floor to the junction of the inside driver's seat cushion back and bottom.
Contractor Dimension
Steering wheel telescoping travel measured from heel rest point on accelerator to
the steering wheel center point.
Contractor Dimension
Driver's seat back minimum and maximum angle.
Contractor Dimension
The lower pivot point is to have a travel range of 0-15 degrees.
The upper pivot point is to have a travel range of 0-35 degrees.
Drive s dimensions are based upon the steering column in the forward position at the
lower pivot point.
218
BREAK-DOWN OF PARTS AND COMPONENTS INSTALLED ON PROPOSED
BUS
Include ONLY those parts installed on the proposed bus. Do not include any parts not
installed on the proposed bus.
Total Count of Discrete Part Numbers Utilized in Proposed Bus:
Count of Discrete Part Numbers Carried in Stock:
Percentage of Total Count of Discrete Part Numbers:
%
Count of Discrete Part Numbers not Carried in Stock:
Percentage of Total Count of Discrete Part Numbers:
%
CONSUMABLE ITEMS
Count of Discrete Part Numbers:
Percentage of Total Count of Discrete Part Numbers:
%
NORMAL WEAR ITEMS
Count of Discrete Part Numbers:
Percentage of Total Count of Discrete Part Numbers:
%
LIFETIME ITEMS
Count of Discrete Part Numbers:
Percentage of Total Count of Discrete Part Numbers:
PROPRIETARY ITEMS
Count of Discrete Part Numbers that are Proprietary:
219
%
Percentage of Total Count of Discrete Part Numbers:
%
Count of In-Stock Discrete Proprietary Part Numbers:
Percentage of Total Count of Proprietary Part Numbers:
%
Average Lead-Time for In-Stock Proprietary Part Numbers:
Count of Non-Stock Discrete Proprietary Part Numbers:
Percentage of Total Count of Proprietary Part Numbers:
%
Average Lead-Time for Non-Stock Proprietary Part Numbers:
SOURCED ITEMS
Count of Discrete Part Numbers that are Sourced:
Percentage of Total Count of Discrete Part Numbers:
%
Count of In-Stock Discrete Sourced Part Numbers:
Percentage of Total Count of Sourced Part Numbers:
Average Lead-Time for In-Stock Sourced Part Numbers:
Count of Non-Stock Discrete Sourced Part Numbers:
Percentage of Total Count of Sourced Part Numbers:
Average Lead-Time for Non-Stock Sourced Part Numbers:
220
%
PARTS DISTRIBUTION OPERATIONS
Distribution Center #1:
Name of Center:
Location of Center:
How Long in Operation:
year
months
yes
no
Types of Parts Stocked at Center:
Count of Discrete Part Numbers
(utilized on proposed bus) Stocked at Center:
Hours and Days of Operation
(time to reflect PST zone):
Cut-Off Time for Processing of Orders
for Same-Day Shipments (PST time zone):
Type of Operation
(owner-operated or subcontracted):
Primary Source for Parts Supplied to
Customers Located in Pacific NW:
Primary Freight Carrier for Parcels
Weighing less than 75 lbs.:
Standard Delivery Time (business days) to
Portland, Oregon for Parcels:
days
Primary Freight Carrier for Pallets/Crates:
Standard Delivery Time (business
days) to Portland, Oregon for Pallets/Crates:
days
Primary Freight Carrier for Air Shipments:
Distance of Distribution Center from
Nearest Air Freight terminal (miles):
Location of Nearest Air Freight Terminal
(include airport code):
miles
Availability of Daily Flights (business days only) From Nearest Air Freight Terminal
to Portland Airport (PDX)
yes
no
221
Distribution Center #2:
Name of Center:
Location of Center:
How Long in Operation:
year
months
yes
no
Types of Parts Stocked at Center:
Count of Discrete Part Numbers
(utilized on proposed bus) Stocked at Center:
Hours and Days of Operation
(time to reflect PST zone):
Cut-Off Time for Processing of Orders
for Same-Day Shipments (PST time zone):
Type of Operation
(owner-operated or subcontracted):
Primary Source for Parts Supplied to
Customers Located in Pacific NW:
Primary Freight Carrier for Parcels
Weighing less than 75 lbs.:
Standard Delivery Time (business days) to
Portland, Oregon for Parcels:
days
Primary Freight Carrier for Pallets/Crates:
Standard Delivery Time (business
days) to Portland, Oregon for Pallets/Crates:
days
Primary Freight Carrier for Air Shipments:
Distance of Distribution Center from
Nearest Air Freight terminal (miles):
Location of Nearest Air Freight Terminal
(include airport code):
miles
Availability of Daily Flights (business days only) From Nearest Air Freight Terminal
to Portland Airport (PDX)
yes
no
222
Distribution Center #3:
Name of Center:
Location of Center:
How Long in Operation:
year
months
yes
no
Types of Parts Stocked at Center:
Count of Discrete Part Numbers
(utilized on proposed bus) Stocked at Center:
Hours and Days of Operation
(time to reflect PST zone):
Cut-Off Time for Processing of Orders
for Same-Day Shipments (PST time zone):
Type of Operation
(owner-operated or subcontracted):
Primary Source for Parts Supplied to
Customers Located in Pacific NW:
Primary Freight Carrier for Parcels
Weighing less than 75 lbs.:
Standard Delivery Time (business days) to
Portland, Oregon for Parcels:
days
Primary Freight Carrier for Pallets/Crates:
Standard Delivery Time (business
days) to Portland, Oregon for Pallets/Crates:
days
Primary Freight Carrier for Air Shipments:
Distance of Distribution Center from
Nearest Air Freight terminal (miles):
Location of Nearest Air Freight Terminal
(include airport code):
miles
Availability of Daily Flights (business days only) From Nearest Air Freight Terminal
to Portland Airport (PDX)
yes
no
223
Distribution Center #4:
Name of Center:
Location of Center:
How Long in Operation:
year
months
yes
no
Types of Parts Stocked at Center:
Count of Discrete Part Numbers
(utilized on proposed bus) Stocked at Center:
Hours and Days of Operation
(time to reflect PST zone):
Cut-Off Time for Processing of Orders
for Same-Day Shipments (PST time zone):
Type of Operation
(owner-operated or subcontracted):
Primary Source for Parts Supplied to
Customers Located in Pacific NW:
Primary Freight Carrier for Parcels
Weighing less than 75 lbs.:
Standard Delivery Time (business days) to
Portland, Oregon for Parcels:
days
Primary Freight Carrier for Pallets/Crates:
Standard Delivery Time (business
days) to Portland, Oregon for Pallets/Crates:
days
Primary Freight Carrier for Air Shipments:
Distance of Distribution Center from
Nearest Air Freight terminal (miles):
Location of Nearest Air Freight Terminal
(include airport code):
miles
Availability of Daily Flights (business days only) From Nearest Air Freight Terminal
to Portland Airport (PDX)
yes
no
224
STANDARD REPLACEMENT TIME PER TASK (IN HOURS)
Front Suspension System
Steering Spindle / Kingpin (one side
Steering Arm
Front Axle Shock Absorber (all)
Front Brake Camshaft (S-Cam) (one side)
Front Brake Slack Adjuster (one side)
Front Brake (with respect to implemented system)
Drum Brake Reline (both sides)
Disc Pad (both sides)
Disc Pad & Rotor (both sides)
Wheel Bearings & Races (outer, one side)
Wheel Bearings & Races (outer and inner, one side)
Tie Rod Ends (both sides)
Air Springs (all on axle)
Height Control/Leveler Valve
Radius Rod / Torque Blade (one)
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
Rear Suspension/Axle System
Drive Axle R/R
Rear Brake (with respect to implemented system)
Camshaft
Slack Adjuster (one)
Drum Brake Reline (both sides)
Disc Pad (both sides)
Disc Pad & Rotor (both sides)
Chamber (one)
Slack Adjuster (one)
Shock (one)
Rear Wheel Bearing (one)
Driveline
Carrier Housing Breather
Differential Assembly
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
Steering System
Steering Gear
Transfer Gear Box
Hydraulic Pump
hrs
hrs
225
Engine / Hybrid Drive Unit / Fuel / Cooling System
Motor Mounts (all)
Crankshaft Seal
Engine Assembly (Complete engine &
Hybrid unit swap with new Radiator)
Hybrid Drive R/R
Starter R/R
APS R/R
Water Pump Belt R/R
Belt Tensioner R/R
Fuel Injector R/R (all)
Fuel Injector R/R (one)
Fuel Injection Pump (high pressure)
Turbo Charger
Particulate Filter R/R (Ceramic Brick)
Valve Adjustment
Hybrid Cooler R/R
Cooling Fan (one)
Radiator R/R
hrs
hrs
__
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
Air System
Air Compressor
Air Dryer Cartridge
hrs
hrs
HVAC System
Boost Pump R/R
A/C Module R/R
A/C Belt R/R
A/C Belt Tensioner R/R
A/C Compressor R/R
Evaporator R/R
Condensor R/R
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
Bus Body
Headlight Assembly R/R
Front Bumper R/R
Rear Bumper R/R
Front Door Assembly R/R
Front Door Glazing R/R
Rear Door Assembly R/R
Rear Door Glazing R/R
Passenger Window R/R
Windshield R/R (one side)
Windshield Washer Reservoir R/R
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
226
Windshield Wiper Motor R/R
Wheelchair Seat Assembly R/R
Wheelchair Ramp R/R
Lower Exterior Skirt Panel R/R
Battery R/R
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
Articulated Joint Assembly
Articulated joint assembly
Articulated bellows (one side)
Articulated turntable plates (one side)
Articulated hydraulic cylinder (one side)
Articulated hydraulic hoses (archway)
Articulated programmable logic controller
Articulated jack knife device
Articulated hydraulic cabling (archway)
Articulated electronic sensors (solenoid valves, proximity switches)
Articulated speed signal
Articulated hydraulic block
227
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
hrs
Attachment E
SPECIFICATIONS CHANGE REQUEST
RFP #2014-24 60-FOOT BRT ARTICULATED BUS PURCHASE
PAGE/PARAGRAPH/SUBJECT/IDENTIFICATIONS:
ORIGINAL REQUIREMENT/SPECIFICATION:
REASON FOR CHANGE:
Authorized Official
Title of Authorized Official
Typewritten Name
Date
To be Completed by C-TRAN:
REMARKS:
[] APPROVED
[] DISAPPROVED
Date
Signature
228
Attachment F
SAMPLE CONTRACT
CLARK COUNTY PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
BENEFIT AREA (dba C-TRAN)
THIS CONTRACT is made and entered into on the
day of
200__, by and between
Clark County Public Transportation Benefit Area (hereinafter referred to as “C-TRAN” and
(hereinafter referred to as “Contractor”) for the provisions of 2014-24 60-Foot BRT
Articulated Bus Purchase
WHEREAS, C-TRAN requires services which the Contractor is capable of providing, under
terms and conditions hereinafter described or referenced; and
WHEREAS, the Contractor is able and prepared to provide such services as C-TRAN does
hereinafter require, under those terms and conditions set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of those mutual promises and the terms and
conditions set forth hereafter, the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The contract documents consist of this Agreement, Request for Proposals dated October 20,
2014, Addendum #
dated, Contractor’s Proposal dated December 23, 2014, and all
written Change Orders and Modifications (Amendments) issued after execution of this
Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached
to this Agreement or repeated herein.
ARTICLE 2
THE WORK
The Contractor shall supply all of the services required by and under conditions of the
Contract documents to prepare legal advice as required and directed by C-TRAN.
ARTICLE 3
TIME OF PERFORMANCE
The Contractor shall provide services from the time of contract execution through the end
of the contract term. The term of the contract will be from approximately March 1, 2015
through February 28, 2020.
229
C-TRAN understands delivery may not be executed within the five years; however, orders
shall be completely processed during the term of the five year contract.
ARTICLE 4
COMPENSATION
This agreement is a purchase of professional services at the rates attached herein and by
reference made a part of this agreement. Payment for these services shall not exceed
$_____________. This is the maximum compensation to be paid by C-TRAN to the Contractor
for services rendered under this agreement. Compensation shall not exceed the amount
indicated without written authorization in the form of a negotiated and executed
amendment.
The Contractor shall submit invoices to C-TRAN covering both professional fees and project
expenses, if any. Payments to the Contractor shall be made within 30 days from submission of
each invoice.
Invoices must be addressed to Accounting Manager, C-TRAN, PO Box 2529, Vancouver, WA
98668-2529.
C-TRAN makes no provision for reimbursement of expenses beyond that actually
contracted. In addition C-TRAN reserves the right to correct any invoices paid in error
according to the rates set forth in this agreement. C-TRAN and the Contractor agree that any
amount paid in error by C-TRAN does not constitute a rate change in the amount of the
contract.
ARTICLE 5
OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS
All materials, writings and products produced by the Contractor in the course of performing
this Contract shall immediately become the property of C-TRAN. In consideration of the
compensation provided for by this Agreement, the Contractor hereby further assigns all
copyright interests in such materials, writing and products to C-TRAN. A copy may be retained
by the Contractor.
ARTICLE 6
COMMUNICATIONS
Unless otherwise designated by the C-TRAN Executive Director/CEO, the Contractor shall
direct all formal and informal communication regarding the services required under this
Agreement to the Executive Director/CEO, who shall be the project manager for this
Agreement.
230
All notices hereunder and communications with respect to this Agreement shall be effective upon the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and
postage prepaid to the persons named below:
If to Contractor:
If to C-TRAN:
Jeff Hamm, Executive Director/CEO
PO Box 2529
Vancouver, WA 98668-2529
ARTICLE 7
SUCCESSION
This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors,
administrators, and assigns of the parties hereto.
ARTICLE 8
INTEREST OF MEMBERS OF CONGRESS
No member of, or delegate to, the Congress of the United States shall be admitted to a share
or part of this Contract or to any benefit arising there from.
ARTICLE 9
PROHIBITED INTEREST
C-TRAN’s officers, employees, and agents shall neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors,
or anything of monetary value from contractors, potential contractors, or parties to
subagreements.
ARTICLE 10
SEVERABILITY
In the event that any provision, portion, or application of this Contract is held to be
unenforceable or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, C-TRAN and the Contractor shall negotiate an equitable adjustment in the provision of this Contract with a view
toward effecting the purpose of this Contract and the validity and enforceability of the
remaining provisions, or portions of applications thereof, shall not be effected thereby.
231
ARTICLE 11
ADHERENCE TO LAW
The Contractor shall adhere to all applicable laws governing its relationship with its
employees including, but not limited to, laws, rules, regulations, and policies concerning
workers’ compensation and unemployment compensation.
ARTICLE 12
CONTINGENCY
The effectiveness of this contract shall not occur until C-TRAN has notified the Contractor
that C-TRAN’s protest procedure (referenced in the RFP) is satisfied, which notice shall be
delivered to the Contractor not later than seven days after contract award by C-TRAN’s
Board of Directors. If C-TRAN determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that a protest
should be upheld, and so notifies the Contractor, then this Contract shall be null and void
ab initio and of no force or effect.
This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.
C-TRAN
Name of Contractor
Jeff Hamm
Executive Director/CEO
Contractor’s Authorized Signer
Date
Date
Print Name/Title
Federal ID Number
232
EXHIBIT 1
CLIMATE DATA – VANCOUVER, WA
TEMPERATURE (FAHRENHEIT)
2012
Highest
Lowest
Month
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Annual Average
2013
Highest
Lowest
55
57
63
81
85
83
85
100
94
80
66
57
22
26
27
28
30
39
42
42
37
32
28
24
52
18
59
25
78
25
76
30
83
36
92
43
94
44
88
49
94
40
74
27
61
19
No data for Dec.
75
31
77
Snow
Rain
32
PRECIPITATION (IN.)
Month
Rain
2012
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
6.85
2.50
8.02
3.76
3.49
3.24
0.16
0.00
0.06
3.58
7.07
6.99
0.00
0.00
1.49
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Annual Total
45.72
1.49
233
2013
Snow
3.83
0.00
1.27
0.00
1.33
0.00
1.99
0.00
4.59
0.00
2.08
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.88
0.00
5.66
0.00
1.12
0.00
2.75
0.00
No data for Dec.
25.50
0.00
EXHIBIT 2
Exterior Paint Colors
Paint:
To be provided in an addendum
Interior Paint Scheme
Electrical Equipment Box (Radio Box):
 Black exterior/White interior
Passenger Seating:
 Shell color: 980 Medium Gray
 Back Panel color: 980 Medium Gray
 Seat insert color: To be determined
 Anti-graffiti coating on plastic & fiberglass with Matte finish
Operators Barrier:
 Front color: Black
 Rear color: Black Royalite
Exit Door Modesty Panels:
 Both sides color: 1595-60 Black Matte Finish
Window Post:
 Black
234
Floor Covering & Material:
 Altro Transflor
 Aisle color: Meta Storm TFM 27903
 Underseat color: Meta Storm TFM 27903
 Step Nosing – Screaming Yellow
 Standee Line – Screaming Yellow
 Operator Platform – 1/8” Smooth Black
 Wheelchair Position – Meta Storm TFM 27903
 Rear Settee Riser – Meta Storm TFM 27903
 Heel Plate at throttle and brake pedals required
 Farebox platform / operators step – Black with Yellow Altro nosing
 Floor Material - .75” thick composite / phenolic
Interior Panels:
 Window Mullions: 1595-60 Matte Black
 Below Windows to Seat Rail: Leather Grain Aluminum
 Operators ceiling panel – 1500N60 Gray (Off White)
 Passenger ceiling panels – 1500N60 Gray (Off White)
 Rear Bulkhead – Medium Gray Carpet
 Streetside Front Wheel Well Cover Aisle Mounted SSTL kick panel, extend to
operators platform: Require Black Royalite with Taper Top
 Curbside Front Wheel Well Cover Aisle Mounted SSTL kick panel: Required Black
Royalite with Taper Top
235
EXHIBIT 3
All LED Exterior Lighting
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
COLOR SIZE
DIONEX HEADLIGHTS
LF – RF
CLEAR
6.5” x 4”
YES
TURN/SIGNALS*
LF – RF
AMBER
6” x 2”
YES
MARKER LIGHTS* (5)
FRONT UPPER
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
CURBSIDE MARKER* (3)
FRONT/MIDDLE
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
CURBSIDE MARKER* (3)
REAR
RED
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
C/S REAR DOOR STEP
REAR DOOR
CLEAR
2.5”
YES
C/S REAR DOOR OVERHEAD
REAR DOOR
CLEAR
2.5”
YES
C/S FRONT DOOR STEP (2)
FRONT DOOR
CLEAR
2.5”
YES
C/S RAMP/KNEEL LITE
RF
AMBER
2.5”
YES
C/S TURN SIGNAL* (2)
RF–LR
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
ROADSIDE MARKER* (3)
SAME AS C/S
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
R/S TURN SIGNAL* (2)
SAME AS C/S
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
REAR MARKER* (5)
REAR UPPER
RED
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
L/R TURN SIGNAL
LR
AMBER
7” ROUND
YES
L/R STOP
LR
RED
7” ROUND
YES
L/R STOP
LR
RED
7” ROUND
YES
L/R BACK-UP (CENTER)
LR
WHITE
4” ROUND
YES
R/R BACK-UP (CENTER)
RR
WHITE
4” ROUND
YES
R/R TURN SIGNAL
RR
AMBER
7” ROUND
YES
R/R STOP
RR
RED
7” ROUND
YES
R/R STOP
RR
RED
7” ROUND
YES
STOP LIGHTS
REAR A/C DOOR
RED
YES
YIELD LIGHT
LR ENGINE DOOR
RED
LICENSE PLATE
REAR MIDDLE
CLEAR
4” ROUND
10” x 9”
TRIANGLE
2.5”
TURN/SIGNALS*
LF – RF
AMBER
6” x 2”
YES
MARKER LIGHTS* (5)
FRONT UPPER
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
CURBSIDE MARKER* (3)
FRONT/MIDDLE
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
CURBSIDE MARKER* (3)
REAR
RED
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
C/S REAR DOOR STEP
REAR DOOR
CLEAR
2.5”
YES
C/S REAR DOOR OVERHEAD
REAR DOOR
CLEAR
2.5”
YES
236
LED
YES
YES
C/S FRONT DOOR STEP (2)
FRONT DOOR
CLEAR
2.5”
YES
C/S RAMP/KNEEL LITE
RF
AMBER
2.5”
YES
C/S TURN SIGNAL* (2)
RF–LR
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
COLOR
SIZE
LED
C/S TURN SIGNAL* (2)
RF–LR
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
ROADSIDE MARKER* (3)
SAME AS C/S
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
R/S TURN SIGNAL* (2)
SAME AS C/S
AMBER
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
REAR MARKER* (5)
REAR UPPER
RED
4.5” x 1.5”
YES
L/R TURN SIGNAL
LR
AMBER
7” ROUND
YES
L/R STOP
LR
RED
7” ROUND
YES
L/R STOP
LR
RED
7” ROUND
YES
L/R BACK-UP (CENTER)
LR
WHITE
4” ROUND
YES
R/R BACK-UP (CENTER)
RR
WHITE
LR SIDE – RR
RED
SIDE
REAR MIDDLE
RED
4” ROUND
4”
RECTANGLE
7” ROUND
4”
RECTANGLE
YES
REAR TAIL SWING INDICATOR
DE-ACCELERATION (3 LIGHTS)
NEW REAR SIDE INDICATOR LIGHTS
(See Exhibit 13)
* Indicates metal “Lens Guard” required
REAR SIDES
RED
YES
YES
YES
All LED Interior Lighting
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
COLOR SIZE
OPERATORS O/H LIGHT
ABOVE OP. SEAT
CLEAR
5” ROUND
YES
FRONT DOOR (2)
ABOVE DOOR
CLEAR
5” x 2”
YES
ENTRANCE STEP LIGHT
FRONT PANEL
CLEAR
YES
PASSENGER SIGNAL
CEILING FRONT
CLEAR
EXIT DOOR (2)
CLEAR
CLEAR
2.5” ROUND
YES
REAR STEP (2)
ABOVE DOOR
STEPWELL
PANEL
IN STEP AREA
2.5” ROUND
12”
RECTANGLE
2.5” ROUND
WHITE
2.5” ROUND
YES
LIFT IN OPERATION
DASH
RED
5” ROUND
YES
EXIT STEPWELL
LED
YES
YES
LIGHT ABOVE FAREBOX
CEILING FRONT
CLEAR TBD
YES
PASSENGER STOP
L/FRONT
RED
TBD
YES
REQUEST
CORNER
NOTE: IN AREAS WHERE CUSTOMERS MAY CONTACT LIGHTS, I.E. EXIT
DOORS, LIGHTS MUST BE RECESSED AND/OR NOT BE A BURN HAZARD.
237
DECAL INFORMATION
EXHIBIT 4
Monograms, numbers, and other special signing specified by C-TRAN shall be applied to
the, inside, and outside of the bus as required. Signs shall be durable and fade, chip, and
peel-resistant; they may be painted signs, decals, or pressure-sensitive appliqués. All decals
shall be sealed with clear, waterproof sealant around all exposed edges if required by the
decal supplier. Signs shall be provided in compliance with the ADA requirements defined in
49 CFR Part, Subpart B, 38.27.
Additional details about the decals will be in an addendum.
238
EXHIBIT 5
OPERATOR CONTROLS
OPERATORS DASH:
 Two (2) Auxiliary dash fan switches
 Insta-chain control switch with indicator light
 Engine test switch with guard
 Kneeling switch with guard
 Ramp controls
 Dual air gauge
 Speedometer without trip reset switch
 Teleflex adjustable pedal control
 Fuel gauge – required w/low fuel light on light bar
 Diesel exhaust fluid tank gauge
 Engine oil pressure gauge
 Engine coolant temperature gauge
 Voltmeter (24 volt)
 Operators booster fan switch
 Panel lamp dimmer switch
 Wipers: Electric with intermittent control
 Side wipers: Electric with intermittent control
 Operators heater electric controls
FRONT SIDE PANEL:
 Hybrid drive shift control
LOWER SIDE PANEL:
 Stop engine override switch with guard
 Passenger chime switch: single/reset
 Interior lamp switch: all/off/roadside
 Engine start push button
 Fast idle switch (if applicable)
 Hazard lamp switch with red extension
 Four position rotary run switch
 Door control handle: Vapor
 Control handle: 5-position, with non-removable handle
 Parking brake control valve
 Emergency message button (covert switch)
 Remote mirror controls: two (2)
239










Heated mirror switch (with 1000 second timer)
Speaker select switch
P.A. volume control
Front door air release valve
Rear door over ride switch w/guard
CCTV event save button / system status LED’s
Auxiliary coolant heater switch
Big gulp cup holder
Amerex fire suppression manual button & auto monitor
Auxiliary brake on/off switch w/guard




Turn signal bracket
switches with upper switch centered
Dimmer switch – heel in platform
Teleflex adjustable pedal assembly
FLOOR:
SIDE OVERHEAD PANEL:
 Operators air vent
 Interlock over ride switch
 Hand mic
 Operators lamp switch, boom mic, exterior lamp test switch
 Destination sign control
 HVAC control switch
240
EXHIBIT 6
MIRRORS
General
Mirror glass shall be attached by Velcro plate for easy replacement. Provide mirrors as
listed or approved equals.
Exterior
Roadside
Manufacturer: B&R
Size: 8x15
Glazing: Flat & Convex (2pc.)
Turn Signal Arrow on Flat Glazing
Remote – Required on Both Glazings
Heated – Required on Both Glazings
Arms – Cast Aluminum with integral connector
Curbside
Manufacturer: B&R
Size: 8x15
Glazing: Flat & Convex (2pc.)
Turn Signal Arrow on Flat Glazing
Remote – Required on Both Glazings
Heated – Required on Both Glazings
Arms – Cast Aluminum with integral connector
Interior
8.25” x 16” on destination sign compartment lower closeout
8 x 8 convex mounted on destination sign header next to 8.25” x 16” mirror
12” at exit door step
241
EXHIBIT 7
RADIO BOX
Outside dimensions:
 22 ⅝” wide x 44” high x 20 ¼” deep
Ventilation from passenger supply ducts required to be routed into the radio box.
242
EXHIBIT 8
C-TRAN requires the following ITS electronic systems and devices to be supported
(procured & installed) by the vehicle manufacturer (“Vendor”) as detailed below. All
components will be procured by vendor, unless otherwise noted. Vendor will install all
components at the factory, unless otherwise noted. C-TRAN must approve all
installation configurations, at or before the Final Design Review (FDR). C-TRAN will
provide test equipment and Vendor will perform initial factory testing of most of these
systems, with final testing occurring in Portland following Vendor’s “Service Ready”
installation.
System
J1708
Components
Additional Information
Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Transit J1708 Backbone
J2496 Cables
J2496 Device Access Box (DAB) (minimum 3 installed), plus 1 spare for every bus delivered
Wiring and DAB provided to at least the following locations:
Radio Box
Installation
Front Destination Sign Compartment
Above Front Door
APC
J1708 Infra-Red Motion Analyzer (IRMA) Automated Passenger Counter (APC)
From: INIT
Vendor to obtain quote from INIT, covering training for installation of the APC system.
Components
Sensors:
One for each doorway having width less than 1-meter
Two for each doorway having width between 1-meter and 1.5 meter
Analyzer
Installation
Sensors mounted inside, above each doorway
Analyzer plugged into Transit J1708 DAB. Location to be determined during FDR
TSP
Transit Signal Priority (TSP), Opticom Model 794T
From: Global Traffic Technologies (GTT)
Components Emitter
Installation
Installed in front destination sign housing cavity behind the windshield, not allowing cable to become kinked, and
plugged into Transit J1708 DAB (requires adapter cable)
AVL
Bus Dispatch System (BDS)
From: INIT
243
•
Components
System
•
•
Vendor to obtain quote from INIT, covering training for installation of the CAD AVL system and
commissioning. C-TRAN requires wiring to be manufactured by INIT, to vendor specified
lengths.
INIT: 19” Rack (19” w, 5.25” h, 9.75” d)
INIT: AVL Terminal Block
Below components will be provided by C-TRAN for installation/commission at Vancouver site:
• Motorolla Radio
• INIT equipment installed in 19” Rack: COPILOTpc, GPSgo, IProuter, PAmobil
• INIT Mobile Data Terminal (MDT) (i.e. TOUCHmon)
• A set of this equipment will be provided by C-TRAN at the factory, for a preliminary functional test.
Additional Information
Wiring
Radio, mounted on slide-out shelf in “Radio Box”
19” rack, mounted on slide-out shelf in “Radio Box”
Installation AVL Terminal Block in easily accessible location in “Radio Box”
Mounting Hardware
Integrated GPS/WLAN antenna and cable (Mobile Marc SMW-304)
Radio antenna and cable. Ground plane (16” x 20”) required to be mounted on top of a non-metallic roof.
Vendor to obtain quote from INIT to provide:
PA boom microphone (BLAUPUNKT: 7 607 006 103)
Radio handset and handset cradle (Audiosears: MIC100000001/007)
Operator Covert Microphone (Harman/Becker Automotive Systems: Q400MK2T)
INIT MDT bracket (shipped loose to Portland, and made available for testing prior to mounting and Revenue
Service)
INIT Transfer Printer Cable, installed from the Radio Box to the MDT head location. (Cable to be left coiled
under dash for future transfer printer installation)
INIT Transfer Printer Bracket and mounting
Additional
Components
& Installation
Vendor Provided:
Passenger Display (i.e. Readerboard) (Adaptive Microsystems PN 11051205) installed beneath “Stop
Requested” sign above passenger aisle, between stanchions immediately behind operator, and plugged into
Transit J1708 DAB.
DC/DC Power converter/conditioner (Swartz 32 amp, model 327)
Internal “all-weather” speakers (8)
External “all-weather” speaker (2 – one curbside & one roadside)
Operator’s “all-weather” speaker (1)
Yield sign and switch
Silent Alarm Switch
CCTV
C-TRAN provided components for “Service-Ready” installation in
Vancouver: Farebox, INIT Print mobil transfer printer.
244
EXHIBIT 9
VEHICLE FUELS, FLUIDS, AND LUBRICANTS USED BY C-TRAN
Fuel

ULSD
Engine Oil
 API CJ-4 15W/40 (minimum 100% re-refined oil)
 Meeting: Cummins engineering Standard (CES) 20081 with minimum TBN of 10
Transmission Fluid
 Synthetic ATF extended drain (Chevron HD Synthetic) / Allison Transynd
Differential Oil
 Conoco Phillips 76 Products “76 MP Gear Lube” 85W/140
Engine Coolant
 Thermo Fluids HD 100% re-refined 50/50 fully-charged ethylene glycol
antifreeze color: Green (Emerald Services)
Power Steering Oil
 Synthetic ATF extended drain (Chevron HD Synthetic) / Allison Transynd
Chassis & Wheel Bearing Grease
 76 Products Multiplex Red Grade 2
Windshield Washer Fluid
 ZEP Windshield Cleaner (Mt. Hood Solutions – Winter Wash)
DEF Fluid
 Must have American Petroleum Institute (API) certification, and meet International
Organization for Standardization (ISO) 22241-1
245
EMERGENCY REAR DOOR RELEASE
246
EXHIBIT 10
EXHIBIT 11
OPERATOR'S STATION DIMENSIONS
0 to
Up p e r
Pi vo t Po i nt
o
0 to
1 5
Lo w e r Pi vo t Po i nt
OPERATOR'S STATION – RANGE OF DIMENSIONS
Dimension A
24.0 - 33.5” (610 - 851 mm)
 Horizontal seat travel measured from the seat forward side of the seat back to the
heel rest point of the accelerator pedal.
Dimension B
23.5 - 33.0” (597 - 838 mm)
 Steering column in full upright vertical position with telescope feature collapsed.
Measurement taken from seat back to the steering wheel center point.
15.5 - 25.0” (394 - 635 mm)
 Steering column fully tilted back (35 o) with telescope feature fully extended.
Measurement taken from seat back to the steering wheel center point.
16.5 - 26.0” (419 - 660 mm)
 Steering column fully tilted back (35 o) with telescope feature fully collapsed.
Measurement taken from seat back to the steering wheel center point.
247
Dimension C
1.5 - 9.5” (38 - 241 mm)
 Steering column fully upright vertical position to fully tilted back (35o) with
telescope feature fully extended. Measurement taken from heel rest point on the
accelerator to the steering wheel center point.
1.5 - 8.5” (38 - 216 mm)
 Steering column fully upright vertical position to fully tilted back (35 o) with
telescope feature fully collapsed. Measurement taken from heel rest point on the
accelerator to the steering wheel center point.
Dimension D
14.5 - 18.5” (368 - 470 mm)
 Seat pedestal vertical up and down travel measured from the operator's platform
floor to the junction of the inside operator’s seat cushion, back, and bottom.
Dimension E
30.75 - 33.25” (781 - 845 mm)
 Steering wheel telescoping travel measured from heel rest point on accelerator to the
steering wheel center point.
Dimension F
11-22 degrees
 Operator's seat back minimum and maximum angle.
Steering Column has Two Pivot Points
 The lower pivot point is to have a travel range of 0-15 degrees.
 The upper pivot point is to have a travel range of 0-35 degrees.
Dimensions are based upon the steering column in the forward position at the lower pivot
point.
248
EXHIBIT 12
OPERATOR FOOT SWITCHES
249
EXHIBIT 13
New Side Rear Indicator Light
Light Placement Location:
Street Side of Bus
New Side Rear
Indicator Light
250
Street Side of Bus
New Side Rear
Indicator Light
Curb Side of Bus
New Side Rear
Indicator Light
251
Curb side of bus
New Side Rear
Indicator Light
252
Curb side of bus
New Side Rear
Indicator Light
Street side of bus
New Side Rear
Indicator Light
253